TW200530279A - Curable composition, cured product, color filter and liquid crystal display device - Google Patents

Curable composition, cured product, color filter and liquid crystal display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW200530279A
TW200530279A TW93134393A TW93134393A TW200530279A TW 200530279 A TW200530279 A TW 200530279A TW 93134393 A TW93134393 A TW 93134393A TW 93134393 A TW93134393 A TW 93134393A TW 200530279 A TW200530279 A TW 200530279A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
substituent
compound
fluorenyl
acid
Prior art date
Application number
TW93134393A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI297694B (en
Inventor
Toshiyuki Urano
Tetsuya Masuda
Makoto Fukui
Yuji Mizuho
Junji Mizukami
Tanaka Toshiyuki
Original Assignee
Mitsubishi Chem Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Mitsubishi Chem Corp filed Critical Mitsubishi Chem Corp
Publication of TW200530279A publication Critical patent/TW200530279A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI297694B publication Critical patent/TWI297694B/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/0005Production of optical devices or components in so far as characterised by the lithographic processes or materials used therefor
    • G03F7/0007Filters, e.g. additive colour filters; Components for display devices

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Addition Polymer Or Copolymer, Post-Treatments, Or Chemical Modifications (AREA)
  • Epoxy Resins (AREA)

Abstract

A curable composition having high sensitivity and excellent in adhesion to a substrate and heat resistance thereof, particularly, a curable composition suitable to use in direct imaging by a laser light used for a solder resist, as well as a curable composition and a curing product thereof for color filters, black matrixes, overcoats, ribs and spacers, used, for example, in liquid crystal panels of liquid crystal displays having high curability and excellent mechanical characteristics, the curable composition containing a compound represented by the following formula (I): in which R1 represents an alkylene group which may have a substituent, or an arylene group which may have a substituent, n is an integer of from 0 to 10, four benzene rings may further have a substituent, R2 represents an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing carbonyloxy group of 5 or more carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and R3 and R4 each represents independently an optional substituent.

Description

200530279 九、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明係關於利用光或熱之硬化性組成物,更詳細而 言,係於印刷佈線板、液晶顯示元件、電漿顯示裝置、大 規模積體電路、薄型電晶體、半導體封裝體、彩色濾光片、 有機電場發光機構等之領域,在阻焊膜、覆面膜、以及各 種電子零件之絕緣被覆層之形成上為有用,尤其在利用雷 射光之直接描晝上適於使用之硬化性組成物者。 再者,本發明係關於被使用於液晶顯示裝置等之液晶面 板中以充當彩色濾光片、黑色基體、外敷層、肋條、以及 間隔物用之硬化性組成物,暨使用此項硬化性組成物而形 成之硬化物,以及具有此項硬化物之彩色濾光片、液晶顯 示裝置者。 【先前技術】 向來,例如在印刷佈線板對電子零件施加焊接而予以佈 線之際,作為防止焊接劑對不需焊接之部分之附著之同 時,防止電路對空氣之直接暴露上所需要之保護皮膜,施 行有電路導體焊接部分以外之面上設置阻焊層之方法。在 該阻焊層之形成上被廣泛使用的是,使用感光性晝像形成 材料(以下有時稱為晝像形成材料(A ))等之照相平版印刷 法。 晝像形成材料(A )係指一種在暫時支撐膜上形成感光性 組成物層後,用被覆膜覆蓋該感光性組成物層表面而成之 乾膜光阻材等而言。 6 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 照相平版印刷法係依照以下之順序施行者。首先,剝離 晝像形成材料(A )之被覆膜而積層於被加工基板上,以製成 感光性晝像形成材(以下有時稱為晝像形成材(B ))。畫像形 成材(B )亦可以利用一種由感光性組成物之塗佈液直接塗 佈於被加工基板上,予以乾燥以形成感光性組成物層而在 必要時用保護層來覆蓋該感光性組成物層表面之方法來製備。 其次,對此等晝像形成材(B )在被加工基板上之感光性 組成物層藉由一描繪有電路圖案之光罩膜施行畫像曝光。 然後,剝離暫時支撐膜片或保護層,利用曝光部與非曝光 部對顯影液之溶解性之差異,以施行顯影處理,而形成與 電路圖案相對應之光阻畫像。然後,在此光阻晝像充當光 阻之下,對被加工基板施加焊接加工等,藉此使描繪於光 罩膜上之電路圖案形成於基板上。 在另一方面,最近有一種雷射直接描晝法,即利用雷射 光為曝光光源,藉此未用光罩膜,而自電腦等之數位資訊 直接形成晝像之方法,由於不僅可企求生產性之提高,亦 可企求解像性、位置精度等之提高,而受注目,隨之,照 相平版印刷技術方面亦積極在研究雷射光之利用。 其次,作為雷射光源,已知從紫外至紅外領域之各種光 源,不過,關於在晝像曝光上可利用之雷射光源,基於輸 出、安定性、感光能力、以及成本等之觀點,氬離子雷射、 氦氖雷射、YAG雷射、以及半導體雷射等之可發出可視至 紅外領域之光者成為其主力,例如使用波長4 8 8 η ιώ之氬離 子雷射、波長5 3 2 n m之F D - Y A G雷射之照相平版印刷法已達 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\9313β93 200530279 成實用化。再者,由於近年來之雷射技術之顯著進步,在 藍紫色領域可安定振盪之半導體雷射亦變得可利用。然 而,習知之感光性組成物在利用雷射光之直接描畫法之情 況,未必可謂其感度充足,尤其在藍紫色半導體雷射之情 形其輸出低於其他可視領域等,因此,所對應之感光性組 成物之感度、以及顯影性等,不僅在直接描晝法,在照相 平版印刷法亦同樣,尚未達到可實用化之水準為目前之實 情。於是極需要有可能實現雷射曝光之阻焊層用材料。 在另一方面,作為印刷佈線板用之阻焊層,基於對高精 度、高密度、環境問題之考慮等之觀點,液狀之光阻油墨 被使用,而作為該液狀光阻油墨,例如,早已知一種光硬 化性光阻油墨(含有環氧樹脂之α,/3 -不飽和單羧酸加成 物與二元羧酸酐之反應產物、光聚合性單體以及光聚合引 發劑)等。 再者,已知一種感光性組成物,在阻鍵層、14刻光阻層 或阻焊層等被使用之光硬化性感光性組成物之感度及顯影 性之改良暨由該組成物所形成之晝像之耐久性等之改良為 目的之下,含有由多元羧酸或其酸酐加成於環氧樹脂α, /3 -不飽和單魏酸加成物而成之驗可溶性之改質環氧丙烤 酸酯樹脂者,暨以該組成物為乾膜光阻材,使之積層於基 板上,或將該組成物之塗佈液塗佈於基板上,使之乾燥, 而將如此形成有感光性組成物層之光阻用晝像形成材藉高 壓汞燈或可視雷射或紅外雷射予以曝光以施行顯影處理之 晝像形成方法(例如參照專利文獻1、專利文獻2、以及專 8 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 利文獻3 )等。 此外,亦已知一種阻焊層樹脂組成物,在以提高焊接耐 熱性為目的之下,使用由雙(羥苯)苐型環氧樹脂與(曱基) 丙烯酸之反應物進一步與多元羧酸或其酸酐進行反應所得 之改質環氧丙烯酸酯樹脂(例如參照專利文獻4 )。 然而,此等文獻所載述之光硬化性組成物係在感度方面 尚有改良之餘地之同時,為與被加工基板之密合性,尤其 在充當阻焊層等而處於高溫狀態時之密合性低劣者。 另在液晶顯示裝置等之領域,在形成液晶面板用之彩色 濾光片、黑色基體、外敷層、肋條、以及間隔物等之際, 一直採用由樹脂、光聚合性單體、以及光聚合引發劑等所 組成之樹脂組成物。樹脂組成物,在顯影性、圖案精度、 密合性等之觀點上,有各種組成被倡議,其中之一倡議為, 揭示一種在形成步驟中之短時間之形成及產率之提高為目 的之下,作為上述樹脂組成物所含之樹脂,使用由環氧樹 脂與含不飽和基羧酸或其酸酐之反應物進一步與多元羧酸 或其酸酐進行反應所得之含不飽和基樹脂之技術(專利文 獻5 )。在另一方面,液晶面板用樹脂組成物有時被要求高 硬化性或優異之機械特性。 例如,間隔物(在本說明書中’「間隔物」係由樹脂組成 物所形成之表示所謂之「柱狀間隔物」、「感光間隔物」等) 係在液晶面板中,保持二塊基板之間隔為一定之目的下被 使用者,由於在製造液晶面板時,經過高溫高壓下之彩色 濾光片與基板之加壓步驟,間隔物被要求加壓前後之變形 9 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93 ] 34393 200530279 少,而維持間隔物功能之物性。亦即,需要實際使用環境 下之間隔物用樹脂組成物具有一種機械特性,縱然因外部 壓力而變形,亦可在外部壓力被除去之情形恢復原來之形 狀者。為滿足此項機械特性,一種規定多官能丙烯酸酯單 體含量之樹脂組成物等被倡議(專利文獻6 )。 然而,此種間隔物除了被要求具有上述機械特性之外, 又被要求圖案精度及密合性。另一方面,在圖案精度及密 合性之提高為目的時,若僅單純使用上述之含不飽和基樹 脂則無法形成具有適於間隔物之機械特性之樹脂組成物。 再者,由於所要求之機械特性中,有一加壓步驟時之總變 形量大,即柔軟間隔物之要求,而為此僅使用上述之含不 飽和基樹脂時,雖然可形成單純柔軟之間隔物,但除去外 部壓力後之恢復不充分,加壓前後之變形大,即非為實用 上可耐用之物。 [專利文獻1 ] 曰本專利特開平5 - 2 0 4 1 5 0號公報 [專利文獻2 ] 日本專利特開2 0 0 0 - 1 4 7 7 6 7號公報 [專利文獻3 ] 日本專利特開2 0 0 1 - 2 2 8 6 1 1號公報 [專利文獻4 ] 日本專利特開平4 - 3 5 5 4 5 0號公報 [專利文獻5 ] 日本專利特開2 0 0 1 - 1 7 4 6 2 1號公報 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 10 200530279 [專利文獻6 ] 日本專利特開2 0 0 2 - 1 7 4 8 1 2號公報 【發明内容】 本發明係鑒於前述習知技術之實情所創案之發明,因 此,本發明之目的在於提供一種具有高感度之同時,對被 加工基板之密合性以及其耐熱性上均優異之硬化性組成 物,係尤其適於在阻焊層用途上被使用且適於在利用雷射 光之直接描畫上被使用之硬化性組成物。 再者,本發明之另一目的在於提供解決了上述課題之被 使用於液晶顯示裝置等之液晶面板中,在彩色濾光片之晝 像形成用途上、黑色基體用途上、外敷層用途上、肋條用 途上、以及間隔物用途上被使用之硬化性組成物者。 本案發明人等關於上述課題潛心研究結果發現,使硬化 性組成物含有特定(尤其具有碳原子數 5以上之含乙烯性 不飽和基之羰氧基為特徵)之含不飽和基之化合物時,藉此 有可能達成上述目的之事實,於是完成本發明。即,本發 明之要旨為如下所述。 1 .含有下述通式(I )所示之化合物之硬化性組成物200530279 IX. Description of the invention: [Technical field to which the invention belongs] The present invention relates to a hardenable composition using light or heat. More specifically, it relates to a printed wiring board, a liquid crystal display element, a plasma display device, and a large-scale product. Fields such as bulk circuits, thin transistors, semiconductor packages, color filters, organic electric field light emitting devices, etc. are useful in the formation of solder masks, cover films, and insulation coatings for various electronic parts, especially when using lightning The light directly describes the hardening composition suitable for use in the day. Furthermore, the present invention relates to a hardenable composition used in a liquid crystal panel of a liquid crystal display device or the like to function as a color filter, a black substrate, an overcoat, a rib, and a spacer, and uses the hardenable composition. The hardened material formed by the object, and the color filter and the liquid crystal display device having the hardened object. [Prior art] Conventionally, for example, when a printed wiring board is soldered to electronic parts and wired, it is necessary to prevent the adhesion of the solder to parts that do not need to be soldered, and to prevent the direct exposure of the circuit to air. A method of providing a solder resist layer on a surface other than the soldered portion of the circuit conductor is implemented. For the formation of this solder resist, a photolithographic method using a photosensitive day image forming material (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a day image forming material (A)) or the like is widely used. The day image forming material (A) refers to a dry film photoresist formed by forming a photosensitive composition layer on a temporary support film and then covering the surface of the photosensitive composition layer with a coating film. 6 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279 Photolithography is performed in the following order. First, a coating film of a day image forming material (A) is peeled off and laminated on a substrate to be processed to form a photosensitive day image forming material (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a day image forming material (B)). The image forming material (B) can also be directly coated on the substrate to be processed with a coating solution of a photosensitive composition, dried to form a photosensitive composition layer, and the photosensitive composition is covered with a protective layer if necessary. The surface of the layer is prepared. Next, the photosensitive composition layer of these daytime image forming materials (B) on the substrate to be processed is subjected to portrait exposure through a photomask film on which a circuit pattern is drawn. Then, the temporary supporting film or protective layer is peeled off, and the difference in the solubility of the developing solution between the exposed portion and the non-exposed portion is used to perform a development process to form a photoresist image corresponding to the circuit pattern. Then, under the photoresist day image serving as a photoresist, a soldering process or the like is applied to the substrate to be processed, thereby forming a circuit pattern drawn on the photomask film on the substrate. On the other hand, recently, there is a direct laser daylighting method, which uses laser light as an exposure light source, thereby using a photomask to form a daylight image directly from digital information, such as a computer. The improvement of the nature can also be used to improve the image and position accuracy, and it has attracted attention. Following this, the photolithography technology is also actively studying the use of laser light. Next, as the laser light source, various light sources in the ultraviolet to infrared field are known. However, regarding the laser light source that can be used for day image exposure, argon ions are based on the viewpoints of output, stability, photosensitivity, and cost. Lasers, helium-neon lasers, YAG lasers, and semiconductor lasers that emit light that can be seen into the infrared field become its main force, such as the use of argon ion lasers with a wavelength of 4 8 8 η, wavelengths of 5 3 2 nm The FD-YAG laser photolithography method has reached 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 9313β93 200530279 into practical use. Furthermore, due to the remarkable progress of laser technology in recent years, semiconductor lasers that can stably oscillate in the blue-violet field have also become available. However, in the case of a conventional photosensitive composition using direct drawing method of laser light, its sensitivity may not be sufficient, especially in the case of blue-violet semiconductor laser, its output is lower than other visible fields, etc. Therefore, the corresponding photosensitivity The sensitivity and developability of the composition are not only in the direct tracing method, but also in the photolithography method. The actual level has not yet reached the practical level. Therefore, there is a great need for a solder resist material that is likely to achieve laser exposure. On the other hand, as a solder resist layer for a printed wiring board, a liquid photoresist ink is used from the viewpoints of high accuracy, high density, and environmental considerations, and as the liquid photoresist ink, for example, , A photocurable photoresist ink (the reaction product of an α, / 3 -unsaturated monocarboxylic acid adduct of an epoxy resin and a dicarboxylic acid anhydride, a photopolymerizable monomer, and a photopolymerization initiator containing epoxy resin) has been known for a long time. . Furthermore, a photosensitive composition is known, which is formed by improving the sensitivity and developability of a light-curing and sexy photo-sensitive composition used in a resist layer, a 14-resist photoresist layer, or a solder resist layer, and the like. For the purpose of improving the durability of the day image, etc., a modified solubility ring containing a polycarboxylic acid or its anhydride added to an epoxy resin α, / 3 -unsaturated monoweilic acid adduct is included. Those who have oxyacrylic acid baking ester resin and use the composition as a dry film photoresist material and laminate it on the substrate, or apply the coating solution of the composition on the substrate and allow it to dry, thus forming A daylight image forming method for a daylight image forming material having a photosensitive composition layer by exposing it with a high-pressure mercury lamp or visible laser or infrared laser to perform a development process (for example, refer to Patent Document 1, Patent Document 2, and 8 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279 Literary Literature 3) and so on. In addition, a solder resist resin composition is also known. In order to improve soldering heat resistance, a reaction product of bis (hydroxybenzene) fluorene type epoxy resin and (fluorenyl) acrylic acid is further used to further react with polycarboxylic acid. A modified epoxy acrylate resin obtained by reacting its acid anhydride or its anhydride (for example, refer to Patent Document 4). However, the photo-hardenable compositions described in these documents still have room for improvement in terms of sensitivity, and they are closely adhered to the substrate to be processed, especially when they are used as solder resists and are exposed to high temperatures. Poor sex. In the field of liquid crystal display devices and the like, when forming color filters for liquid crystal panels, black substrates, coatings, ribs, and spacers, resins, photopolymerizable monomers, and photopolymerization have been used. Resin composition composed of agents. From the viewpoints of developability, pattern accuracy, and adhesiveness, various compositions of resin compositions have been proposed. One of the proposals is to reveal a short time in the formation step and increase the productivity. Next, as the resin contained in the resin composition, an unsaturated group-containing resin obtained by further reacting an epoxy resin with an unsaturated group-containing carboxylic acid or its anhydride with a polycarboxylic acid or its anhydride ( Patent Document 5). On the other hand, a resin composition for a liquid crystal panel is sometimes required to have high hardenability or excellent mechanical properties. For example, a spacer (in this specification, the "" spacer "means a so-called" columnar spacer "," photosensitive spacer ", etc. formed of a resin composition) is a liquid crystal panel, and holds two substrates. For users with a certain interval, the spacers are deformed before and after being pressurized due to the pressure step of the color filters and substrates under high temperature and pressure when manufacturing LCD panels. 9 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplementary Document) ) \ 94-03 \ 93] 34393 200530279, while maintaining the physical properties of the spacer function. That is, it is required that the resin composition for a spacer in a practical use environment has a mechanical property, and even if it is deformed by external pressure, it can be restored to its original shape when the external pressure is removed. In order to satisfy this mechanical characteristic, a resin composition or the like that specifies the content of a polyfunctional acrylate monomer is proposed (Patent Document 6). However, such spacers are required to have not only the above-mentioned mechanical characteristics, but also pattern accuracy and adhesion. On the other hand, when the purpose of improving pattern accuracy and adhesion is to simply use the unsaturated group-containing resin described above, it is not possible to form a resin composition having mechanical properties suitable for a spacer. In addition, because of the required mechanical characteristics, the total deformation amount during a pressing step is large, that is, the requirement for a soft spacer, and for this reason, when only the above unsaturated group-containing resin is used, a simple soft interval can be formed. However, the recovery after removing the external pressure is not sufficient, and the deformation before and after the pressure is large, that is, it is not a practically durable thing. [Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 5-2 0 4 1 50 [Patent Document 2] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2 0 0-1 4 7 7 6 7 [Patent Document 3] Japanese Patent Special Open 2 0 0 1-2 2 8 6 1 1 [Patent Document 4] Japanese Patent Laid-open No. 4-3 5 5 4 50 0 [Patent Document 5] Japanese Patent Laid-Open 2 0 0 1-1 7 4 6 2 Publication No. 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 10 200530279 [Patent Document 6] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2 0 0 2-1 7 4 8 1 [Summary of the Invention] The present invention In view of the invention created by the facts of the foregoing conventional technologies, an object of the present invention is to provide a hardenable composition having high sensitivity and excellent adhesion to a substrate to be processed and excellent heat resistance. A hardenable composition suitable for use in solder mask applications and suitable for direct drawing using laser light. Moreover, another object of the present invention is to provide a liquid crystal panel used in a liquid crystal display device or the like which solves the above-mentioned problems, for use in day image formation of color filters, for use in black substrates, for use in coatings, Curable composition used for ribs and spacers. As a result of intensive research on the above-mentioned subject by the inventors of the present case, it was found that when the curable composition contains a specific unsaturated group-containing compound (especially characterized by having an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing carbonyloxy group having 5 or more carbon atoms), By virtue of the fact that it is possible to achieve the above object, the present invention has been completed. That is, the gist of the present invention is as follows. 1. A curable composition containing a compound represented by the following general formula (I)

[式(I)中,R1表示可具有取代基之伸烷基,或可具有取代 11 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 基之伸芳基,η為0〜10之整數,4個苯環亦可進一步具有 取代基,R2表示可具有取代基之碳原子數5以上之含乙烯 性不飽和基之羰氧基,R3、R4各自獨立表示任選之取代基]。 2 .關於使用微小硬度計之負載-除負載測試,以可形成總變 形量為1.35//Π1以上及/或負載時之位移為0.25//m時之載 重N為0 . 5 0 g f以下,且彈性復原率為5 0 %以上及/或恢復 率為8 0 %以上之硬化物為特徵之硬化性組成物。 3. 以可形成底面截面積為25//m2以下且彈性復原率為50% 以上及/或恢復率為 8 5 %以上之硬化物為特徵之硬化性組 成物。 4. 由使用前述1或2記載之硬化性組成物而形成之硬化物。 5 .具有前述4記載之硬化物之彩色濾光片。 6 .具有前述4記載之硬化物之液晶顯示裝置。 本發明可提供一種具有高感度之同時,對基板之密合性 以及其耐熱性上均優異之硬化性組成物,係尤其適於在阻 焊層用途上被使用且適於在利用雷射光之直接描晝上被使 用之硬化性組成物。 再者,依照本發明,可提供一種具有高硬化性及優異機 械特性之被使用於液晶顯示裝置等之液晶面板中以充當彩 色濾光片、黑色基體、外敷層、肋條、以及間隔物用之硬 化性組成物。 【實施方式】 以下詳細說明本發明。又按,以下之記載為本發明之實 施態樣之一例,本發明只要不超過其要旨,則未被規定於 12 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93〗34393 200530279 該記載之内容。 [1 ]硬化性組成物 本發明之硬化性組成物係以含有(A - 1 )通式(I )所示之化 合物及/或(A - 2 )具有參苯酚曱烷構造之化合物{以下有時 合併稱為(A )成分}為特徵。再者,較佳的是,進一步含有 (B )光聚合引發劑及/或熱聚合引發劑,以及(C)乙烯性不飽 和化合物。 再者,本發明之硬化性組成物在阻焊層用途上、外敷層 用途上、肋條用途上、或間隔物途上被使用之情形,進一 步含有(D )環氧化合物、(E )環氧硬化劑、(F )胺化合物、(Η ) 無機填充劑亦可。再者,本發明之硬化性組成物在彩色濾 光片用途上或黑色基體用途上被使用之情形,較佳的是, 進一步含有(L )色材及(Μ )分散劑及/或分散助劑。 再者,在本發明之硬化性組成物被使用於雷射直接描晝 法之情形,較佳的是,進一步含有(J )增感色素。 再者,作為其他構成要件,進一步可舉出(G)聚合加速 劑、(I )界面活性劑、(Κ )其他之驗可溶性樹脂、(Ν )其他添 加劑等。 或者,本發明之硬化性組成物係關於使用後述之微小硬 度計之負載-除負載測試,以可形成總變形量為 1 . 3 5 // m 以上及/或負載時之位移為0.25//m時之載重N為0.50gf 以下,且彈性復原率為5 0 %以上及/或恢復率為8 0 %以上之 硬化物為其特徵。 或者,本發明之硬化性組成物係以可形成如後述之底面 13 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 截面積為 2 5 μ m2以下,且彈性復原率為 5 0 %以上及/或恢 復率為8 5 %以上之硬化物為其特徵。 以下,說明關於本發明之硬化性組成物之各構成要件。 [1-1](A-1)通式(I)所示之化合物 本發明之硬化性組成物係以含有通式(I )所示之化合物 (A - 1 )為其特徵: R2—CH2-CH-CH2-(0R1)—0[In the formula (I), R1 represents an alkylene group which may have a substituent, or an alkylene group which may have a substituent of 11 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279, and η is 0 to 10 Integer, 4 benzene rings may further have a substituent, R2 represents an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing carbonyloxy group having 5 or more carbon atoms, and R3 and R4 each independently represent an optional substituent]. 2. Regarding the load-except load test using a micro hardness tester, the load N when the total deformation amount is 1.35 // Π1 or more and / or the load displacement is 0.25 // m is 0.5 gf or less, A hardenable composition characterized by a hardened material having an elastic recovery rate of 50% or more and / or a recovery rate of 80% or more. 3. A hardening composition characterized by forming a hardened product with a bottom cross-sectional area of 25 // m2 or less, an elastic recovery rate of 50% or more, and / or a recovery rate of 85% or more. 4. A hardened product formed by using the hardenable composition described in 1 or 2 above. 5. A color filter having the hardened material according to the above 4. 6. A liquid crystal display device having the cured product according to the above 4. The present invention can provide a hardening composition having high sensitivity and excellent adhesion to a substrate and excellent heat resistance. The composition is particularly suitable for use in a solder resist layer and is suitable for using laser light. Directly describe the hardening composition used in the day. Furthermore, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide a liquid crystal panel used in a liquid crystal display device or the like with high hardening property and excellent mechanical properties to serve as a color filter, a black substrate, an overcoat layer, a rib, and a spacer. Hardening composition. [Embodiment] The present invention will be described in detail below. According to another, the following description is an example of the implementation of the present invention. As long as the present invention does not exceed its gist, it is not specified in 12 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93〗 34393 200530279 content. [1] Sclerosing composition The sclerosing composition of the present invention contains a compound represented by the general formula (I) and / or (A-2) a compound having a phenol pinane structure {the following are It is characterized by (A) component}. Furthermore, it is preferable to further contain (B) a photopolymerization initiator and / or a thermal polymerization initiator, and (C) an ethylenically unsaturated compound. When the hardenable composition of the present invention is used for a solder resist, an overcoat, a rib, or a spacer, it further contains (D) an epoxy compound and (E) an epoxy hardener. Agents, (F) amine compounds, (ii) inorganic fillers may also be used. Furthermore, when the curable composition of the present invention is used for a color filter application or a black matrix application, it is preferable to further contain (L) a color material and (M) a dispersant and / or a dispersing aid. Agent. Furthermore, in the case where the curable composition of the present invention is used in a laser direct tracing method, it is preferable to further contain (J) a sensitizing dye. Further, as other constituent elements, (G) a polymerization accelerator, (I) a surfactant, (K) other soluble resins, (N) other additives, and the like are further mentioned. Alternatively, the hardenable composition of the present invention is about a load-except load test using a micro hardness tester described later, so that the total deformation can be 1. 3 5 // m or more and / or the displacement at the load is 0.25 // The load N at m is 0.50 gf or less, and a hardened product having an elastic recovery rate of 50% or more and / or a recovery rate of 80% or more is characterized. Alternatively, the hardenable composition of the present invention can form a bottom surface as described later 13 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279 The cross-sectional area is 25 μm2 or less, and the elastic recovery rate is 50% It is characteristic that the above and / or the recovery rate is more than 85%. Hereinafter, each component of the curable composition of the present invention will be described. [1-1] (A-1) Compound represented by general formula (I) The curable composition of the present invention is characterized by containing the compound (A-1) represented by general formula (I): R2-CH2 -CH-CH2- (0R1) -0

⑴ [式(I)中,R1表示可具有取代基之伸烷基,或可具有取代 基之伸芳基,R2表示可具有取代基之碳原子數5以上之含 乙烯性不飽和基之羰氧基,R3、R4各自獨立表示任選之取 代基,η為0〜1 0之整數,4個苯環亦可進一步具有取代基]。 在此,R 1之伸烧基係以碳原子數1〜5之伸烧基較佳,而 以亞曱基、伸乙基、伸丙基、伸丁基進一步較佳,再者, 伸芳基係以碳原子數6〜1 0之伸芳基較佳,而以伸苯基進一 步較佳。尤其在本發明以伸烷基較佳。再者,作為此等伸 烷基、伸芳基之取代基,例如可舉出碳原子數1〜1 5之烷基 等。再者,η為0〜1 0之整數,以0〜5較佳,而以0〜3進一 步較佳。若η在上述範圍外,則在硬化性組成物成為硬化 物之際,在顯影時發生晝像部之膜厚減少等,或耐熱性之 降低。 14 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 為R1之「可具有之」取代基,例如可舉出氫原子、齒素 原子、羥基、碳原子數1〜1 〇之烷基、碳原子數2〜1 0之烯 基、苯基、叛基、續胺基、鱗基、胺基、硝基等。 關於 R2之可具有取代基之含乙烯性不飽和基之羰氧 基,其碳原子數若為5以上即可,上限並未特別受到限制, 不過以5 0較佳,而以3 0進一步較佳。在本發明之硬化性 組成物被使用於阻焊層用途之情形,該碳原子數之上限係 以2 0進一步較佳,而以1 5特別合適。 再者,R2之含乙烯性不飽和基之羰氧基為下述通式(Π) 所示之基時進一步較佳。 R9 〔丨 r7\^\yk^\〇/* (11) R8 [式(II)中,R7、R8、R9各自獨立表示氫原子或甲基,Y1為 任選之 2價基,式中*表示通式(I)所示化合物之- CH2-與 R 2之鍵結] 又按,較佳的是,Y1表示含有可具有取代基之伸烷基或 /及可具有取代基之伸芳基暨羰氧基之2價基。 進一步較佳的是,Y 1表示含有可具有取代基之碳原子數 1〜1 0之伸烷基或/及可具有取代基之碳原子數1〜1 0之伸芳 基暨羰氧基之2價基。 R3最好表示下式(Ilia)所示之取代基,以及(Illb)所示 15 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\931343们 200530279 之取 [式( 基之 基或 在 烯基 有碳 3〜20 為 子、 2〜1 0 硝’基 [式( 基之 基或 在 稀基 有碳 代基。 一 C 一R51⑴ [In the formula (I), R1 represents an alkylene group which may have a substituent, or an arylene group which may have a substituent, and R2 represents a carbonyl group containing an ethylenically unsaturated group having 5 or more carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Oxygen, R3 and R4 each independently represent an optional substituent, η is an integer of 0 to 10, and four benzene rings may further have a substituent]. Here, it is preferable that the elongation group of R 1 is an elongation group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and the fluorenyl group, ethylenyl group, propylenyl group, and butylene group are more preferable, and The radical is preferably an arylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and a phenylene group is more preferable. Especially in the present invention, alkylene is preferred. Examples of the substituent of such an alkylene group or an alkylene group include an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms. Furthermore, η is an integer from 0 to 10, preferably from 0 to 5, and more preferably from 0 to 3. When η is outside the above range, when the curable composition becomes a cured product, a reduction in the film thickness of the daytime image portion or the like occurs during development, or a reduction in heat resistance occurs. 14 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279 is a "possible" substituent of R1, and examples thereof include a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, and an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. , Alkenyl, phenyl, phenyl, amine, amine, amine, nitro, etc., having 2 to 10 carbon atoms. Regarding the carbonyloxy group containing an ethylenically unsaturated group which may have a substituent in R2, the number of carbon atoms may be 5 or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but 50 is preferred, and 30 is further preferred. good. In the case where the hardenable composition of the present invention is used for a solder resist, the upper limit of the number of carbon atoms is more preferably 20, and particularly preferably 15. Furthermore, it is more preferable when the carbonyloxy group containing an ethylenically unsaturated group of R2 is a group represented by the following general formula (Π). R9 [丨 r7 \ ^ \ yk ^ \ 〇 / * (11) R8 [In formula (II), R7, R8, and R9 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and Y1 is an optional divalent group. In the formula, * Represents a bond between -CH2- and R 2 of a compound represented by the general formula (I)] It is also preferable that Y1 represents an alkylene group which may have a substituent or / and an aromatic group which may have a substituent And the divalent group of carbonyloxy. More preferably, Y 1 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may have a substituent and a carbonyloxy group. 2-valent base. R3 preferably represents a substituent represented by the following formula (Ilia), and 15 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplements) \ 94-03 \ 931343 shown in (Illb) 200530279 There are 3 to 20 carbon atoms, 2 to 1 0 nitrate groups [Formula (based on the base or a carbon substituted group on the dilute base. One C one R51

Ilia)中,R51表示可具有取代基之烷基、可具有取代 稀基、可具有取代基之環烷基、可具有取代基之環烯 可具有取代基之芳基]。 此,R51之烷基係以具有碳原子數1〜20者較佳,R51之 係以具有碳原子數2〜2 0者較佳,R51之環烷基係以具 原子數3〜20者較佳,R51之環烯基係以具有碳原子數 者較佳,R 51之芳基係以具有碳原子數6〜2 0者較佳。 R51之各取代基「可具有之取代基」,例如可舉出氫原 鹵素原子、羥基、碳原子數 1〜1 〇之烷基、碳原子數 之烯基、苯基、羧基、羰基、磺胺基、膦基、胺基、 等。其中以具有羧基者較佳。 〇 II H (fflb) 一 C 一N-R 52In Ilia), R51 represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent, a diluent group which may have a substituent, a cycloalkyl group which may have a substituent, and an aryl group which may have a substituent. Therefore, the alkyl group of R51 is preferably one having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, the alkyl group of R51 is preferably one having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and the cycloalkyl group of R51 is preferably one having 3 to 20 carbon atoms. Preferably, the cycloalkenyl group of R51 has a carbon number, and the aryl group of R51 has a carbon number of 6 to 20. Each substituent of R51 "may have a substituent" includes, for example, a hydrogenogen halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having a carbon atom number, a phenyl group, a carboxyl group, a carbonyl group, and a sulfonamide. Group, phosphine group, amine group, etc. Among them, those having a carboxyl group are preferred. 〇 II H (fflb)-C-N-R 52

Illb)中,R52表示可具有取代基之烷基、可具有取代 稀基、可具有取代基之環烷基、可具有取代基之環烯 可具有取代基之芳基]。 此,R5 2之烷基係以具有碳原子數1〜2 0者較佳,R5 2之 係以具有碳原子數2〜2 0者較佳,R5 2之環烷基係以具 原子數3〜20者較佳,R52之環烯基係以具有碳原子數 16 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 3〜2 0者較佳,R 5 2之芳基係以具有碳原子數6〜2 0者較佳 為R52之各取代基「可具有之取代基」,例如可舉出氫 子、鹵素原子、羥基、碳原子數 1〜1 0之烷基、碳原子 2〜10之烯基、苯基、羧基、羰基、磺胺基、膦基、胺基 硝基等。 為R4所示之取代基,並未特別受到限制,而例如可舉 下述通式(IV)所示之取代基。 R2 — CH2 —CH—CH2— (OR1) „ 一氺In Illb), R52 represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent, a diluent group which may have a substituent, a cycloalkyl group which may have a substituent, and an aryl group which may have a substituent. Here, the alkyl group of R5 2 is preferably one having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, the alkyl group of R5 2 is preferably one having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and the cycloalkyl group of R5 2 is 3 having atomic number 3 It is preferred to be 20 or more. The cycloalkenyl group of R52 has a carbon number of 16 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279 3 to 2 0 is preferred. The aryl group of R 5 2 is to have 6 to 20 carbon atoms are preferred. Each substituent of R52 "may have a substituent." Examples include hydrogens, halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and carbon atoms 2. ~ 10 of alkenyl, phenyl, carboxyl, carbonyl, sulfonyl, phosphino, aminonitro, etc. The substituent represented by R4 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the substituent represented by the following general formula (IV). R2 — CH2 —CH—CH2— (OR1) „One

I 〇 αν) ι R 3 [式(IV)中,R1、R2、R3以及η之定義係與通式(I)所界 者相同,式(IV)中之*表示通式(I)所示化合物之-0-與 之鍵結] 作為通式(I )中之苯環之取代基,例如可舉出碳原子 1〜1 5之烷基、碳原子數1〜1 5之烷氧基、碳原子數2〜1 5 醯基、碳原子數6〜1 4之芳基、魏基、經基、碳原子數2〜 之烷氧羰基、鹵素原子等,其中以碳原子數1〜5之烷基 苯基、i素原子進一步較佳。 為通式(I )所示之化合物,係具有其構造者即可,在製 方法上並未特別受到限制,例如可舉出由下述通式(V)所 之雙(羥苯)苐型環氧化合物所得到之化合物,更具體 言,可舉出以通式(V )所示之化合物為原料,使之形成碳 子數5以上之含乙烯性不飽和基羰氧基,然後與選自多 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 17 原 數 出 定 R4 數 之 16 、 造 示 而 原 元 200530279 羧酸暨其酸酐及含異氰酸酯基化合物之一種以上之化合物 起反應而得到之化合物。I 〇αν) ι R 3 [In the formula (IV), the definitions of R1, R2, R3, and η are the same as those defined by the general formula (I), and * in the formula (IV) represents the general formula (I) -0-bonded to the compound] Examples of the substituent of the benzene ring in the general formula (I) include an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, 2 to 1 5 carbon atoms, fluorenyl group, 6 to 14 carbon atoms, aryl group, Wei group, warp group, 2 to 3 carbon atoms, alkoxycarbonyl group, halogen atom, etc., among which 1 to 5 carbon atoms Alkylphenyl and i prime atoms are more preferred. It is a compound represented by the general formula (I), as long as it has a structure, and there is no particular limitation on the production method. For example, a bis (hydroxybenzene) hydrazone type represented by the following general formula (V) is mentioned. More specifically, the compound obtained by the epoxy compound includes a compound represented by the general formula (V) as a raw material, and an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing carbonyloxy group having 5 or more carbon atoms is formed. Since 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 17 the original number of R4 is 16 and the original value is 200530279 carboxylic acid, its anhydride, and one or more compounds containing isocyanate group. The resulting compound.

[式(V)中,關於R1、η、4個苯環之進一步可具有之取代基, 其定義均與式(I)所界定者相同,R5之定義與式(I)之 R1 相同]。 作為形成此等由前述式(V )所示之雙(羥苯)苐型環氧化 合物之雙(羥苯)苐,例如可舉出 9,9 -雙(4 ’ -羥苯)荞、 9,9-雙(4,-經一 3,-曱苯)苐、9,9 -雙(4,-經-3, ,5,- 二甲苯)苐、9,9-雙(4’-羥-3’_甲氧苯)苐、9,9-雙(4’-羥-3 ’ -氟苯)荞、9,9 _雙(4 ’ -羥-3 氣苯)苐、9 , 9 -雙 (4,-羥-3 ’ ,5 ’ -二氯苯)苐、9,9 -雙(4 ’ _ 羥-3 ’ -溴苯) 荞、9,9 -雙(4 ’ -羥-3 ’ ,5 ’ -二溴苯)荞等。將此等雙(羥 苯)苐型環氧化合物單獨或二種以上一起使用均可。 再者,由前述通式(V )所示之雙(羥苯)苐型環氧化合物形 成之含乙烯性不飽和基羰氧基,其碳原子數為 5以上的 話,則在上限並未特別受到限制,不過以 5 0 較佳,而以 2 0進一步較佳。在本發明之硬化性組成物被使用於阻焊層 用途之情形,該碳原子數之上限係以2 0進一步較佳,而以 1 5特別合適。若該碳原子數少於上述範圍,則在硬化性組 成物成為硬化物之際,造成柔軟性不足,使其對基板之密 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 18 200530279 合性低劣化,另若碳原子數太多,則耐熱性會降低。 此等含乙烯性不飽和基羰氧基最好能為下述通式(I I )所 示之基0[In formula (V), the substituents that R1, η, and the four benzene rings may further have are the same as those defined by formula (I), and the definition of R5 is the same as that of R1 of formula (I)]. Examples of the bis (hydroxybenzene) fluorene that forms the bis (hydroxybenzene) fluorene type epoxy compound represented by the aforementioned formula (V) include, for example, 9,9-bis (4'-hydroxybenzene) buckwheat, 9 , 9-Bis (4, -Cyclo-3, -Benzene) pyrene, 9,9-Bis (4, -Cyclo-3,, 5, -Xylene), 9,9-Bis (4'-hydroxyl) -3'_methoxyphenyl) pyrene, 9,9-bis (4'-hydroxy-3'-fluorobenzene) buckwheat, 9,9_bis (4'-hydroxy-3 benzene) pyrene, 9, 9- Bis (4, -hydroxy-3 ', 5'-dichlorobenzene) pyrene, 9,9-bis (4'_hydroxy-3'-bromobenzene) buckwheat, 9,9-bis (4'-hydroxy-3) ', 5'-dibromobenzene) buckwheat and so on. These bis (hydroxybenzene) fluorene type epoxy compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds. The ethylenically unsaturated group-containing carbonyloxy group formed from the bis (hydroxybenzene) fluorene type epoxy compound represented by the aforementioned general formula (V) has no particular upper limit when the number of carbon atoms is 5 or more. Restricted, but 50 is better and 20 is even better. In the case where the hardenable composition of the present invention is used for the purpose of a solder resist, the upper limit of the number of carbon atoms is more preferably 20, and 15 is particularly suitable. If the number of carbon atoms is less than the above range, when the hardenable composition becomes a hardened material, the flexibility is insufficient, which makes it dense to the substrate. 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 18 200530279 The properties are low, and if the number of carbon atoms is too high, the heat resistance is reduced. These ethylenically unsaturated carbonyloxy groups are preferably those represented by the following general formula (I I).

(Π) [式(II)中,R7、R8、R9表示氫原子或甲基,Y1為任選之2 價基,式中*表示對於由雙(羥苯)第型環氧化合物之環氧基 之開環所產生之亞曱基形成之鍵結] 在此,上述通式(I I )所示之含乙烯性不飽和基羰氧基, 主要係在前述通式(V )所示之化合物為原料之下進行反應 之結果所形成的話,則在其形成方法上並未受到限制。作 為其形成方法,具體可舉出,對於前述通式(V)所示之化合 物,使含乙烯性不飽和基羧酸類起反應之方法,或首先使 未含乙烯性不飽和基之羧酸類起反應後,利用後續之反應 來形成等之方法。 作為該含乙烯性不飽和基羧酸類,例如可舉出,(曱基) 丙烯酸[又按,在本發明中,「(曱基)丙烯酸」意指「丙烯 酸」或/及「甲基丙烯酸」]與内酯或聚内酯之反應產物, 由飽和或不飽和二羧酸酐(如丁二酸酐、己二酸酐、順丁烯 二酸酐、反丁烯二酸酐、衣康酸酐、四氫酞酸酐、曱基四 氫酞酸酐、六氫酞酸酐、曱基六氫酞酸酐、曱基及亞曱基 四氫酞酸酐、酞酸酐等)與(曱基)丙烯酸衍生物進行反應所 19 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 得之半酯類,其中,該(曱基)丙烯酸酯衍生物係於(曱基) 丙烯酸酯[如(曱基)丙烯酸羥乙酯、(曱基)丙烯酸羥丙6旨、 (曱基)丙烯酸羥丁酯、聚乙二醇單(曱基)丙烯酸酯、丙三 醇二(曱基)丙烯酸酯、三羥曱基丙烷二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、 季戊四醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三(曱基)丙烯酸 酯、二(季戊四醇)五(甲基)丙烯酸酯等]等之在一分子中具 有1個以上之羥基者,由如前述之飽和或不飽和二羧酸酐 與如苯縮水甘油喊、(甲基)丙稀酸縮水甘油酯、3,4 -(曱基) 丙烯酸環氧環己基曱酯、8,9 -(曱基)丙烯酸環氧[雙環 [4 · 3 · 0 ]壬-3 -基]酯、8,9 一(曱基)丙烯酸環氧[雙環[4 . 3 · 0 ] 壬-3 -基]氧甲酯等之含不飽和基縮水甘油化合物進行反應 所得之半酯類等。其中以丁二酸酐、順丁烯二酸酐、四氫 酞酸酐、酞酸酐等與(曱基)丙烯酸羥乙酯、(曱基)丙烯酸 羥丙酯、(曱基)丙烯酸羥丁酯、季戊四醇三(曱基)丙烯酸 酯、二(季戊四醇)五(曱基)丙烯酸酯進行反應所得之半酯 類特別合適。將此等化合物單獨或二種以上一起使用均可。 再者,作為上述未含乙烯性不飽和基之羧酸類可舉出, 如乳酸、二羥丙酸等含羥基羧酸及其酸酐,如丁二酸、順 丁烯二酸、四氫酞酸、酞酸、酒石酸等之飽和或不飽和二 羧酸及其酸酐。繼之,使具有對所產生之羥基或羧基有反 應性之官能基之化合物起反應,以形成碳原子數5以上之 含乙烯性不飽和基羰氧基。在此,具有對羥基或羧基有反 應性之官能基之化合物係以具有環氧基、羧基、異氰酸酯 基之化合物較佳,為此具體可舉出如前述之含乙烯性不飽 20 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 和基羧酸類、前述之含不飽和基縮水甘油化合物等含乙烯 性不飽和基化合物,但並未受到此等化合物之限制。 再者,關於前述通式(V )所示之雙(羥苯)荞型環氧化合物 在被用作原料之下形成碳原子數5以上之含乙烯性不飽和 基羰氧基後,進一步起反應之對象即多元羧酸或其酸酐, 可舉出,飽和或不飽和二羧酸(如丁二酸、順丁烯二酸、衣 康酸、四氫酞酸、曱基四氫酞酸、六氫酞酸、曱基六氫酞 酸、甲基及亞曱基四氫酞酸、酞酸等)及其酸酐,偏苯三曱 酸及其酸酐,以及可取代之脂肪族或芳香族四羧酸(如 1,2,4,5 -苯四甲酸、二苯基酮四羧酸、聯苯四羧酸、聯苯 醚四羧酸、丁烷四羧酸等)及其酸酐等。其中以四氫酞酸、 酞酸等之二羧酸及其酸酐,偏苯三甲酸及其酸酐,1,2, 4, 5-苯四甲酸、聯苯四羧酸、丁烷四羧酸等之四羧酸及其酸二 酐等,由於所得之硬化性組成物在鹼顯影時之非晝像部溶 解去除性優異而較佳,尤其以四氫酞酸、酞酸等之二羧酸 及其酸酐,偏苯三曱酸及其酸酐等之3價或更低之羧酸及 其酸酐特別合適。 再者,作為前述含異氰酸酯基化合物可舉出,如異氰酸 丁酯、3 -異氰酸氯苯酯、異氰酸環己酯、3 -異氰酸異丙烯 醯-α,α _二曱苄酯等之有機單異氰酸酯,如對-伸苯二異 氰酸酯、2 , 4 -曱苯基二異氰酸酯、2,6 -曱苯基二異氰酸酯、 4,4 ’ -二苯曱烷二異氰酸酯、萘_ 1 , 5 -二異氰酸酯、聯曱苯 胺異氰酸酯等之芳香族二異氰酸酯,如六亞曱二異氰酸 酯、2,4,4 -三曱六亞曱二異氰酸酯、二聚脂肪酸二異氰酸 21 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 酯等之脂肪族二異氰酸酯,如異佛爾酮二異氰酸酯、4, 二亞曱雙(異氰酸環己酯)、ω,ω ’ -二異氰酸酯二曱 烷等之脂環族二異氰酸酯,如亞二曱苯基二異氰酸酯 α,α’ ,α’ -四曱亞二曱苯基二異氰酸酯等之具有 環之脂肪族二異氰酸酯,如三異氰酸離胺酸酯、1,6 十一烷三異氰酸酯、1,8 -二異氰酸酯-4 -異氰酸酯曱 烷、1,3,6 -六亞甲三異氰酸酯、雙環庚烷三異氰酸酯、: 氰酸酯苯基甲烷)、參(異氰酸酯苯基)硫磷酸酯等之三 酸酯,及其三聚物、水加成物、以及其多元醇加成物 其中以有機二異氰酸酯之二聚物、三聚物較佳,而以 基二異氰酸酯之三(羥甲)丙烷加成物、曱苯基二異氰 之三聚物、異佛爾酮二異氰酸酯之三聚物最合適。將 化合物單獨或二種以上一起使用均可。 又按,為本發明之通式(I )所示化合物,最好能具有 30 〜150mg· KOH/g,以 40 〜lOOmg· KOH/g 進一步較佳。肩 其依照膠透層析法之聚苯乙烯換算之重量平均分子量 能為1,000〜100, 000,以1,500〜10, 000進一步較佳。 再者,為本發明之通式(I)所示化合物之具體合成方 可舉出,例如利用前述專利文獻4等所載之迄今習知 法,具體而言,使前述雙(羥苯)苐型環氧化合物懸浮 溶解於曱基乙基酮、2 -乙氧乙醇乙酸乙酯、2 -乙氧乙 酸乙酯等之有機溶劑中,對此在三級胺類(如三乙胺、 曱胺、三苄胺等)或四級銨鹽類(如氣化四曱銨、氯化 三乙銨、氯化四乙銨、氣化四丁銨、氣化三曱苄胺等) 326\專利說明書(補件)\94·03\93134393 22 4,— 環己 、a , 芳香 ,11-基辛 “異 異氰 等。 曱苯 酸酯 此等 酸值 •者, 最好 法, 之方 於或 醇丁 苄二 曱基 或磷 200530279 化合物(如三苯膦等)或膊類(如三苯脎等)等之觸媒之存在 下,且在氫醌、氫醌單甲醚、曱基氫醌等之熱聚合抑制劑 之共存下,相對於環氧化合物之環氧基之1化學當量,按 通常0. 8〜1 . 5化學當量(以0 . 9〜1 . 1化學當量較佳)添加前 述含乙烯性不飽和基羧酸類,在通常6 0〜1 5 0 °C (以8 0〜1 2 0 °C較佳)溫度下進行加成反應,繼之,相對於前述反應所產 生經基之1化學當量,按通常0.05〜1.0化學當量添加前述 多元羧酸或其酸酐,而在前述條件下繼續反應等之方法即 可製造。 [1 - 2 ]( A - 2 )具有參苯酚甲烷構造之樹脂 本發明之硬化性組成物若滿足後述[1 - 1 5 ]及/或[1 - 1 6 ] 所載之物性條件,則除了含有[1 - 1 ]所載之成分(A - 1)之 外,或代替成分(A - 1 ),含有(A - 2 )具有參苯酚甲烷構造之 樹脂亦可。 作為本發明之具有參苯酚曱烷構造之樹脂,若在其樹脂 構造中具有參苯酚甲烷構造的話,則未特別受到限制,例 如可舉出,對於由具有參苯酚曱烷構造之環氧樹脂與(甲基) 丙烯酸及其酸酐或與前述之含乙烯性不飽和基羧酸類進行 反應所得之產物,使前述之多元羧酸或其酸酐起反應所得 之樹脂為較佳之樹脂。 在此,作為具有參苯酚曱烷構造之樹脂,例如可舉出, 日本化藥公司所製造之「EPPN - 501H」、「EPPN-501HY」、 「EPPN- 5 0 2 H」等 ° 再者,作為具有參苯酚曱烷構造之樹脂,例如可舉出, 23 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 日本化藥公司所製造之「TCR1025」、「TCR1064」、「TCR1286_ 等。 成分(A - 1 )及/或成分(A - 2 )充當本發明硬化性組成物之 構成要件者,其單位重量之雙鍵量係可用雙鍵當量即(雙鍵 當量)=(化合物之重量(g))/(化合物之含雙鍵mol數)來表 示,即單位重量之雙鍵愈多,雙鍵當量值愈小。在本發明 之硬化性組成物被使用於間隔物用途之情形,為了提高恢 復率及/或彈性復原率,(A )全體之雙鍵量係以5 5 0以下較 佳,以4 0 0以下進一步較佳,而以3 5 0以下最合適。 又按,本發明硬化性組成物全體之雙鍵量係以2 0 0以下 較佳,以1 6 0以下進一步較佳,而以1 5 0以下最合適。 將雙鍵當量根據具有乙烯性雙鍵之化合物在合成時之裝 料量,而依照上式計算亦可,或者在光阻等之複雜系中, 利用習知方法以測量溶液之雙鍵當量後,將光阻之固形分 濃度利用習知方法予以測量,而依照(雙鍵當量)=(光阻之 雙鍵當量)X (固形分濃度)算出亦可。 [1 - 3 ] ( B )光聚合引發劑及/或熱聚合引發劑 本發明之硬化性組成物亦可以進一步含有(B )光聚合引 發劑及/或熱聚合引發劑。成分(B)之光聚合引發劑係一種 活性化合物,在硬化性組成物受到活性光線之照射時產生 自由基、酸、或鹼等之活性種,造成上述通式(I )所示化合 物之聚合,及依需要使用之後述成分(C)之乙稀性不飽和化 合物之聚合者,例如可舉出乙醯苯類、二苯基酮類、羥苯 類、硫訕酮類、蒽醌類、縮酮類、六芳基聯咪唑類、二茂 24(Π) [In the formula (II), R7, R8, and R9 represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, Y1 is an optional divalent group, and * in the formula represents an epoxy resin of a bis (hydroxybenzene) type epoxy compound. Bond formed by a fluorenyl group generated by ring opening of a radical] Here, the ethylenically unsaturated carbonyloxy group represented by the above general formula (II) is mainly a compound represented by the aforementioned general formula (V) If it is formed as a result of carrying out the reaction under the raw material, there is no restriction on the formation method. Specific examples of the formation method include a method of reacting a compound represented by the general formula (V) with an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing carboxylic acid, or firstly reacting a compound without an ethylenically unsaturated group with a carboxylic acid. After the reaction, a method such as subsequent formation is used. Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing carboxylic acids include (fluorenyl) acrylic acid [also, in the present invention, "(fluorenyl) acrylic acid" means "acrylic acid" or / and "methacrylic acid" ] The reaction product with lactone or polylactone, from saturated or unsaturated dicarboxylic anhydride (such as succinic anhydride, adipic anhydride, maleic anhydride, fumaric anhydride, itaconic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride , Fluorenyl tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, fluorenyl hexahydrophthalic anhydride, fluorenyl and fluorenyl tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, etc.) and (fluorenyl) acrylic acid derivative reaction 19 326 \ Patent Instruction (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279 Half esters obtained, in which the (fluorenyl) acrylate derivative is based on (fluorenyl) acrylate [such as (fluorenyl) hydroxyethyl acrylate, (曱Hydroxypropyl acrylate 6 purpose, hydroxybutyl (fluorenyl) acrylate, polyethylene glycol mono (fluorenyl) acrylate, glycerol di (fluorenyl) acrylate, trihydroxymethylpropane di (methyl) Acrylate, pentaerythritol di (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (fluorenyl) propene Esterates, di (pentaerythritol) penta (meth) acrylate, etc.], etc., which have more than one hydroxyl group in one molecule, are composed of the aforementioned saturated or unsaturated dicarboxylic anhydride and benzene glycidol, ( Methyl) glycidyl glycidyl ester, 3,4- (fluorenyl) epoxy cyclohexylfluorenyl acrylate, 8,9-(fluorenyl) acrylic epoxy [bicyclo [4 · 3 · 0] non-3- Esters, esters of 8,9 mono (fluorenyl) acrylic epoxy [bicyclo [4. 3 · 0] non-3 -yl] oxymethyl, etc., and half esters obtained by reacting unsaturated glycidyl compounds, etc. . Among them, succinic anhydride, maleic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, and the like with hydroxyethyl (fluorenyl) acrylate, hydroxypropyl (fluorenyl) acrylate, hydroxybutyl (fluorenyl) acrylate, and pentaerythritol triol. Semi-esters obtained by the reaction of (fluorenyl) acrylate and di (pentaerythritol) penta (fluorenyl) acrylate are particularly suitable. These compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds. In addition, as the carboxylic acids which do not contain an ethylenically unsaturated group, there may be mentioned hydroxy-containing carboxylic acids such as lactic acid and dihydroxypropionic acid and anhydrides thereof, such as succinic acid, maleic acid, and tetrahydrophthalic acid. Or phthalic acid, tartaric acid and other saturated or unsaturated dicarboxylic acids and their anhydrides. Then, a compound having a functional group reactive with the generated hydroxyl or carboxyl group is reacted to form an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing carbonyloxy group having 5 or more carbon atoms. Here, the compound having a functional group having reactivity to a hydroxyl group or a carboxyl group is preferably a compound having an epoxy group, a carboxyl group, and an isocyanate group. To this end, specific examples include the aforementioned ethylenic unsaturated 20 326 \ Patent Instruction (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279 and unsaturated carboxylic acids, unsaturated glycidyl compounds and other ethylenically unsaturated compounds, but they are not restricted by these compounds. Furthermore, the bis (hydroxybenzene) buckwheat type epoxy compound represented by the general formula (V) is used as a raw material to form an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing carbonyloxy group having 5 or more carbon atoms, and then further The object of the reaction is the polycarboxylic acid or its anhydride, and examples thereof include saturated or unsaturated dicarboxylic acids (such as succinic acid, maleic acid, itaconic acid, tetrahydrophthalic acid, fluorenyltetrahydrophthalic acid, Hexahydrophthalic acid, fluorenylhexahydrophthalic acid, methyl and fluorenyltetrahydrophthalic acid, phthalic acid, etc.) and their anhydrides, trimellitic acid and its anhydride, and substituted aliphatic or aromatic tetra Carboxylic acids (such as pyromellitic acid, diphenyltetracarboxylic acid, diphenyl ketone tetracarboxylic acid, biphenyltetracarboxylic acid, biphenyl ether tetracarboxylic acid, butane tetracarboxylic acid, etc.) and their anhydrides. Among them are dicarboxylic acids such as tetrahydrophthalic acid and phthalic acid and their anhydrides, trimellitic acid and its anhydride, pyromellitic acid, biphenyltetracarboxylic acid, butanetetracarboxylic acid, etc. Tetracarboxylic acids and their acid dianhydrides are preferred because the obtained hardenable composition has excellent dissolution and removal properties in non-day-to-day image portions during alkali development, especially dicarboxylic acids such as tetrahydrophthalic acid and phthalic acid and Trivalent or lower carboxylic acids and anhydrides thereof, such as acid anhydrides, trimellitic acid and anhydrides thereof, are particularly suitable. Examples of the isocyanate group-containing compound include butyl isocyanate, 3-isocyanochlorophenyl ester, cyclohexyl isocyanate, and 3-isocyanoisopropene 醯 -α, α_di Organic monoisocyanates such as fluorenyl benzyl ester, such as p-phenylene diisocyanate, 2, 4- fluorenyl phenyl diisocyanate, 2, 6-fluorenyl phenyl diisocyanate, 4, 4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, naphthalene _ 1, 5-diisocyanate, biphenylaniline isocyanate and other aromatic diisocyanates, such as hexamethylene diisocyanate, 2,4,4 -trimethylene hexamethylene diisocyanate, dimer fatty acid diisocyanate 21 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279 Aliphatic diisocyanates such as esters, such as isophorone diisocyanate, 4, bisphosphonium bis (cyclohexyl isocyanate), ω, ω '-di Cycloaliphatic diisocyanates such as isocyanate dioxane, such as diphenylene diisocyanate α, α ', α'-tetrakisylene diphenylene diisocyanate, etc., aliphatic diisocyanates having a ring, such as triisocyanate Cyanate cyanate, 1,6 undecane triisocyanate, 1,8 -diisocyanate- Tri-esters of 4-isocyanate pinane, 1,3,6-hexamethylenetriisocyanate, dicycloheptane triisocyanate, cyanate phenylmethane), ginseng (isocyanatephenyl) thiophosphate, and their Among terpolymers, water adducts, and polyhydric alcohol adducts thereof, dimers and trimers of organic diisocyanate are preferred, and tris (hydroxymethyl) propane adduct of diisocyanate and toluene Trimers of diisocyanate and trimers of isophorone diisocyanate are most suitable. The compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds. According to the invention, the compound represented by the general formula (I) of the present invention preferably has 30 to 150 mg · KOH / g, and more preferably 40 to 100 mg · KOH / g. The weight-average molecular weight of polystyrene in terms of gel permeation chromatography can be 1,000 to 100,000, and more preferably 1,500 to 10,000. Further, specific examples of the synthesis of the compound represented by the general formula (I) of the present invention include, for example, the conventionally known methods described in the aforementioned Patent Document 4 and the like, and specifically, the aforementioned bis (hydroxybenzene) fluorene Type epoxy compounds are suspended and dissolved in organic solvents such as fluorenyl ethyl ketone, 2-ethoxyethanol ethyl acetate, 2-ethoxy ethyl acetate, etc. In this regard, tertiary amines (such as triethylamine, amidine , Tribenzylamine, etc.) or quaternary ammonium salts (such as vaporized tetramethylammonium chloride, triethylammonium chloride, tetraethylammonium chloride, tetrabutylammonium gasification, vaporized triammonium benzylamine, etc.) 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplements) \ 94 · 03 \ 93134393 22 4, — cyclohexyl, a, aromatic, 11-kisocene, "isoisocyanate, etc." For those acid values of benzoate, the best method is to use or Butyl benzyl difluorenyl or phosphorus 200530279 compounds (such as triphenylphosphine, etc.) or catalysts (such as triphenylphosphonium, etc.) in the presence of catalysts, and in the presence of hydroquinone, hydroquinone monomethyl ether, fluorenyl hydroquinone With the coexistence of a thermal polymerization inhibitor, the chemical equivalent of 1 to the epoxy compound epoxy group is usually 0.8 to 1.5 chemical equivalents (to 0.9 to 1.1 The amount is better) Add the aforementioned ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acids, and perform the addition reaction at a temperature of usually 60 to 150 ° C (preferably 80 to 120 ° C), and then, relative to It can be produced by adding 1 chemical equivalent of the basic group produced by the aforementioned reaction, and adding the aforementioned polycarboxylic acid or its anhydride in the usual 0.05 to 1.0 chemical equivalent, and continuing the reaction under the aforementioned conditions. [1-2] (A-2 ) Resin having a phenol methane structure If the hardenable composition of the present invention satisfies the physical property conditions described in [1-1 5] and / or [1-1 6] described below, it contains in addition to the material contained in [1-1] In addition to the component (A-1), or in place of the component (A-1), a resin containing (A-2) having a phenolphenol methane structure may be included. As the resin having a phenolphenol pane structure in the present invention, The resin structure is not particularly limited if it has a p-phenol-methane structure. For example, the resin structure having a p-phenol-methane structure and epoxy resin (meth) acrylic acid and its anhydride or the above-mentioned ethylenic properties are not limited. The product obtained by the reaction of saturated carboxylic acids. The resin obtained by the reaction of the acid anhydride is a preferable resin. Here, examples of the resin having a phenol-pentane structure include "EPPN-501H", "EPPN-501HY", and "EPPN-501HY" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. EPPN- 5 0 2 H ”, etc. In addition, as the resin having a p-phenol-pentane structure, for example, 23 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. "TCR1025", "TCR1064", "TCR1286_, etc. If the component (A-1) and / or the component (A-2) serves as a constituent element of the hardenable composition of the present invention, the double bond amount per unit weight can be double bond equivalent (ie, double bond equivalent) = (weight of the compound) (G)) / (the number of moles of the compound containing double bonds), that is, the more double bonds per unit weight, the smaller the double bond equivalent value. In the case where the curable composition of the present invention is used for a spacer application, in order to improve the recovery rate and / or the elastic recovery rate, the total amount of double bonds (A) is preferably 5 50 or less, and 400 or less. It is more preferable, and the most suitable is less than 3 50. Further, the amount of double bonds in the entire hardenable composition of the present invention is preferably 200 or less, more preferably 160 or less, and most preferably 150 or less. The double bond equivalent is based on the compounding amount of the compound with ethylenic double bond during the synthesis, and it can also be calculated according to the above formula, or in a complex system such as photoresist, using conventional methods to measure the double bond equivalent of the solution , The solid content concentration of the photoresist can be measured by a conventional method, and it can be calculated according to (double bond equivalent) = (double bond equivalent of the photoresistance) X (solid content concentration). [1-3] (B) Photopolymerization initiator and / or thermal polymerization initiator The curable composition of the present invention may further contain (B) a photopolymerization initiator and / or a thermal polymerization initiator. The photopolymerization initiator of the component (B) is an active compound that generates active species such as radicals, acids, or bases when the hardening composition is irradiated with active light, causing polymerization of the compound represented by the general formula (I). And those using an ethylenically unsaturated compound of the component (C) described later as needed, for example, acetophenones, diphenylketones, hydroxybenzenes, thiophenones, anthraquinones, Ketals, hexaaryl biimidazoles, dicene 24

326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 鈦類、鹵化烴衍生物類、有機硼酸鹽類、鏽鹽類、砜化合 物類、胺曱酸衍生物類、磺醯胺類、三芳基甲醇類等。 該乙醯苯類,例如可舉出2,2 -二乙氧乙醯苯、2,2 _二曱 氧-2 -苯乙醯苯、1 -羥-環己苯酮、1 -羥-1 -(對-十二基苯) 酮、1-羥-1-曱基乙基-(對-異丙苯)酮、1-三氯曱-(對-丁 苯)酮、羥-2-曱苯丙酮,以及後述之α -胺乙醯苯等, 再者,二苯基酮類,例如可舉出二苯基酮、2 -甲二苯基酮、 3 -甲二苯基酮、4 -曱二苯基酮、2 -羧二苯基酮、2 -氯二苯 基酮、4 -溴二苯基酮、米其勒酮等,再者,為羥苯類,例 如可舉出2 -經-4-正辛氧二苯基嗣、2 -經-4 -节二苯基酮、 2 -(2-經一5-甲苯)苯三σ坐、4一二第三丁苯一3,5-二第三丁一 4一 羥苯甲酸酯等,再者,硫。山酮類,例如可舉出硫秈酮、2 -乙基硫σ山酮、2 -異丙基硫σ山酮、2,4 -二甲基硫σ山酮、2,4 _ 二乙基硫秈酮、2,4 -二異丙基硫。山酮、2 -氯-硫°山酮等,再 者,蒽醌類,例如可舉出2 -曱基蒽醌等,再者,縮酮類, 例如可舉出苄二曱縮酮等。 再者,該六芳基聯咪唑類,例如可舉出 2,2’ -雙(鄰氣 苯)-4,4 ’ ,5,5 ’ -四苯聯咪唑、2,2 ’ -雙(鄰氣 苯)-4,4 ’ ,5,5 ’ -四(鄰,對-二氯苯)聯咪唑、2,2 ’ -雙(鄰, 對-二氯苯)-4,4 ’,5,5 ’ -四(鄰,對-二氯苯)聯咪唑、 2,2 ’ -雙(鄰氯苯)-4,4 ’ ,5,5 ’ -四(對氟苯)聯咪唑、 2,2 ’ -雙(鄰氯苯)-4,4 ’ ,5,5 ’ -四(鄰,對-二溴苯)聯咪 唑、2,2 ’ -雙(鄰溴苯)-4,4 ’ ,5 , 5 ’ -四(鄰,對-二氣苯) 聯咪唑、2,2 ’ -雙(鄰氣苯)-4 , 4 ’,5,5 ’ -四(對氣萘)聯咪 25 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 唑等。其中以六苯聯咪唑化合物較佳,尤以苯環(鍵結於咪 唑環之 2 , 2 ’ -位者)之鄰位取代有_素原子者進一步較 佳,而以鍵結於咪唑環之-4,4 ’,5,5 ’位之苯環未具取代 基者或取代有ii素原子或烧氧幾基者特別合適。 再者,該二茂鈦類,例如可舉出氯化二環戊二烯鈦、聯 苯二環戊二烯鈦、雙(2, 4 -二氟苯)二環戊二烯鈦、雙(2, 6-二氟苯)二環戊二烯鈦、雙(2, 4, 6 -三氟苯)二環戊二烯鈦、 雙(2, 3, 5, 6 -四氟苯)二環戊二烯鈦、雙(2, 3, 4, 5, 6-五氟苯) 二環戊二烯鈦、雙(2, 6 -二氟苯)二(曱基環戊二烯)鈦、雙 (2 ,3, 4, 5, 6 -五氟苯)二(曱基環戊二烯)鈦、雙[2, 6 -二氟 - 3 - ( 1 -吡咯)苯]二環戊二烯鈦等。其中以具有二環戊二烯 構造及聯苯構造之鈦化合物較佳,而以聯苯環之鄰位取代 有鹵素原子者特別合適。 再者,該iS化烴衍生物類,可舉出鹵曱基化對稱三畊衍 生物類,例如可舉出2,4,6 -參(單氯甲)對稱三畊、2,4,6 -參(二氣曱)對稱三畊、2,4,6 -參(三氣甲)對稱三°井、2 -曱 基-4, 6-雙(三氣曱)對稱三畊、2 -正丙-4, 6 -雙(三氣甲)對 稱三σ井、2-(α,α,/3 -三氯乙)-4,6 -雙(三氯曱)對稱三 畊、2 -苯基-4,6 -雙(三氯甲)對稱三ϋ井、2 -(對-甲氧 苯)-4,6 -雙(三氣曱)對稱三畊、2 -( 3,4 -環氧苯)- 4,6 -雙 (三氣甲)對稱三畊、2 -(對-氣苯)- 4,6 -雙(三氯甲)對稱三 口井、2 - [ 1 -(對一曱氧苯)一 2,4 一戊二稀]一 4,6 -雙(三氣曱)對稱 三畊、2 -苯乙烯-4,6 -雙(三氣曱)對稱三畊、2 -(對-甲氧苯 乙烯)-4,6 -雙(三氣甲)對稱三崎、2 -(對-曱氧-間-羥苯乙 26 326\專利說明書(補件)W-03\93134393 200530279 烯)_ 4,6 -雙(三氯曱)對稱三畊、2 -(對-異丙氧苯乙 烯)- 4,6 -雙(三氯曱)對稱三畊、2 -(對-甲苯)- 4,6 -雙(三氣 曱)對稱三畊、2 -(對-曱氧萘)-4,6 -雙(三氯曱)對稱三畊、 2-(對-乙氧萘)-4,6 -雙(三氯曱)對稱三畊、2-(對-乙氧羰 萘)-4,6 -雙(三氯曱)對稱三。井、2 -苯硫-4,6 -雙(三氯曱) 對稱三σ井、2 -苄硫-4,6 -雙(三氯曱)對稱三°井、2,4,6 -參(二 溴甲)對稱三畊、2,4,6 -參(三溴曱)對稱三0井、2 -甲基-4,6 -雙(三溴曱)對稱三畊、2 -甲氧-4,6 -雙(三溴曱)對稱三呼等 之鹵曱基化對稱三σ井衍生物類,其中以雙(三_甲)對稱三 17井類較佳。 再者,該有機硼酸鹽類,例如可舉出有機硼銨錯合物、 有機硼鐫錯合物、有機硼鏟錯合物、有機硼氧鈒錯合物、 有機硼錤錯合物、有機硼過渡金屬配位錯合物等,其有機 硼陰離子,例如以正丁 -三笨硼陰離子、正丁-參(2,4,6 -三曱苯)硼陰離子、正丁-參(對-曱氧苯)硼陰離子、正丁-參(對-氟苯)硼陰離子、正丁-參(間-氟苯)硼陰離子、正丁 -參(3 -氟-4 -曱苯)硼陰離子、正丁-參(2, 6-二氟苯)硼陰離 子、正丁-參(2, 4, 6 -三氟苯)硼陰離子、正丁-參 (2,3,4,5,6 -五氟苯)硼陰離子、正丁-參(對-氯苯)硼陰離 子、正丁 參(2,6 -二氟-3- °比17各苯)叾朋陰離子等之烧基-三苯 硼陰離子較佳,另為對陽離子,以銨陽離子、鐫陽離子、 锍陽離子、錤陽離子等之鏽化合物較佳,尤以四烷基銨等 之有機銨陽離子特別合適。 再者,該錨鹽類,例如可舉出,如溴化四曱銨、溴化四 27 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 乙銨等之銨鹽,如六氟砷酸二苯錤、四氟硼酸二苯錤、對-甲苯磺酸二苯錤、樟腦磺酸二苯錤、六氟砷酸二環己鏹、 四氟硼酸二環己鎭、對-甲苯磺酸二環己錤、樟腦磺酸二環 己錤等之錤鹽,如六氟砷酸三苯鈒、四氟硼酸三苯銥、對-曱苯磺酸三苯鈒、樟腦磺酸三苯鈒、六氟砷酸三環己锍、 四氟硼酸三環己鈒、對-曱苯磺酸三環己鏟、樟腦磺酸三環 己锍等之鏟鹽等。 再者,該石風化合物類,例如可舉出,如雙(苯石黃醢)曱烧、 雙(對-羥苯磺醯)曱烷、雙(對-曱氧苯磺醯)曱烷、雙(α -萘磺醯)曱烷、雙(点-萘磺醯)曱烷、雙(環己磺醯)甲烷、 雙(第三丁磺醯)甲烷、苯磺醯(環己磺醯)曱烷等之雙(磺醯) 曱烷化合物,如苯羰(苯磺醯)甲烷、萘羰(苯磺醯)曱烷、 苯羰(萘磺醯)曱烷、環己羰(苯磺醯)曱烷、第三丁羰(苯磺 醯)曱烷、苯羰(環己磺醯)曱烷、苯羰(第三丁羰)甲烷等之 羰(磺醯)曱烷化合物,如雙(苯磺醯)重氮甲烷、雙(對-羥 苯磺醯)重氮曱烷、雙(對-甲氧苯磺醯)重氮曱烷、雙(α _ 萘磺醯)重氮曱烷、雙(/3 -萘磺醯)重氮曱烷、雙(環己磺醯) 重氮曱烷、雙(第三丁磺醯)重氮曱烷、苯磺醯(環己磺醯) 重氮曱烷等之雙(磺醯)重氮曱烷化合物,如苯羰(苯磺醯) 重氮曱烷、萘羰(苯磺醯)重氮曱烷、苯羰(萘磺醯)重氮甲 烷、環己羰(苯磺醯)重氮甲烷、第三丁羰(苯磺醯)重氮曱 烷、苯羰(環己磺醯)重氮甲烷、苯羰(第三丁羰)重氮曱烷 等之羰(磺醯)重氮曱烷化合物等。 再者,為該胺曱酸衍生物類,例如可舉出胺曱酸苯甲醯 28 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 環己醋、2 -硝苄胺甲酸環己醋、3,5 -二曱氧苄胺曱酸環己 酯、3 -硝苯胺曱酸環己酯等,再者,該磺醯胺類,例如可 舉出 N -環己- 4 -曱苯磺醯胺、N -環己- 2 -萘磺醯胺等,再 者,該三芳基曱醇類,例如可舉出三苯曱醇、三(4 -氯苯) 甲醇等。 再者,構成本發明硬化性組成物之成分(B )之熱聚合引發 劑係一種活性化合物,在硬化性組成物被加熱時產生自由 基等之活性種,造成上述通式(I )所示化合物之聚合,及依 需要使用之後述成分(C)之乙烯性不飽和化合物之聚合 者,該熱聚合引發劑,例如可舉出有機過氧化物類及偶氮 系化合物類。 作為該有機過氧化物類,例如可舉出,如過氧化曱基乙 基酮、過氧化曱基異丁基酮、過氧化乙醯丙酮、過氧化環 己酮、過氧化曱基環己酮、3,3,5 -過氧化三曱環己酮等之 過氧化酮類,如過氧化異丁基、3,3,5 -過氧化三甲環己醯、 過氧化苯曱醯、過氧化鄰-曱基苯曱醯、過氧化間-氣苯曱 醯、2,4 -過氧化二氣苯曱醯、過氧化間-曱苯醯等之過氧化 二醯基類,如氫過氧化第三丁基、氫過氧化異丙苯、氫過 氧化二異丙苯、氫過氧化對-蓋、2, 5 -二氫過氧化 2, 5-二 曱基己烷、1,1,3,3 -氫過氧化四甲基丁基、2_氫過氧化 2,4,4 -三曱基戊基等之氫過氧化物類,如過氧化二第三丁 基、過氧化第三丁異丙苯、過氧化二異丙苯、1,3(或1,4)-雙(第三丁過氧異丙)苯、2, 5-二曱-2, 5-二(第三丁過氧) 己烷、2, 5 -二甲-2, 5 -二(第三丁過氧)己炔-3等之過氧化 29 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 二烷基類,如 1,1-雙(第三丁過氧)環己烷、1,1_雙(第三 丁過氧)-3, 3, 5 -三曱環己烷、2, 2-雙(第三丁過氧)丁烷、 4,4 -雙(第三丁過氧)戊酸正丁酯等之過氧縮酮類,如過氧 乙酸第三丁酯、過氧辛酸第三丁酯、過氧三曱基乙酸第三 丁酯、過氧新癸酸第三丁酯、過氧-3,5, 5 -三曱基己酸第三 丁酯、過氧月桂酸第三丁酯、過氧三甲基己二酸二第三丁 酯、過氧苯曱酸第三丁酯、過氧新癸酸α -異丙苯酯、過氧 苯氧乙酸2, 4, 4-三甲基戊酯等之烷基過氧酯類,如過氧二 碳酸二-2 -乙基己酯、過氧二碳酸二-2 -乙氧乙酯、過氧二 碳酸二異丙酯、過氧二碳酸二曱氧異丙酯、過氧二碳酸二 -3 -甲氧丁酯、過氧二碳酸雙(3 -曱基-3 -曱氧丁酯)、過氧 異丙碳酸第三丁酯、過氧烯丙碳酸第三丁酯、過氧二碳酸 雙(4 -第三丁環己酯)、磺醯過氧二碳酸乙醯環己酯等之過 氧碳酸酯類等。 再者,該偶氮系化合物類,例如可舉出1,1 ’ -偶氮雙環 己烧_1-猜、2,2’ -偶氮雙(2,4 -二甲基戍腈)、2,2 "偶ίι 雙(4 -甲氧-2, 4 -二甲基戊腈)、2,2’ -偶氮雙(曱基異丁 酸)、α,α ’ -偶氮雙(異丁腈)、4,4 ’ -偶氮雙(4 -氰戊酸) 等。 在以上之成分(Β )之光聚合引發劑或/及熱聚合引發劑 中,對本發明較佳者為光聚合引發劑之乙醯苯類之α -胺乙 醯苯衍生物,尤以下述通式(V I I )所示者特別合適。 30 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279 Titanium, halogenated hydrocarbon derivative, organic borate, rust salt, sulfone compound, amino acid derivative, sulfonamide, triaryl Methyl alcohols and so on. Examples of the acetophenones include 2,2-diethoxyacetophenone, 2,2-dioxo-2-acetophenone, 1-hydroxy-cyclohexanone, and 1-hydroxy-1 -(P-dodecylbenzene) ketone, 1-hydroxy-1-fluorenylethyl- (p-cumene) ketone, 1-trichlorofluorene- (p-butylphenone) ketone, hydroxy-2-fluorene Phenylacetone, α-amine acetophenone, etc. to be described later, and diphenyl ketones include, for example, diphenyl ketone, 2-methyldiphenyl ketone, 3-methyldiphenyl ketone, and 4- Perylene diphenyl ketone, 2-carboxydiphenyl ketone, 2-chlorodiphenyl ketone, 4-bromodiphenyl ketone, Michelin and the like, and further, hydroxybenzenes, for example, 2- Trans-4-n-octyloxydiphenylphosphonium, 2-trans-4-benzyl diphenyl ketone, 2- (2-trans-5-toluene) benzenetrisigma, 4-2 tertiary butylbenzene 3,5 -Third butadiene 4-hydroxybenzoate, etc., and further, sulfur. Examples of ketones include thioxanthone, 2-ethylthiosigma ketone, 2-isopropylthiosigma ketone, 2,4-dimethylthiosigma ketone, and 2,4-diethyl Thiophanone, 2,4-diisopropylsulfur. Examples of ketones, 2-chloro-thio ° ketones, and anthraquinones include 2-fluorenylanthraquinone and the like, and further examples of ketals include benzylbisacetal and the like. Examples of the hexaarylbiimidazoles include 2,2'-bis (o-phenylene) -4,4 ', 5,5'-tetrabenzimidazole, and 2,2'-bis (ortho) Gas benzene) -4,4 ', 5,5'-tetra (o, p-dichlorobenzene) biimidazole, 2,2'-bis (o-p-dichlorobenzene) -4,4', 5, 5'-tetrakis (o-, p-dichlorobenzene) biimidazole, 2,2'-bis (o-chlorobenzene) -4,4 ', 5,5'-tetrakis (p-fluorobenzene) biimidazole, 2,2 '-Bis (o-chlorobenzene) -4,4', 5,5'-Tetra (o-, p-dibromobenzene) biimidazole, 2,2'-bis (o-bromobenzene) -4,4 ', 5 , 5'-tetrakis (o-p-diphenylene) biimidazole, 2,2'-bis (o-phenylbenzene) -4, 4 ', 5,5'-tetrakis (p-naphthalene) biimide 25 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279 azole and so on. Among them, hexabenzimidazole compounds are more preferred, especially those in which the ortho position of the benzene ring (bonded to the 2, 2′-position of the imidazole ring) is substituted with a _ prime atom, and those bonded to the imidazole ring are more preferred. The -4,4 ', 5,5' position of the benzene ring has no substituent or is substituted with a ii element atom or an oxygen atom. Examples of the titanocene include titanium dicyclopentadiene chloride, biphenyldicyclopentadiene titanium, bis (2,4-difluorobenzene) dicyclopentadiene titanium, and bis ( 2,6-difluorobenzene) titanium dicyclopentadiene, bis (2, 4, 6-trifluorobenzene) titanium dicyclopentadiene, bis (2, 3, 5, 6-tetrafluorobenzene) bicyclo Pentadiene titanium, bis (2, 3, 4, 5, 6-pentafluorobenzene) titanium dicyclopentadiene, bis (2, 6-difluorobenzene) di (fluorenylcyclopentadiene) titanium, bis (2,3, 4, 5, 6-pentafluorobenzene) di (fluorenylcyclopentadiene) titanium, bis [2,6-difluoro-3-(1-pyrrole) benzene] dicyclopentadiene titanium Wait. Among them, a titanium compound having a dicyclopentadiene structure and a biphenyl structure is preferable, and a halogen atom substituted at the ortho position of the biphenyl ring is particularly suitable. Examples of the iS-derived hydrocarbon derivatives include halogenated symmetric tri-tillage derivatives, and examples include 2,4,6-symbol (monochloroform) symmetrical tri-tillage, 2, 4, 6 -Symmetric (two gas tritium) symmetrical three-cultivation, 2,4,6 -Shen (three gas tritium) symmetrical three-cultivation well, 2 -Tanji-4, 6-double (three gas tritium) symmetrical three-cultivation, 2 -positive Propane-4, 6-bis (trifluoromethyl) symmetrical three-sigma wells, 2- (α, α, / 3-trichloroethyl) -4,6-bis (trichlorohydrazone) symmetrical tri-tillage, 2-phenyl -4,6 -Bis (trichloromethane) symmetrical triple wells, 2-(p-methoxyphenyl) -4,6 -bis (trigas tritium) symmetrical triple tillers, 2-(3,4-epoxybenzene )-4,6 -bis (trifluoromethyl) symmetrical three ploughing, 2-(para-gas benzene)-4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) symmetrical three wells, 2-[1-(p-monofluorene oxybenzene) ) A 2,4 pentadiene] a 4,6-double (three gas tritium) symmetrical three ploughing, 2-styrene-4,6-double (three gas tritium) symmetrical three ploughing, 2-(p-a Oxystyrene) -4,6 -bis (trifluoromethyl) symmetrical Misaki, 2-(p-fluorene oxygen-m-hydroxyphenylethyl 26 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) W-03 \ 93134393 200530279ene) _ 4 , 6-Bis (trichlorohydrazone) symmetrical three , 2-(p-isopropyloxystyrene)-4,6-bis (trichlorohydrazone) symmetrical three-cultivation, 2-(p-toluene)-4,6 -bis (tri-gas trioxide) symmetrical three-cultivation, 2 -(P-Pyridoxine) -4,6 -bis (trichloropyrene) symmetrical tri-tillage, 2- (p-ethoxynaphthalene) -4,6 -bis (trichloropyridine) symmetric tri-tillage, 2- ( P-ethoxycarbonylnaphthalene) -4,6-bis (trichlorohydrazone) symmetrical three. Well, 2-phenylthio-4,6-bis (trichloroarsine) symmetrical three-sigma well, 2-benzylthio-4,6-bis (trichloroarsine) symmetrical three-degree well, 2,4,6 -ginseng ( Dibromomethyl) Symmetrical three-cultivation, 2,4,6 -Shen (tribromofluorene) Symmetrical three-zero well, 2-Methyl-4,6-bis (tribromofluorene) Symmetrical three-cultivation, 2-Methoxy-4 , 6-Bis (tribromofluorene) symmetric trihalo, etc., halogenated symmetric trisigma well derivatives, of which bis (tri-methyl) symmetric tris17 wells are preferred. Examples of the organic borate include organic boron ammonium complex, organic boron complex, organic boron complex, organic borate complex, organic boron complex, organic Boron transition metal coordination complexes, etc., whose organic boron anions are, for example, n-butyl-tribenzyl boron anion, n-butyl-ginseng (2,4,6-triphenylbenzene) boron anion, n-butyl-ginseng (p-- Phenoxybenzene) boron anion, n-butyl-shen (p-fluorobenzene) boron anion, n-butyl-shen (meta-fluorobenzene) boron anion, n-butan-shen (3-fluoro-4-benzene) boron anion, N-butyl-ginseng (2, 6-difluorobenzene) boron anion, n-butyl-ginseng (2, 4, 6-trifluorobenzene) boron anion, n-butyl-ginseng (2, 3, 4, 5, 6-5) Fluorobenzene) boron anion, n-butyl-ginseng (p-chlorobenzene) boron anion, n-butyl ginseng (2,6-difluoro-3- ° than 17 each benzene) pentyl anion, etc. Preferably, it is a counter cation, and rust compounds such as ammonium cation, sulfonium cation, sulfonium cation, and sulfonium cation are preferred, and organic ammonium cations such as tetraalkylammonium are particularly suitable. In addition, the anchor salts include, for example, ammonium salts such as tetraammonium bromide, tetrabromide 27 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279 ethyl ammonium, such as hexafluoroarsenic Acid diphenylhydrazone, diphenylhydrazone tetrafluoroborate, diphenylhydrazone p-toluenesulfonate, diphenylhydrazone camphorsulfonate, dicyclohexamethane hexafluoroarsenate, dicyclohexafluorene tetrafluoroborate, p-toluenesulfonic acid Dicyclohexamidine, dicyclohexamethane di camphorsulfonate, and other sulfonium salts, such as triphenylarsine hexafluoroarsenate, triphenyliridium tetrafluoroborate, triphenylarsine p-toluenebenzenesulfonate, triphenylarsine camphorsulfonate, Tricyclohexanium hexafluoroarsinate, tricyclohexanium tetrafluoroborate, tricyclohexanene p-toluenesulfonic acid shovel, camphor sulfonic acid tricyclohexanine, etc. Examples of the stone wind compounds include, for example, bis (benzite scutellaria) arsenic, bis (p-hydroxybenzenesulfonium sulfonium) oxane, bis (p-hydroxyphenylsulfonium sulfonium) oxane, Bis (α-naphthalenesulfonyl) methane, bis (dot-naphthalenesulfonyl) methane, bis (cyclohexylsulfonium) methane, bis (tertiary butanesulfonyl) methane, benzenesulfonium (cyclohexylsulfonium) Bis (sulfofluorene) pinane compounds such as oxane, such as benzenecarbonyl (benzenesulfonyl) methane, naphthylcarbonyl (benzenesulfonyl) fluorene, benzenecarbonyl (naphthylsulfonyl) fluorene, cyclohexylcarbonyl (benzenesulfonyl) Carbonyl compounds such as oxane, tert-butanecarbonyl (benzenesulfonium) oxane, phenylcarbonyl (cyclohexylsulfonium) oxane, phenylcarbonyl (third butylcarbonyl) methane, such as bis ( Benzenesulfonium) diazomethane, bis (p-hydroxybenzenesulfonyl) diazomethane, bis (p-methoxybenzenesulfonyl) diazomethane, bis (α_naphthalenesulfonyl) diazomethane, Bis (/ 3-naphthalenesulfonium) diazomidine, bis (cyclohexylsulfonium) diazine, bis (tertiary butanesulfonyl) diazine, benzenesulfonium (cyclohexylsulfonium) diazide Bis (sulfofluorene) diazonium compounds such as benzenecarbonyl (benzenesulfonium) Diazomethane, naphthalenecarbonyl (benzenesulfonium) diazomethane, benzenecarbonyl (naphthalenesulfonium) diazomethane, cyclohexylcarbonyl (benzenesulfonium) diazomethane, tert-butylcarbonyl (benzenesulfonium) Carboxy (sulfohydrazone) diazopine compounds such as azepine, benzenecarbonyl (cyclohexylsulfonium) diazomethane, benzenecarbonyl (tertiary butylcarbonyl) diazopine and the like. In addition, for the amino acid derivatives, for example, benzamidine amino acid 28 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279 cyclohexyl acetate, 2-nitrobenzylamine formic acid cyclohexyl Vinegar, cyclohexyl 3,5-dioxobenzylamine, cyclohexyl 3-nitroaniline, and the like. Examples of the sulfonamides include N-cyclohexyl-4 -benzene. Sulfonamide, N-cyclohex-2-naphthylsulfonamide and the like, and examples of the triarylfluorenols include triphenylfluorenol and tris (4-chlorobenzene) methanol. Furthermore, the thermal polymerization initiator that constitutes the component (B) of the curable composition of the present invention is an active compound that generates active species such as radicals when the curable composition is heated, resulting in the general formula (I). Polymerization of a compound and polymerization of an ethylenically unsaturated compound using the component (C) described later as needed. Examples of the thermal polymerization initiator include organic peroxides and azo compounds. Examples of the organic peroxides include fluorenyl ethyl ketone peroxide, fluorenyl isobutyl ketone peroxide, acetone acetone peroxide, cyclohexanone peroxide, and fluorenyl cyclohexanone peroxide. , 3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexanone peroxide, such as isobutyl peroxide, 3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexanone peroxide, phenylhydrazine peroxide, orthoperoxide Dihydrazyl peroxides such as -fluorenylphenylhydrazone, m-phenylazine peroxide, 2,4-dioxophenylazine peroxide, m-phenylazine peroxide, etc. Butyl, cumene hydroperoxide, dicumene hydroperoxide, p-cap of hydroperoxide, 2, 5-dihydroperoxy 2,5-difluorenylhexane, 1,1,3,3 -Hydrogen peroxides such as tetramethylbutyl hydroperoxide, 2,4,4 -trimethylpentyl hydroperoxide, such as di-third butyl peroxide, third butyl isopropyl peroxide Benzene, dicumyl peroxide, 1,3 (or 1,4) -bis (third butyl peroxycumene) benzene, 2, 5-difluorene-2, 5-di (third butyl peroxy) Peroxide of hexane, 2, 5 -dimethyl-2, 5-bis (third butyl peroxy) hexyne-3, etc. 29 326 \ Patent said Books (Supplements) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279 Dialkyls, such as 1,1-bis (third butyperoxy) cyclohexane, 1,1_bis (third butyperoxy) -3, 3 Peroxal ketals such as, 5-trimethylcyclohexane, 2,2-bis (third-butperoxy) butane, 4,4-bis (third-butperoxy) n-butyl valerate, such as Tertiary butyl peroxyacetate, tertiary butyl peroxyoctanoate, tertiary butyl peroxytrimethylacetate, tertiary butyl peroxyneodecanoate, peroxy-3,5, 5 -trimethylhexanoate Tert-butyl acid, tert-butyl peroxylaurate, tert-butyl peroxytrimethyl adipate, tert-butyl peroxybenzoate, α-cumyl peroxyneodecanoate Alkyl peroxy esters such as 2,4,4-trimethylpentyl peroxyphenoxyacetate, such as di-2-ethylhexyl peroxydicarbonate, di-2 -ethoxy peroxydicarbonate Ethyl ester, diisopropyl peroxydicarbonate, diisopropyl peroxydicarbonate, di-3 -methoxybutyl peroxydicarbonate, bis (3-fluorenyl-3 -fluorene peroxydicarbonate) Oxybutyl ester), tert-butyl peroxyisocarbonate, tert-butyl peroxyallylic carbonate, bis (4-tert-butylcyclohexyl) peroxydicarbonate, sulfo Peroxocarbonate, such as osmium peroxodicarbonate and cyclohexyl ester. Examples of the azo-based compounds include 1,1'-azobiscyclohexane-1-chai, 2,2'-azobis (2,4-dimethylfluoronitrile), and 2 , 2 " Ethylbis (4-methoxy-2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile), 2,2'-azobis (fluorenyl isobutyric acid), α, α'-azobis (iso Butyronitrile), 4,4'-azobis (4-cyanovaleric acid), etc. Among the above-mentioned photopolymerization initiators and / or thermal polymerization initiators of the component (B), the α-amine acetophenone derivatives of acetophenones, which are preferably photopolymerization initiators according to the present invention, are particularly described below. The formula (VII) is particularly suitable. 30 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279

r35 I 36 \ rrR ㈤ 11 A-r38 R37 [式(VII)中,R35表示可具有取代基之烷基、可具有取代基 之烯丙基或可具有取代基之苯基,R36表示可具有取代基之 烷基或可具有取代基之烯丙基,R37及R38各自獨立表示可 具有取代基之烷基、可具有取代基之烯丙基或可具有取代 基之苯基,R37與R38互相連接,或R37或 R38與R35或R36 互相連接以形成環狀構造亦可,而苯環具有取代基亦可]。 在此,上述通式(VII)中之R35、R36、R37、以及R38之烷 基係以碳原子數 1〜1 5 (尤以 1〜1 0 )者較佳。再者,作為烷 基、烯丙基、以及苯基上之取代基,可舉出烷基、烷氧基、 羥烷基、羥烷氧基、乙醯氧烷氧基、烷氧烷氧基、烷羰烷 基、烷硫基、鹵烷基、苯基、鹵素原子等。再者,作為R37 與R38互相連接,或R37或R38與R35或R36互相連接以形成 之環狀構造,可舉出ϋ比咯咬、六氫。比咬、六氫π比。井、嗎σ林、 口等σ坐σ定、。比π定等。 再者,作為苯環上之取代基,可舉出烧基、經基、烧氧 基、烤丙氧基、苯氧基、苯曱醯基、石夕烧氧基、魏基、烧 硫基、烤丙硫基、環院硫基、苄硫基、苯硫基、烧確醯基、 苯磺醯基、烷亞磺醯基、烷胺基、烯丙胺基、吼咯啶基、 六氫°比σ定基、六氫吡U井基、嗎啉基、鹵素原子等,再者, 31 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 苯環亦可以形成縮合環,作為此縮合環,可舉出场酮、二 苯并環庚酮、二氫吲哚、喧σ林、咔°坐、吩嗓、吖17定酮 (a c r i d a η ο n e )、苯二σ号茂、苯并σ夫喃、咕吨、°山酮、吩口号 嗪、苯并噻唑、吩噻嗪等。 作為以上之前述通式(V I I )所示α -胺乙醯苯衍生物,具 體依照化合物之基本骨架予以分類,而按碳原子數予以例 示時,可舉出以下之化合物,其中特別較佳者為,R35與 R36各自獨立表示甲基、乙基、或苄基,R”與R38各自表示 甲基,或互相連接成環狀構造之嗎啉基,且在苯環未具取 代基或具有曱硫基、二曱胺基、或嗎啉基時之化合物,尤 以僅於對位具有嗎啉基之化合物特別合適。 關於被分類為基本骨架之碳原子數3之丙烷-1 _酮,可舉 出1-苯基-2-二甲胺-2-曱基- 3- (4-曱苯)丙烷-1-酮、1-苯 基-2-二甲胺_2 -曱基-3-(4-曱氧苯)丙烷-1-酮、1-苯基_2 -二甲胺-2-曱基-3 -(3 ,4 -二曱氧苯)丙烷-1-酮、1-苯基- 2-二甲胺-2-曱基-3 -(4-曱硫苯)丙烧-1-嗣、1-苯基- 2-二曱 胺-2 -甲基- 3- (4-氟苯)丙烷-1-酮、1-苯基-2-二曱胺- 2-曱基-3 -(2 -氣苯)丙院-1-酮、1-苯基_2-二曱胺-2-曱基 -3-(4-氯苯)丙烷_1-酮、1-苯基-2-二曱胺-2-曱基- 3- (4-溴苯)丙烷-1-酮、1-苯基-2-二曱胺-2-甲基-3 -(4-苯甲醯 苯)丙烷-1-酮、1-苯基-2-二甲胺-2-苄基-丙烷-1-酮、1,3-二苯-2-二曱胺-2-节基-丙烧-1-西同、1-(4-氟苯)-2 -二曱胺 -2-苄基-丙烷-1-酮、1-(4 -氟苯)-2-二曱胺-2-苄-3-苯基-丙烧-1-酮、1_(4 -苯曱醢苯)-2-二曱胺-2-节基-丙烧- 1- 32 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 酮、1 -( 4 -曱硫苯)-2 -嗎啉-2 -曱基丙烷- 1 -酮、1 - ( 4 -曱硫 苯)-2-二曱胺-2 -曱基-3-(4-甲苯)丙烷-1-酮、1-(4 -曱硫 苯)-2-二曱胺-2-曱基- 3- (4-曱氧苯)丙烷-1-酮、1-(4-曱 硫苯)-2 -二曱胺-2 -甲基-3 - ( 3,4 -二曱氧苯)丙烷_ 1 -酮、 1-(4-曱硫苯)-2 -二甲胺-2-甲基-3 -(4_氟苯)丙烧-1_酮、 1-(4-曱硫苯)-2 -二曱胺-2-甲基_3-(2_氯苯)丙烧-1-酮、 1-(4-曱硫苯)-2-二曱胺-2-甲基-3 -(4-氯苯)丙烷-1-酮、 1 -(4-曱硫苯)-2 -二曱胺-2-甲基- 3- (4-溴苯)丙烷-1-酮、 1一(4 一曱硫苯)一2-二甲胺一2-甲基-3 -(4 一苯甲隨苯)丙烧_1_ 酮、1,3-雙(4-甲硫苯)一2-二甲胺一2-甲基丙烷-1 一酮、1-(4-丁硫苯)_2-二甲胺-2-节苯基-丙烧-1- S同、1-(4-環己硫 苯)- 2-二曱胺-2-节-3-苯基-丙烧_1-嗣、1-(4-节硫苯)-2-二曱胺-2-苄基-丙烷-1-酮、1-(4-二曱胺苯)-2-二曱胺-2-苄基-丙烷-1-酮、1-(4-二曱胺苯)-2-二曱胺-2_苄-3-苯基 -丙烷-1-酮、1_(4-嗎啉苯)-2-二甲胺-2 -(2 -氣戊烯)丙烷 - 1-酮、1-(4 -嗎琳苯)-2-二曱胺-2-节基-丙烧-1-8同、1-(4-嗎σ林苯)- 2-二曱胺-2-节-3 -苯基-丙烧-1-銅、1-(N_曱二氫 °引σ朵-5-基)- 2-二曱胺-2-节基-丙烧-1-酮、1 -(N -丁吩σ夸嘻 -2 -基)-2 -嗎啉-2 -节基-丙烷-1-酮等。 關於被分類為基本骨架之碳原子數4之丁烷-1 -酮,可舉 出 卜苯基_2 -二曱胺- 2- f基-丁烷-1-酮、卜(4 -曱苯)-2-二曱胺_2 -苄基-丁烷-1-酮、1-(4-甲氧苯)-2-二曱胺-2 -节基-丁烧-1-酮、1-(3,5 -二曱-4 -曱氧苯)_2-二曱胺- 2-苄基-丁烷-1-酮、1-(3,4 -二甲氧苯)-2-二曱胺-2-苄基- 33 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 丁烷-1-酮、1-(3,4, 5-三曱氧苯)-2-二曱胺-2-苄基-丁烷 同' 1-(4 -經苯)-2 -二曱胺_2-节基_ 丁烧-1-酮、 1-[4-(2-經乙氧)苯]-2-二曱胺-2-节基-丁烧-1-酮、1-(4-烯丙氧苯)-2-二甲胺-2-苄基-丁烷-1_酮、1-(4-乙氧羰曱 氧苯)-2-二曱胺-2-苄基-丁烷-1-酮、卜[4-(1,1,2-三曱基 丙基二曱矽烷氧)苯]-2 -二曱胺-2-苄基-丁烷-1-酮、1-(4-1苯)-2-二曱胺-2-节基-丁烧-I -酉同、1 -(4 -氯苯)- 2-二曱 胺-2-苄基-丁烷-1-酮、1 -(2, 4 -二氯苯)-2-二甲胺-2-苄基 -丁烧-1-酮、1 -(3,4-二氯苯)-2 -二曱胺- 2_节基-丁烧-1-酮、1-(3,5-二氯苯)-2-二曱胺-2- 苄基-丁烷 -1-酮、1 -(4-漠苯)-2-二曱胺-2 -节基-丁烧-1-酮、1 -(4-魏苯)-2-二甲 胺-2-苄基-丁烷-1-酮、1-(4 -曱硫苯)-2 -二曱胺-2-苄基-丁烧-1-¾、1-(4-曱硫苯)-2-二曱胺- 节基-丁烧-1-酮、 1-(4 一甲硫苯)-2 -二(2-甲氧乙)胺-2-苄基-丁烷一 1-酮、 1-[4-(2-甲氧乙硫)苯]_2 -二曱胺-2-苄基-丁烷-1-酮、 1-[4-(2-羥乙硫)苯]-2-二曱胺-2-苄基-丁烷-1-酮、1-(4-辛硫苯)-2-二甲胺-2-节基-丁烧-1-酮、1-(4 -曱石黃醯 苯)- 2-二曱胺-2-苄基-丁烷-1-酮、1 - [4-(4-曱苯磺醯) 苯]- 2-二甲胺- 2-节基-丁烧-1 - S同、1-(4-苯石黃醮苯)-2-二 曱胺-2-苄基-丁烷-1-酮、1-(4-曱亞磺醯苯)-2-二曱胺-2-节基- 丁烧-1_酮、1 -(4-胺苯)-2 -二曱胺_2 -节基-丁烧-1-酮、1-(4-曱胺苯)-2-二曱胺-2 -苄基-丁烷-1-酮、1-(4-二甲胺苯)-2-二曱胺- 2-苄基-丁烷-1-酮、1-(4 -二曱胺 苯)-2-二曱胺- 2- (4 -甲 f )丁烷-1-酮、1-(4-二曱胺苯)- 2- 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 34 200530279 二曱胺-2-(4-異丙苄)丁烷-1-酮、1 -(4-二曱胺苯)-2 -二曱 胺- 2_(4-十二基苄)丁烷-1-酮、1-(4-二曱胺苯)-2-二曱胺 - 2-(1-氣己烯曱)丁烷-1-酮、卜(4 -二曱胺苯)-2-二曱胺 - 2 -(2 -蘋烯 -10-基)丁烷-1-酮、1-(4-二曱胺-2-曱苯)-2-二曱胺-2-苄基-丁烷-1-酮、1-(4-二曱胺-3 -乙苯)-2-二曱 胺-2 -节基-丁烧-1-酮、1-(4-二乙胺苯)-2-二甲胺-2-节基 -丁炫-1 - S同、1 -(4-異丙胺苯)-2-二曱胺-2 -丁基-丁烧-1-酮、1-[4-(2-曱氧乙胺)苯]-2-二甲胺-2 -苄基-丁烷-1-酮、1-[4 -(3-曱氧丙胺)苯]-2-二曱胺-2-节基-丁烧 8同、1-(4-乙酿胺苯)-2-二曱胺-2-节基-丁烧-1-酮、 1 - [4-(N-乙醯甲胺)苯]-2_二甲胺-2-苄基-丁烷-1-酮、 1-[4-(N_乙酿- 3-曱氧丙胺)苯]-2-二曱胺- 2-节基- 丁烧 -1-酮、1 -(4-六氫吡啶苯)-2-二曱胺-2-苄基-丁烷-1-酮、 1 - ( 4 -嗎啉苯)_ 2 -二曱胺-2 -苄基-丁烷- 1 -酮、1 _( 4 -嗎啉 苯)-2-二甲胺-2-(3,4_二甲节)丁烧_1-8同、1-(4_嗎°林 苯)-2-二曱胺-2-(4-乙节)丁烧-1_酮、1_(4_嗎琳苯)-2-二曱胺-2-(4-異丙苄)丁烷-1-酮、1-(4-嗎啉苯)-2-二曱胺 -2-(4-丁节)丁烷-1-酮、1-(4-嗎啉苯)-2-二甲胺-2 -(4-異丁 f )丁烷-1-酮、1-(4-嗎啉苯)-2-二曱胺-2-(4 -十二基 节)丁烧_1-S同、1-(4 -嗎淋苯)_2 -二曱胺-2 -(4_經甲节)丁 烷-1-酮、1-(4-嗎啉苯)-2_二曱胺- 2-(4-乙醯乙¥ )丁烷 -1-8同、1-(4 -嗎琳苯)-2-二甲胺-2-(4 -曱氧节)丁烧 酮、1-(4-嗎°林苯)- 2-二曱胺-2-(4- 丁氧爷)丁烧-1_S同、 1-(4-嗎啉苯)-2-二曱胺-2-[4 -(2-羥乙氧)苄]丁烷_;1 - 35 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 酮、1 - ( 4 _嗎啉苯)-2 -二曱胺-2 - [ 4 - ( 2 -曱氧乙氧)苄]丁烷 -1 -酮、1 - ( 4 -嗎啉苯)-2 -二曱胺-2 - [ 4 - ( 2 -( 2 -甲氧乙氧) 乙氧)节]丁燒-1- 、 1-(4-嗎°林苯)-2-二甲胺 -2 - [ 4 - ( 2 - ( 2 -曱氧乙氧)乙氧羰)苄]丁烷-1 -酮、1 -( 4 -嗎啉 苯)-2-二甲胺-2-[4 -(2 -(2-(2-曱氧乙氧)乙氧羰)乙)苄] 丁少完-1-¾ 、1-(4 -嗎σ林苯)-2-二曱胺-2- [4-(2-、;臭乙)节] 丁少完_1-8同、1-(4••嗎。林苯)_2-二甲胺_2_[4_(2·二乙胺乙) 苄]丁烷-1-酮、1 -(4-嗎啉苯)-2 -二甲胺-2-苄基-丁烷-1-酮-三氟乙酸S旨、1 -(4-嗎啉苯)-2-二曱胺-2-苄基-丁烷-1-嗣—f*二苯石黃酸S旨、1 -(4-嗎淋苯)-2-二曱胺-2-节基-丁烧 - 1 -酮-對曱苯磺酸酯、1 -( 4 -嗎啉苯)-2 -二甲胺-2 -苄基-丁烧-1 -酮-樟腦石黃酸S旨、1 -( 4 -嗎琳苯)- 2 -二乙胺- 2 -节基-丁烷-1-酮、1_(4 -嗎啉苯)_2 -二(2 -曱氧乙)胺-2-苄基-丁 烷- 1 -酮、1 - ( 4 -嗎啉苯)-2 - 丁基甲胺-2 -苄基-丁烷-1 -酮、 1 一(4 -嗎。林苯)一2- 丁基曱胺-2-(4-異丙节)丁烧-1-酮、 1 -( 4 -嗎σ林苯)- 2 -二丁胺-2 -节基-丁烧-1 -酮、1 -( 4 -嗎°林 苯)-2-f曱胺- 2- f基-丁烷-1-酮、1-(3-氣-4-嗎啉苯)-2-二曱胺-2-节基-丁烧-1-酮、1-[4 -(2,6-二甲嗎琳-4-基) 苯]- 2- 二甲胺-2 - 节基-丁烧 _1-嗣、1 -(1,4- 二曱-1,2,3,4-四氫噎口号。林_6 —基)一2 -二曱胺-2 -节基-丁烧-1-S同、1-(N-丁 α卡σ坐—3-基)-2*~二甲胺_2_节基-丁院-1-3同、1-(1,3_苯二 呤茂-5-基)-2-二甲胺-2-苄基-丁烷-1-酮、1-(2, 3-二氫苯 并呋喃-5-基)-2-二曱胺-2-苄基-丁烷-1-酮、1-(咕吨-2 -基)_2-二曱胺 - 2- 节基-丁烧 -1 - S同、1-(2,3 - 二氫-2,3_ 二曱 36 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 苯并噻唑-5-基)-2-二曱胺- 2-苄基-丁烷-1-酮、2 -(2-二曱 胺-2 -苄丁醯)芴酮、2-(2_二曱胺-2 -苄丁醯)二苯并環庚 西同、3,6-二(2-二曱胺-2-苄丁醯)-9-丁基-17卡°坐等。 關於被分類為基本骨架之碳原子數5之戊烧_ 1 - 0¾ ’可舉 出 1-(4 -嗎°林苯)-2-二甲胺稀丙基-戍烧-1-嗣、1-(4 -嗎σ林苯)- 2_二甲胺-节基-戊烧-1 -西同、1_(4-嗎琳苯)-2_ 二曱胺_2-(2-異丙节)戊烧-1-酮、1-(4-嗎琳苯)-2~~丁基曱 胺-2 - ( 4 -異丁节)戊烷-1 -酮、1 - ( 4 -嗎啉苯)-2 - 丁基曱胺 -2- (4 - 丁氧节)戊烧-1-酮等。 此外,作為戊烯-1-酮,可舉出 1 -苯基-2 -二曱胺-2-甲 基-4 -戊稀-1-嗣、1-苯基-2-二曱胺-2-乙基-4-戊稀-1 -酮、1-苯基- 2 -二曱胺-2-苄-4 -戊烯-1-酮、1-苯基-2 -嗎啉 - 2-甲基-4-戊稀-1-酮、1-苯基-2-嗎琳-2-节-4-戊稀_1 -酮、1,2-二苯-2-嗎琳- 4-戊烯-1-酮、1 -(4 -甲苯)-2-嗎。林 -2 -甲基-4-戊烯-1-酮、1-(4 -十二基苯)- 2-嗎啉-2-乙基 - 4-戊婦-1_酮、1_(4_曱氧苯)-2 -二曱胺_2-乙基-4-戊稀 -1-酮、1-(4 -曱氧苯)-2 -二丁胺-2 -曱基-4-戊烯-1-酮、 1-(4-曱氧苯)_2 -六氫吡啶-2 -乙基-4 -戊烯-;!-酮、1-(4 -曱氧苯)_2-1^号。坐σ定-2-甲基-4-戊稀-1-8同、1 -(4 -甲氧 苯)-2-嗎啉-2-乙基-4-戊烯-1-酮、1-(4 -甲氧苯)-2-嗎啉 -2 -苯基-4-戊烯-1-酮、1-(3, 4-二曱氧苯)- 2-嗎啉-2-乙基 -4_戊烯-1-酮、;! - [4-(2 -曱氧乙氧)苯]-2-嗎啉-2-曱基-4-戊烯-1-酮、1-[4 -(2 -曱氧乙氧)苯]-2-嗎啉-2-乙基-4-戊 稀-1-酮、1-[4_(2-經乙氧)苯]-2 -嗎°林-2-乙基-4-戊稀-1- 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 37 200530279 画同、1-(4~異丙氧苯)-2-二曱胺_2 -节-4-戊稀-1_S同、1 -(4-丁氧苯)-2 -嗎啉-2 -乙基-4-戊烯-1-酮、1-[4-(2-烯丙氧乙 氧)苯]-2-嗎°林-2 -曱基-4-戊稀_1-8同、1-[4-(2-稀丙氧乙 氧)苯]-2 -嗎啉-2-乙基-4-戊烯-1-酮、1-(4-三曱矽烷氧 苯)-2 -嗎°林-2-甲基-4 -戊稀-1_酮、1-(4 -氟苯)-2-二甲胺 - 2_甲基- 4_戍稀-1-3同、1-(4_氟苯)-2 -二曱胺-2 -乙基_4-戍稀-1-3同、1-(4-氟苯)-2 -二甲胺-2~节戍稀-1_酉同、 1 -(4 -氟苯)-2-嗎琳-2-曱基-4-戊婦-1-酮、苯)-2-嗎啉-2-乙基-4-戊烯-1-酮、1-(4-氟苯)-2-嗎啉-2 -乙基 -4-曱基-4-戊烯-1-酮、卜(4 -氟苯)-2-嗎啉-2-乙基-5-曱 基-4-戊烯-1-酮、1-(4 -氟苯)-2 -嗎啉-2-苄-4 -戊烯- :!-酮、1-(3,4-二氯苯)-2-二曱胺-2-乙基-4-戊烯-1-酮、 卜(3,5 -二氯_4 -曱氧苯2 -嗎啉-2-曱基-4 -戊烯-1-酮、 1 -(4 - 臭苯)-2 - 嗎。林- 甲基 ~~4-戍稀-1- S同、1-(4一;臭苯)-2 -嗎啉- 2 -乙基-4 _戊烯-1 -酮、1 -( 4 -溴苯)-2 -嗎啉- 2 -第三丁 -4 -戊烤-1_嗣、1_(4_甲硫苯)-2-二甲胺-2-曱基-4 -戊稀 - 1-酮、1-(4_曱硫苯)-2-二曱胺-2-乙基- 4-戊稀-1-酮、 1 -(4-曱硫苯)-2-二曱胺-2-苯基-4-戊烯-1-酮、卜(4 -甲硫 苯)-2-二甲胺- 2-苄-4-戊烯-1-酮、1-(4-曱硫苯)-2-六氫 吡啶-2 -乙基-4 -戊烯- 1 -酮、1 - ( 4 -甲硫苯)- 2 -嗎啉_ 2 -甲基 -4 -戊烯-卜酮、1-(4-曱硫苯)-2-嗎啉-2-乙基-4-戊烯-1 -酮、1-(4 -曱硫苯)-2 -嗎啉-2-乙基-4 -甲基-4 -戊烯-1-酮、 1 - ( 4 -曱硫苯)- 2 -嗎啉-2 -苯基-4 -戊烯-;1 -酮、1 - ( 4 -甲硫 苯)-2 -嗎°林-2 -节-4 -戍稀- 1 - 8同、1 - ( 4 -乙硫苯)-2 -嗎°林-2 - 38 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 乙基-4-戊烯-1_酮、1-(4-異丙硫苯)-2 -嗎啉-2-曱基- 4-戊稀-1-S同、1-(4-稀丙硫苯)_2 -嗎。林-2-乙基-4-戊稀-1-酮、1 - [ 4 - ( 2 -羥乙硫)苯]-2 -嗎啉-2 -曱基-4 -戊烯_ 1 -酮、 1 - [ 4 - ( 2 -羥乙硫)苯]_ 2 -嗎啉-2 -乙基-4 -戊烯-1 -酮、 1-[4-(2-羥乙硫)苯]-2 -嗎啉-2 -丙基-4-戊烯-1-酮、 卜[4 - ( 2 -羥乙硫)苯]-2 -嗎啪-2 -第三丁 - 4 -戊烯-1 -酮、 卜[4 - ( 2 -曱氧羰乙硫)苯]- 2 -嗎啉-2 -曱基-4 -戊烯- 1 -酮、 1-(4-曱磺醯苯)-2-二曱胺一2-乙基一4 -戊烯-1-S同^ 1-(4-丁亞磺醯苯)-2-二曱胺-2-乙基-4-戊烯-1-酮、1-[4-(4 -曱苯硫)苯]-2 -嗎啉-2-乙基- 4-戊烯-1-酮、1 - [4_(4-曱苯 石黃酿)苯]-2-嗎°林-2-乙基- 4-曱基- 4 -戊歸-1-酮、1-(4-氯 苯硫苯)-2-二曱胺-2-苄-4_戊烯-1-酮、1-(4-二甲胺 苯)-2 -二曱胺-2-甲基-4-戊烯-1-酮、1-(4-二曱胺苯)-2-二曱胺- 2 -乙基-4-戊烯Μ-酮、1-(4-二曱胺苯)-2 -二甲胺 - 2 -节- 4_戊稀-1- 8同、1-(4-二曱胺苯)-2 -曱笨胺-2 -乙基 -4 -戊烯-1-酮、;! -(4-二甲胺苯)-2-(吡咯啶-1-基)-2 -曱基 _4 -戊烯-1-酮、1_(4-二甲胺苯)-2 -嗎啉-2-甲基-4-戊烯 -1-酮、1-(4-二曱胺苯)-2_嗎啉-2-乙基-4 -曱基- 4-戊烯 一 1 一8同、1一(4 一二曱胺苯)一2— 嗎 口林一 2— 节一 4一戊稀一1 一酮、1 一(4一 二曱胺苯)-2-(2,6-二曱嗎啉-4-基)-2-乙基-4-戊烯-;1-酮、1-(4-二乙胺苯)-2-二曱胺- 2-苄-4-戊烯-1-酮、1 - [4-雙(2 -甲氧乙)胺苯]-2 -嗎啉-2-曱基-4-戊烯-1-酮、1 -(4-丁胺苯)-2-二丁胺-2-曱基-4 -戊烯-1-酮、1-(4- 丁胺 笨)-2-嗎啉-2-曱基-4-戊烯-1-酮、1-(4 -二丁胺苯)-2-嗎 39 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 啉-2-曱基-4-戊烯-1-酮、1-(4 -二烯丙胺苯)-2-嗎啉-2-甲基-4 -戊烯-1 -酮、1 - [ 4 _(吡咯啶-1 _基)苯]-2 -嗎啉-2 -曱基-4-戊烯-1-酮、1-(4-六氫吡啶苯)-2-六氫吡啶-2-甲 基_4 -戊稀-1-S同、1-[4-(六氫°比0井_1-基)苯]_2-二曱胺-2-乙基-4-戊烯-1-酮、1-[4-(4 -甲基六氫吼畊-1-基)苯]-2-嗎啉-2-曱基-4-戊烯-1-酮、1-[4-(Ν -曱基六氫吡畊-1-基) 苯]-2-(N-甲基六氫吡°井-1-基)-2 -甲基-4 -戊烯-1-酮、 1 -( 4 -嗎啉苯)-2 -二曱胺-2 -曱基-4 -戊烯-1 -酮、1 - ( 4 -嗎啉 苯)_2-二曱胺-2-乙基-4-戊稀-1-酮、1 -(4-嗎。林苯)- 2-二 曱胺-2-異丙-4-戊烯-1-酮、1-(4-嗎啉苯)-2-二甲胺- 2-苄-4-戊烯-1-酮、1-(4-嗎啉苯)-2-二乙胺-2-乙基-4-戊烯 -1-酮、1-(4 -嗎琳苯)-2 -二(2-甲氧乙)胺-2_乙基-4-戊稀 -1-S同、1_(4-嗎°林苯)_2- 丁基甲胺-2-甲基-4-戊烤-1-明、 1一(4_嗎。林苯)一2-稀丙曱胺-2-乙基-戊稀-1-酮、1_(4-嗎兮木苯)-2-二稀丙胺-2-乙基-4-戊稀_1 - S同、1_(4-嗎琳 苯)-2 -苄曱胺-2-乙基-4-戊烯-;!-酮、1-(4_嗎啉苯)-2-(六 氫吡°井-1 -基)- 2 -乙基-4 -戊烯- 1 -酮、1 - ( 4 -嗎啉苯)- 2 -嗎 σ林-2 -甲基-4 -戊婦-1-8同、1 -(4-嗎琳苯)-2-嗎琳- 2-乙基 -4_戊稀-1- 8同、1-(4 -嗎淋苯)-2_嗎琳-2-乙基戍稀-1 -酮-十二苯磺酸酯、1 -( 4 -嗎啉苯)- 2 -嗎啉- 2 -乙基-4 -曱基 -4-戊婦-1-¾ 、1_(4-嗎琳苯)_2-嗎°林-2 -节-4-戊稀_1-酮、1-[4 -(2, 6-二曱嗎啉-4-基)苯]-2 -嗎啉-2-曱基-4-戊 烯-1 -酮、1 - [ 4 -( 2 , 6 -二曱嗎啉-4 -基)苯]-2 -( 2,6 - 二曱嗎 °林-4 -基)-2 -乙基-4-戍稀-1-S同、1-(1^1_丁11引13朵-5-基)-2- 40 326\專利說明書(補件)W-03\93134393 200530279 嗎啉-2 -乙基 _4 -戊烯-1-酮、1-(1,4 -二丁 -1,2, 3, 4 呤啉-6 -基)-2 -嗎啉-2 -乙基-4 -戊烯-1 -酮、1 - ( N -3 -基)-2 -嗎啉-2 -乙基-4 -戊烯-1-酮、1-(5,: -5,10-二氫吩°秦-6-基)- 2-二甲胺-2-曱基-4-戊稀 卜(1,3 -苯二鳄茂-5 -基)- 2 -嗎啉-2 -甲基-4 -戊烯 1-(苯并咬°南- 3-基)_2-嗎。林-2-乙基- 4-戍烤-1-S同 并σ夫喃-6-基)-2-嗎琳-2-乙基-4-戊稀、1-(2 苯并呋喃-5-基)-2 -嗎啉-2-曱基_4-戊烯-1-酮、:1 -噻嗪-2-基)-2-二曱胺-2-烯丙-4-戊烯-1-酮、3, 嗎啉-2 -甲基- 4 -戊烯醯)咔唑、2 -( 2 -二曱胺-2 -烯 烯醯)吖啶酮、2 - ( 2 -嗎啉-2 -甲基-4 -戊烯醯)-°山酮 嗎啉苯甲醯)_ 2 -乙基-N -甲基-1,2,3,6 -四氫吡啶等 關於被分類為基本骨架之碳原子數6之己烷-1 -出 1-(4 -曱硫苯)-2-嗎啉-2-烯丙-己烷-1-酮、卜 苯)_2-二曱胺-2-节-己烧-1-酮、1 -(4-嗎。林苯)- 2 -2-节-4, 5, 5-三曱基己烷-1-酮、1-(4-嗎啉苯)-2 胺-2-(4_丁苄)己烷-1-酮、1-(4-嗎啉苯)-2 -二辛越 甲苄)己烷-1-酮等。 此外,為己烤同,可舉出 1 -(4-曱硫苯)-2 -乙基- 4 -曱基-4 -己烯-1-酮、1-(4-二曱胺苯)-2--2,4,5_三曱-4 -己稀-1-酮、1-(4-二曱胺苯)- 2 -乙基_4-己烤-1-3同、1 -(4-嗎琳苯)-2-嗎琳- 2-乙基 - 1 -酮等。 關於被分類為基本骨架之碳原子數7之庚烷- ;1 - 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 41 -四氫喹 一丁 π卡哇 1 0-二丁 _ 1 一酉同、 -1 - 8同、 、卜(苯 ,3-二氫 (Ν -甲吩 6-二(2-丙-4-戊 、2-(4- ί 〇 酮,可舉 (4 _嗎淋 -二甲胺 - 丁基曱 c -2-(4- 嗎口林- 2 - -二甲胺 嗎4木- 2 _ -4-己烯 酮,可舉 200530279 出 1-(4-二甲胺苯)-2-二曱胺- 2- [4-(2 -曱氧)苄]庚烷-卜 g同、1 - ( 4 -嗎σ林苯)-2 -二甲胺- 2 _节-庚烧-1 -酮等。 此外,為庚-1,6-二烯,可舉出 4 -苯甲醯-4-二曱胺-庚 -1,6-二烯、4-(4 -曱氧苯曱醯)-4-二曱胺-庚-1,6-二烯、 4-(4 -曱氧苯曱醯)-4-嗎啉-庚-1,6-二烯、4-(3,4-二曱氧 苯甲醯)-4-二曱胺-庚-1,6 -二烯、4-(4-苯氧苯曱醯)_4-二曱胺-庚-1,6-二烯、4-(4-氟苯曱醯)-4-二曱胺-庚-1,6-二烯、4-(4-氟苯甲醯)-4 -嗎啉-庚-1,6 -二烯、4 -(4 -甲硫 苯甲醯)-4-二曱胺-庚-1,6 -二烯、4 -(4-甲硫苯曱醯)_4-嗎啉-庚-1,6-二烯、4-(4 -二曱胺苯曱醯)_4-二曱胺-庚 _1,6 -二烯、4-(4 -二曱胺苯曱醯)-4 -嗎啉-庚-1,6 -二烯、 4 -( 4 -嗎啉苯曱醯)_ 4 -二甲胺-庚-1,6 -二烯、4 - ( 4 -嗎啉苯 甲醯)- 4 -嗎啉-庚-1,6 -二烯等。 關於被分類為基本骨架之碳原子數8之辛烷-1 -酮,可舉 出 1-(4-嗎淋苯)_2-二曱胺- 2-节基-辛烧-1-酮、1 -(4 -嗎 σ林苯)-2-二甲胺- 2-(4 —二节)-辛烧-1 -酮等。 在本發明之硬化性組成物含有前述通式(I )所示之化合 物及前述成分(B)之光聚合引發劑或/及熱聚合引發劑之情 形,此等各成分之含有比率為,相對於硬化性組成物之總 量,成分(A)係以20〜95wt%較佳,而以30〜90wt%進一步較 佳。再者,成分(B )係以0 . 1〜4 0 w t %較佳,而以0 · 2〜2 0 w t % 進一步較佳。 在成分(A )太多或太少時暨成分(B )太少時,則造成硬化 性組成物之硬化性不足之傾向,另若成分(B )太多,則在顯 42 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 影時易於發生基底污損。 [1 - 3 ] ( C )乙稀性不飽和化合物 本發明之硬化性組成物進一步含有(C )乙烯性不飽和化 合物亦可。成分(C )之乙稀性不飽和化合物係以本發明硬化 性組成物之硬化性之進一步提高等之目的下被含者較佳。 該乙烯性不飽和化合物在分子内具有至少1個自由基聚合 性之乙烯性不飽和鍵,以便在硬化性組成物受到活性光線 之照射時或被加熱時,藉包括前述成分(B )光聚合引發劑或 /及熱聚合引發劑之聚合引發系之作用而發生加成聚合,甚 至交聯、硬化。 本發明之成分(C )之乙婦性不飽和化合物為在分子内具 有1個乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物,具體而言,例如為(曱基) 丙烯酸、巴豆酸、異巴豆酸、順丁烯二酸、衣康酸、檸康 酸等之不飽和羧酸及其烷酯,(曱基)丙烯腈、(曱基)丙烯 醯胺、苯乙烯等亦可,不過,根據聚合性、交聯性以及隨 之可擴大曝光部與非曝光部之顯影液溶解性之差異等之觀 點,以分子内具有 2 個以上乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物較 佳,再者,以具有(曱基)丙烯醯氧基由來之不飽和鍵之丙 烯酸酯化合物特別合適。 為分子内具有2個以上之乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物,具 有代表性者,可舉出,由不飽和羧酸與多經化合物所形成 之酯類(以下,亦稱為酯-(曱基)丙烯酸酯類)、含有(曱基) 丙烯醯氧基之磷酸酯類、由羥(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物與多 異氰酸酯化合物所形成之胺基甲酸酯(曱基)丙烯酸酯類以 43 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 及由(曱基)丙烯酸或羥(曱基)丙烯酸酯化合物與多環氧化 合物所形成之環氧(曱基)丙烯酸酯類等。 作為該項由不飽和羧酸與多羥化合物所形成之酯類,例 如可舉出,如前述之不飽和羧酸與脂肪族多羥化合物[多元 醇(如乙二醇、聚乙二醇(加成數 2〜1 4 )、丙二醇、聚丙二 醇(加成數2〜14)、三亞甲二醇、四亞甲二醇、六亞甲二醇、 三(羥曱)丙烷、丙三醇、季戊四醇、二季戊四醇及其環氧 乙烷加成物、環氧丙烷加成物、二乙醇胺、三乙醇胺等) 之反應物,具體可舉出,例如乙二醇二(曱基)丙烯酸酯、 二(乙二醇)二(曱基)丙烯酸酯、丙二醇二(曱基)丙烯酸 酯、三(羥甲)丙烷二(曱基)丙烯酸酯、三(羥甲)丙烷三(曱 基)丙烯酸酯、三(羥曱)丙烷環氧乙烷加成三(曱基)丙烯酸 酯、丙三醇二(曱基)丙烯酸酯、丙三醇三(曱基)丙烯酸酯、 丙三醇環氧丙烷加成三(曱基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇二(曱基) 丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三(曱基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四(曱基) 丙烯酸酯、二(季戊四醇)五(曱基)丙烯酸酯、二(季戊四醇) 六(曱基)丙烯酸酯等,以及同樣之巴豆酸酯、異巴豆酸酯、 順丁烯二酸酯、衣康酸酯、檸康酸酯等。 此外,作為由該不飽和羧酸與多羥化合物所形成之酯類 可舉出,如前述之不飽和叛酸與芳香族多經化合物(如氫 醌、間苯二酚、五倍子酚、雙酚F、雙酚A等)或其環氧乙 烷加成物所形成之反應物,例如具體可舉出雙酚A二(甲基) 丙烯酸酯、雙酚A雙[氧伸乙(曱基)丙烯酸酯]、雙酚A雙[縮 水甘油醚(曱基)丙烤酸酯]等,再者,作為如前述之不飽和 44 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 羧酸與雜環式多羥化合物(如參(2 -羥乙)異異氰尿酸酯等) 所形成之反應物,例如具體可舉出參(2 -羥乙)異異氰尿酸 酯之二(曱基)丙烯酸酯、三(曱基)丙烯酸酯等,再者,作 為不飽和羧酸與多元羧酸與多羥化合物所形成之反應物, 例如具體可舉出由(甲基)丙烯酸、酞酸以及乙二醇所形成 之縮合物,由(曱基)丙烯酸、順丁烯二酸以及二乙二醇所 形成之縮合物,由(甲基)丙烯酸、對酞酸以及季戊四醇所 形成之縮合物,由(曱基)丙烯酸、己二酸、丁二醇、以及 丙三醇所形成之縮合物等。 再者,作為該項含(曱基)丙烯醯氧基磷酸酯類,主要屬 於含有(甲基)丙烯醯氧基之磷酸酯化合物的話,則未特別 受到限制,不過其中以下述通式(V I I I a )、( V I I I b )、或 (V I I I c )所示者較佳。r35 I 36 \ rrR ㈤ 11 A-r38 R37 [In the formula (VII), R35 represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an allyl group which may have a substituent, or a phenyl group which may have a substituent, and R36 means that it may have a substituent. Alkyl group or allyl group which may have a substituent, R37 and R38 each independently represent an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an allyl group which may have a substituent or a phenyl group which may have a substituent, and R37 and R38 are connected to each other Or, R37 or R38 and R35 or R36 may be connected to each other to form a cyclic structure, and the benzene ring may have a substituent]. Here, the alkyl groups of R35, R36, R37, and R38 in the general formula (VII) are preferably those having 1 to 15 carbon atoms (particularly 1 to 10). Examples of the substituents on the alkyl, allyl, and phenyl include alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, ethoxyalkoxy, and alkoxyalkoxy. , Alkylcarbonylalkyl, alkylthio, haloalkyl, phenyl, halogen atom, and the like. Further, as a ring structure in which R37 and R38 are connected to each other, or R37 or R38 and R35 or R36 are connected to each other, a ratio of bite and hexahydro may be mentioned. Specific bite, hexahydropi ratio. Wells, forests, mouths, etc. σ is determined by σ. Equal to π. In addition, examples of the substituent on the benzene ring include an alkynyl group, a meridyl group, an alkoxy group, a roasted propoxy group, a phenoxy group, a phenylfluorenyl group, an oxalyloxy group, a weyl group, and a thio group. , Roasted propylthio, cyclosulfanyl, benzylthio, phenylthio, sulfanyl, benzenesulfonyl, alkanesulfinyl, alkylamino, allylamino, pyrrolidinyl, hexahydro ° Specific σ-based group, hexahydropyridyl U well group, morpholinyl group, halogen atom, etc. Furthermore, 31 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279 The benzene ring can also form a condensed ring as this condensation Examples of the ring include field ketone, dibenzocycloheptanone, indoline, sigma-line, carbazo, phenone, acrida η ο ne, benzodiazepine, benzoσ Furan, glutathione, ° ketone, phenoxazine, benzothiazole, phenothiazine, etc. As the α-amine acetophenone derivative represented by the above-mentioned general formula (VII), the specific compounds are classified according to the basic skeleton of the compounds, and when exemplified by the number of carbon atoms, the following compounds are mentioned, and among them, particularly preferred R35 and R36 each independently represent a methyl group, an ethyl group, or a benzyl group, and R "and R38 each represent a methyl group or a morpholinyl group connected to each other in a cyclic structure, and has no substituent on the benzene ring or has 曱Compounds in the case of a thio group, a diamido group, or a morpholinyl group are particularly suitable for compounds having a morpholinyl group only in the para position. As for a propane-1 ketone having 3 carbon atoms classified as a basic skeleton, it may be Examples include 1-phenyl-2-dimethylamine-2-fluorenyl-3- (4-fluorenyl) propane-1-one, 1-phenyl-2-dimethylamine_2-fluorenyl-3- (4-Methoxybenzene) propane-1-one, 1-phenyl-2-dimethylamine-2-fluorenyl-3-(3,4-dioxobenzene) propane-1-one, 1-benzene 2-dimethylamine-2-fluorenyl-3-(4-fluorenylthiophenyl) propan-1-one, 1-phenyl-2-difluorenamine-2 -methyl-3- (4- Fluorobenzene) propane-1-one, 1-phenyl-2-difluorenamine- 2-fluorenyl-3-(2-gasbenzene) propan-1-one, 1-phenyl_2-difluorenamine -2- 3- (4-chlorobenzene) propane_1-one, 1-phenyl-2-difluorenamine-2-fluorenyl 3- (4-bromobenzene) propane-1-one, 1-phenyl -2-dioxamine-2-methyl-3-(4-benzylbenzene) propane-1-one, 1-phenyl-2-dimethylamine-2-benzyl-propane-1-one, 1,3-diphenyl-2-difluorenamine-2-benzyl-propan-1-yl, 1- (4-fluorobenzene) -2-diamidamine-2-benzyl-propane-1- Ketone, 1- (4-fluorobenzene) -2-difluorenamine-2-benzyl-3-phenyl-propan-1-one, 1_ (4-phenylbenzyl) -2-difluorenamine-2 -Benyl-Propane- 1- 32 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279 Ketones, 1-(4 -fluorenylthiobenzene) -2 -morpholine-2 -fluorenylpropane-1- Ketones, 1-(4 -fluorenylthiobenzene) -2-difluorenamine-2 -fluorenyl-3- (4-toluene) propane-1-one, 1- (4 -fluorenylthiobenzene) -2-difluorene Amine-2-fluorenyl-3- (4-fluorenylbenzene) propane-1-one, 1- (4-fluorenylthiobenzene) -2 -difluorenamine-2 -methyl-3-(3,4- Dioxobenzene) propane-1 -one, 1- (4-fluoranthiobenzene) -2 -dimethylamine-2-methyl-3-(4_fluorobenzene) propane-1 -one, 1- ( 4-Azathiobenzene) -2-diamine-2-methyl_3- (2_chlorobenzene) propan-1-one, 1- (4-Azathiobenzene) -2-diamine-2 -Methyl-3-(4-chlorobenzene) propane-1 -Ketone, 1- (4-fluorenylthiobenzene) -2 -dioxamine-2-methyl- 3- (4-bromobenzene) propane-1-one, 1- (4-fluorenylthiobenzene) -2 Dimethylamine 2-methyl-3-(4-benzyl with benzene) propane-1_one, 1,3-bis (4-methylthiobenzene) 2-dimethylamine 2-methylpropane- 1 monoketone, 1- (4-butylthiobenzene) _2-dimethylamine-2-benzylphenyl-propan-1-one, 1- (4-cyclohexylthiobenzene)-2-dihydrazine- 2-benz-3-phenyl-propan-1-one, 1- (4-benzylthiobenzene) -2-difluorenamine-2-benzyl-propane-1-one, 1- (4-difluorene Aminebenzene) -2-diamidamine-2-benzyl-propane-1-one, 1- (4-diamidinobenzene) -2-diamidamine-2_benzyl-3-phenyl-propane-1 -Ketone, 1_ (4-morpholinobenzene) -2-dimethylamine-2-(2-Pentapentene) propane-1-one, 1- (4-morpholinene) -2-dioxamine-2 -Benyl-Propane-1-8 Iso, 1- (4-morphsyllinene)-2-Difluorenamine-2-section-3 -Phenyl-Propane-1-copper, 1- (N_曱 Dihydro ° Introducing sigma-5-yl)-2-diamidamine-2-benzyl-propan-1-one, 1-(N-butene sigma -2 -yl) -2-? Porphyrin-2 -benzyl-propane-1-one and the like. Examples of butane-1 -ones having 4 carbon atoms classified as a basic skeleton include phenylphenyl-2-dioxamine-2-fyl-butane-1-one, and bis (4-benzophenone). ) -2-Difluorenamine_2-benzyl-butane-1-one, 1- (4-methoxybenzene) -2-difluorenamine-2 -benzyl-butan-1-one, 1- (3,5 -Difluorene-4 -fluorenylbenzene) _2-difluorenamine-2-benzyl-butane-1-one, 1- (3,4-dimethoxyphenyl) -2-difluorenamine -2-benzyl-33 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279 Butane-1-one, 1- (3,4,5-trioxophenyl) -2-dioxamine- 2-benzyl-butane is the same as 1- (4-benzyl) -2-dioxamine-2-benzyl_butan-1-one, 1- [4- (2-ethoxy) benzene] 2-Diamidamine-2-benzyl-butan-1-one, 1- (4-allyloxybenzene) -2-dimethylamine-2-benzyl-butane-1_one, 1- (4-ethoxycarbonylfluorenoxybenzene) -2-difluorenamine-2-benzyl-butane-1-one, [4- (1,1,2-trimethylpropylpropyldihydrazyloxy) Benzene] -2-diamine-2-benzyl-butane-1-one, 1- (4-1benzene) -2-difluorenamine-2-benzyl-butanyl-I-pyridine, 1 -(4-Chlorobenzene) -2-diamidoamine-2-benzyl-butane-1-one, 1- (2, 4-dichlorobenzene) -2-dimethylamine-2-benzyl-butane Burn 1-one, 1-( 3,4-dichlorobenzene) -2-diamine- 2 -benzyl-butane-1-one, 1- (3,5-dichlorobenzene) -2-difluorenamine-2-benzyl- Butane-1-one, 1- (4-benzyl) -2-dioxamine-2 -benzyl-butan-1-one, 1-(4-weiphenyl) -2-dimethylamine-2 -Benzyl-butane-1-one, 1- (4-sulfenylthiobenzene) -2 -dioxamine-2-benzyl-butan-1--1-, 1- (4-fluorenylthiobenzene) -2 -Difluorenylamine-benzyl-butan-1-one, 1- (4-methylthiobenzene) -2 -bis (2-methoxyethyl) amine-2-benzyl-butane-1-one, 1 -[4- (2-methoxyethylthio) benzene] _2-diamidamine-2-benzyl-butane-1-one, 1- [4- (2-hydroxyethylthio) benzene] -2-di Fluorenamine-2-benzyl-butane-1-one, 1- (4-octylthiobenzene) -2-dimethylamine-2-benzyl-butan-1-one, 1- (4- vermiculite Scutellaria benzene)-2-Dimethylamine-2-benzyl-butane-1-one, 1-[4- (4-Benzenesulfenylhydrazone) benzene]-2-dimethylamine- 2-benzyl- Butan-1 -S I, 1- (4-Benzylxanthrenebenzene) -2-difluorenamine-2-benzyl-butane-1-one, 1- (4-fluorenylsulfenylbenzene)- 2-Diamidino-2-benzyl-butane-1_one, 1- (4-aminebenzene) -2 -diamidamine_2-benzyl-butan-1-one, 1- (4- Amidobenzene) -2-diamidamine-2 -benzyl-butane-1-one, 1- (4-dimethylaminephenyl) -2-diamidamine- 2-benzyl-butane-1-one, 1- (4-diamidophenyl) -2-dioxamine- 2- (4-methylf) butane-1-one, 1- (4-di Amine Benzene)-2- 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 34 200530279 Diamine-2- (4-isopropylbenzyl) butane-1-one, 1-(4-dihydrazone Amine benzyl) -2 -diamidamine-2-(4-dodecylbenzyl) butane-1-one, 1- (4-diamidinophenyl) -2-diamidamine-2- (1-aircap Diene) butane-1-one, di (4-diamidobenzene) -2-dioxamine-2-(2-pinene-10-yl) butane-1-one, 1- (4- Dimethylamine-2-methylbenzene) -2-dimethylamine-2-benzyl-butane-1-one, 1- (4-dimethylamine-3 -ethylbenzene) -2-dimethylamine-2 -Benzyl-butan-1-one, 1- (4-diethylaminebenzene) -2-dimethylamine-2-benzyl-butan-1 -S, 1- (4-isopropylaminebenzene) 2-dioxamine-2 -butyl-butane-1-one, 1- [4- (2-fluorenylethylamine) benzene] -2-dimethylamine-2 -benzyl-butane-1 -Ketone, 1- [4- (3-oxopropylamine) benzene] -2-dioxanamine-2-benzyl-butyrate 8 iso, 1- (4-ethylamine phenyl) -2-dioxamine 2-benzyl-butan-1-one, 1-[4- (N-ethylammoniummethylamine) benzene] -2-dimethylamine-2-benzyl-butane-1-one, 1- [ 4- (N_Ethyl-3-oxopropylamine) benzene] -2-difluorene -2-benzyl-butan-1-one, 1- (4-hexahydropyridylbenzene) -2-difluorenamine-2-benzyl-butane-1-one, 1-(4-morpholinobenzene ) 2-Diamine-2-benzyl-butane-1 -one, 1 _ (4-morpholinobenzene) -2-dimethylamine-2- (3,4_dimethylform) butyrate_ 1-8 same, 1- (4_morpholinyl) -2-difluorenamine-2- (4-ethylidene) butan-1_one, 1_ (4_morpholinphenyl) -2-difluorene Amine-2- (4-isopropylbenzyl) butane-1-one, 1- (4-morpholinobenzene) -2-difluorenamine-2- (4-butane) butane-1-one, 1 -(4-morpholinebenzene) -2-dimethylamine-2-(4-isobutylf) butane-1-one, 1- (4-morpholinebenzene) -2-diamidamine-2- ( 4-dodecyl) 1-S isocyanate, 1- (4 -morphine) -2-diamine-2-(4_ by selenium) butane-1-one, 1- (4 -Morpholine benzene) -2_dihydrazine- 2- (4-ethylammonium ethyl) butane-1-8 iso, 1- (4- morpholine benzene) -2-dimethylamine-2- (4 -Heptazone) Butanone, 1- (4-morpholine benzene)-2-Dimethylamine-2- (4-butoxo) butan-1-1S, 1- (4-morpholine benzene) -2-Diamidamine-2- [4- (2-hydroxyethoxy) benzyl] butane_; 1-35 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279 Ketone, 1-(4 _ Morpholine benzene) -2 -diamine-2-[4-(2 -Fluorenylethoxy) benzyl] butane-1 -one, 1-(4-morpholinobenzene) -2 -dioxamine-2-[4-(2-(2 -methoxyethoxy) ethoxy) Section] Butan-1-, 1- (4-morphobenzene) -2-dimethylamine-2-[4-(2-(2-(oxoethoxy) ethoxycarbonyl) benzyl] butane- 1-ketone, 1- (4-morpholinobenzene) -2-dimethylamine-2- [4- (2- (2- (2- (2-oxoethoxy) ethoxycarbonyl) ethyl) benzyl] Ding Shaowan -1-¾, 1- (4-Mr. Stilbene) -2-dioxamine-2- [4- (2- ,; stinky)) Ding Shaowan_1-8 Same as 1- (4 ••. Lin benzene) _2-dimethylamine_2_ [4_ (2 · diethylamineethyl) benzyl] butane-1-one, 1- (4-morpholinobenzene) -2 -dimethylamine-2-benzyl- Butane-1-one-trifluoroacetic acid S, 1- (4-morpholinobenzene) -2-difluorenamine-2-benzyl-butane-1-fluorene-f * , 1- (4-morpholine) -2-dioxamine-2-benzyl-butyrate- 1-keto-p-toluenesulfonate, 1- (4-morpholinebenzene) -2 -dimethyl Amine-2 -benzyl-butan-1 -one-keto camphor lutein S, 1-(4-morpholinyl)-2 -diethylamine-2 -benzyl-butane-1-one, 1_ (4 -morpholinobenzene) _2 -bis (2-oxoethyl) amine-2-benzyl-butane-1-one, 1-(4-morpholinebenzene) -2 -butylmethylamine-2 -benzyl -Butane-1 -one, 1- (4-methyl. Lin benzene) -2-butylamidamine-2- (4-isopropylidene) butan-1-one, 1- (4-methyl σ lin Benzene)-2 -dibutylamine-2 -benzyl-butane-1 -one, 1-(4-Molyl benzene) -2-f fluoramine-2-f-yl-butane-1-one, 1- (3-Ga-4-morpholinylbenzene) -2-difluorenamine-2-benzyl-butan-1-one, 1- [4-(2,6-dimethylmorpholin-4-yl ) Benzene]-2-dimethylamine-2-benzyl-butyrate_1-fluorene, 1-(1,4-difluorene-1,2,3,4-tetrahydrofluorene slogan. Lin_6 —based )One 2 -Dimethylamine-2 -benzyl-butyro-1-S is the same as 1- (N-butylα card σ sitting —3-yl) -2 * ~ dimethylamine_2_benzyl-butan- Same as 1-3, 1- (1,3-benzodiamidino-5-yl) -2-dimethylamine-2-benzyl-butane-1-one, 1- (2, 3-dihydrobenzene Benzofuran-5-yl) -2-difluorenylamine-2-benzyl-butane-1-one, 1- (grutan-2-yl) _2-difluorenamine- 2-benzyl-butane- 1-S Iso, 1- (2,3-dihydro-2,3_ difluorene 36 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279 Benzothiazol-5-yl) -2-difluorenamine -2-benzyl-butane-1-one, 2- (2-difluorenamine-2 -benzylbutanyl) fluorenone, 2- (2-dioxamine-2 -benzylbutylfluoren) dibenzo ring Gengxitong, 3,6-bis (2-diamidoamine-2-benzylbutyrazine) -9-butyl-17 card ° wait. Regarding the five-carbon pentyl group which is classified as a basic skeleton _ 1-0¾ 'Examples include 1- (4-Mo ° benzene) -2-dimethylamine dilute propyl-pyrene-1-pyrene, 1 -(4 -Momalylin benzene)-2_dimethylamine-benzyl-pentan-1 -Xitong, 1_ (4-morpholinyl) -2_ difluorenamine_2- (2-isopropylidene) Pentamyl-1-one, 1- (4-morpholinyl) -2 ~~ butylammonamine-2-(4-isobutylidene) pentane-1 -one, 1-(4-morpholinobenzene) -2-Butylamidin-2- (4-butoxybenzyl) pentan-1-one, etc. Examples of the pentene-1-one include 1-phenyl-2-difluorenamine-2-methyl-4-pentane-1-fluorene and 1-phenyl-2-difluorenamine-2. -Ethyl-4-pentane-1 -one, 1-phenyl-2-diamine-2benzyl-4-pentene-1-one, 1-phenyl-2 -morpholine-2-methyl Methyl-4-pentane-1-one, 1-phenyl-2-morpholin-2-benz-4-pentene-1-one, 1,2-diphenyl-2-morpholin-4-pentene 1-one, 1- (4-toluene) -2-? Lin-2 -methyl-4-penten-1-one, 1- (4-dodecylbenzene)-2-morpholin-2-ethyl-4 -pentan-1-one, 1_ (4_ Fluorenylbenzene) -2 -difluorenamine_2-ethyl-4-pentan-1-one, 1- (4 -fluorenylbenzene) -2 -dibutylamine-2 -fluorenyl-4-pentene 1-one, 1- (4-fluorenoxybenzene) _2-hexahydropyridine-2 -ethyl-4 -pentene- ;! -Ketone, 1- (4--oxobenzene) _2-1 ^. Sigma-2-methyl-4-pentane-1-8 iso, 1- (4-methoxyphenyl) -2-morpholin-2-ethyl-4-penten-1-one, 1- (4-Methoxybenzene) -2-morpholine-2 -phenyl-4-penten-1-one, 1- (3,4-dioxophenyl)-2-morpholine-2-ethyl- 4-penten-1-one,!-[4- (2- (oxoethoxy) benzene] -2-morpholin-2-amidino-4-penten-1-one, 1- [4- (2-Methoxyethoxy) benzene] -2-morpholine-2-ethyl-4-pentan-1-one, 1- [4_ (2-Ethoxy) benzene] -2 -morpho- 2-Ethyl-4-pentane-1- 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 37 200530279 Painting same, 1- (4 ~ isopropyloxybenzene) -2-dioxamine_2- Benzene-4-pentane-1_S, 1- (4-butoxybenzene) -2 -morpholine-2 -ethyl-4-penten-1-one, 1- [4- (2-allyloxy Ethoxy) benzene] -2-morpholin-2 -fluorenyl-4-pentane_1-8, 1- [4- (2-dilute propoxyethoxy) benzene] -2 -morpholine-2 -Ethyl-4-penten-1-one, 1- (4-trimethylsilyloxybenzene) -2 -morpholin-2-methyl-4 -pentan-1_one, 1- (4- Fluorobenzene) -2-dimethylamine-2_methyl-4_fluorene-1-3 iso, 1- (4_fluorobenzene) -2-diamine-2 -ethyl_4-fluorene- Same as 1-3, 1- (4-fluorobenzene) -2 -dimethylamine-2 ~ Noble dilute-1_, same as 1- (4-fluorobenzene) -2-morphine-2- 曱4-pentan-1-one, benzene) -2-morpholin-2-ethyl-4-penten-1-one, 1- (4-fluorophenyl) -2-morpholine-2-ethyl 4-Amidino-4-penten-1-one, BU (4-fluorobenzene) -2-morpholin-2-ethyl-5-amidino-4-penten-1-one, 1- ( 4-Fluorobenzene) -2 -morpholine-2-benzyl-4 -pentene-:!-One, 1- (3,4-dichlorobenzene) -2-difluorenamine-2-ethyl-4- Pentene-1-one, BU (3,5-dichloro_4-fluorenylbenzene 2-morpholin-2-fluorenyl-4-pentene-1-one, 1- (4-benzene) -2 -Mo. Lin-Methyl ~~ 4- 戍 dilute-1-S isopropyl, 1- (4-one; benzene) -2 -morpholine-2 -ethyl-4 pentene-1 -one, 1- (4-Bromobenzene) -2 -morpholine-2 -Third-butane-4 -Pentamidine-1_ 嗣, 1_ (4_methylthiobenzene) -2-dimethylamine-2-fluorenyl-4 -pentyl Diluted 1-one, 1- (4_fluorenylthiophene) -2-difluorenamine-2-ethyl-4-pentan-1-one, 1- (4-fluorenylthiophene) -2-difluorene Amine-2-phenyl-4-penten-1-one, bu (4-methylthiobenzene) -2-dimethylamine-2-benzyl-4-penten-1-one, 1- (4-fluorene Thiobenzene) -2-hexahydropyridine-2 -ethyl-4 -pentene-1 -one, 1-(4-methylthiobenzene)-2 -morpholine-2 -methyl-4 -pentene-bu Ketone, 1- (4-fluorenylthiophene) -2-morpholine-2-ethyl-4-pentene-1 -one, 1- (4 -fluorenylthiophene) -2 -morpholine-2 -Ethyl-4 -methyl-4 -penten-1-one, 1-(4 -fluorenylthiobenzene)-2 -morpholine-2 -phenyl-4 -pentene-; 1 -one, 1- (4 -Methylthiobenzene) -2 -Mo Lin-2 -Knot-4 -Ethylene Diluted-1-8 Same, 1-(4 -Ethylthiobenzene) -2 -Mo Lin-2-38 326 \ Patent Instruction (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279 Ethyl-4-pentene-1_one, 1- (4-isopropylthiobenzene) -2 -morpholine-2-fluorenyl- 4-pentane- Is 1-S the same as 1- (4-dilute thiosulfene) _2-? Lin-2-ethyl-4-pentan-1-one, 1-[4-((2-hydroxyethylthio) benzene] -2 -morpholine-2 -fluorenyl-4-pentene_1 -one, 1-[4-(2-hydroxyethylthio) benzene] _ 2 -morpholine-2 -ethyl-4 -pentene-1 -one, 1- [4- (2-hydroxyethylthio) benzene] -2 -Morpholine-2 -propyl-4-penten-1-one, bu [4-(2-hydroxyethylthio) benzene] -2 -morphap-2 -tertiary butan-4 -pentene-1- Ketone, Bu [4-(2 -fluorenyloxycarbonylthio) benzene]-2 -morpholine-2 -fluorenyl-4 -pentene-1 -one, 1- (4-fluorenylsulfonylbenzene) -2- Diamine-2-ethyl-4-pentene-1-S with 1- (4-butanesulfenylbenzene) -2-difluorenamine-2-ethyl-4-pentene-1-one , 1- [4- (4-Benzenethio) benzene] -2 -morpholine-2-ethyl-4-penten-1-one, 1-[4_ (4-xanthazol yellow) benzene] -2-? ° Lin-2-ethyl-4-fluorenyl-4-pentan-1-one, 1- (4-chlorophenylthiobenzene) -2-difluorenamine-2-benzyl-4-pentyl En-1-one, 1- (4-dimethylaminebenzene) -2-diamine-2methyl-4-penten-1-one, 1- (4-diamineaminebenzene) -2- Dimethylamine-2 -ethyl-4-pentene M-one, 1- (4-dimethylamine benzene) -2 -dimethylamine-2 -section-4 -pentan-1- 8 the same, 1- (4-Dimethylamine benzene) -2 -Dibenzylamine-2 -ethyl-4 -pentene-1-one;!-(4-dimethylamine benzene ) -2- (pyrrolidin-1-yl) -2 -fluorenyl-4-penten-1-one, 1_ (4-dimethylaminebenzene) -2 -morpholine-2-methyl-4-pent En-1-one, 1- (4-diamidobenzene) -2_morpholin-2-ethyl-4 -fluorenyl-4-pentene-1 1-8 iso, 1- (4-diamine Benzene)-2-Mokoulin 2-Section 1-4-pentaene-1-one ketone, 1-(4-diamidinophenyl) -2- (2,6-diamimorpholin-4-yl)- 2-ethyl-4-pentene-; 1-one, 1- (4-diethylaminephenyl) -2-difluorenamine- 2-benzyl-4-pentene-1-one, 1-[4- Bis (2-methoxyethyl) aminebenzene] -2 -morpholin-2-fluorenyl-4-penten-1-one, 1-(4-butylaminephenyl) -2-dibutylamine-2-fluorene 4-Penten-1-one, 1- (4-butylaminebenzyl) -2-morpholin-2-amidino-4-penten-1-one, 1- (4-dibutylaminebenzene) 2-? 39 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279 Porphyrin-2-amidino-4-penten-1-one, 1- (4-diallylamine benzene) -2-? Porphyrin-2-methyl-4-pentene-1 -one, 1-[4-((pyrrolidin-1 -yl) benzene] -2 -morpholin-2 -fluorenyl-4-penten-1-one , 1- (4-hexahydropyridylbenzene) -2-hexahydropyridine-2-methyl_4-pentan-1-S, 1- [4- (hexahydro ° ratio 0 well_1-yl) Benzene] _2-diamidamine-2-ethyl-4-penten-1-one, 1- [4 -(4-methylhexahydro-1-yl) benzene] -2-morpholin-2-fluorenyl-4-penten-1-one, 1- [4- (N-fluorenylhexahydropyridine Phen-1-yl) benzene] -2- (N-methylhexahydropyridine-1-yl) -2-methyl-4-penten-1-one, 1- (4-morpholinobenzene) -2 -Difluorenamine-2 -fluorenyl-4 -pentene-1 -one, 1-(4-morpholinobenzene) _2 -difluorenamine-2-ethyl-4-pentan-1-one, 1-(4- ?. Lin benzene)-2-Dimethylamine-2-isopropyl-4-pentene-1-one, 1- (4-morpholinebenzene) -2-dimethylamine- 2-benzyl-4-pentene-1 -Ketone, 1- (4-morpholinebenzene) -2-diethylamine-2-ethyl-4-penten-1-one, 1- (4-morpholinene) -2 -bis (2-methyl Oxyethyl) amine-2_ethyl-4-pentan-1-S isocyanate, 1_ (4-morphobenzene) _2-butylmethylamine-2-methyl-4-pentan-1-enamine, 1- (4_? Lin benzene) 2-dipropanamide-2-ethyl-pentan-1-one, 1_ (4-morphobenzene) -2-dicumylamine-2-ethyl-4 -Pentane_1-S isopropyl, 1_ (4-morpholinyl) -2 -benzylamine-2-ethyl-4-pentene-;!-One, 1- (4_morpholinyl) -2 -(Hexahydropyridine-1-yl)-2-ethyl-4 -pentene-1 -one, 1-(4-morpholinobenzene)-2 -morpholine-2 -methyl-4- Ethyl -1-8, 1- (4-morpholinyl) -2-morphine- 2-ethyl-4_pentan-1--8, 1- (4-morpholinyl) -2_ Morin-2-ethylpyrene-1 -one-dodecylsulfonate, 1-(4-morpholinobenzene) -2 -morpholine-2 -ethyl-4 -fluorenyl-4-pentyl -1-¾, 1_ (4-morpholinyl) _2-morpholine-2-benz-4-pentene_1-one, 1- [4-(2, 6-dioxomorpholin-4-yl ) Benzene] -2 -morpholin-2-amidino-4-pentene-1 -one, 1-[4-(2, 6 -difluorene? -4 -yl) benzene] -2-(2,6 -dihydrazone ° Lin-4 -yl) -2 -ethyl-4-fluorene-1-S iso, 1- (1 ^ 1_but 11 13--5-yl) -2- 40 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) W-03 \ 93134393 200530279 Morpholine-2 -ethyl-4-penten-1-one, 1- (1,4- Dibutyl-1,2, 3, 4 Porphyrin-6-yl) -2 -morpholine-2 -ethyl-4 -pentene-1 -one, 1-(N -3 -yl) -2-? Porphyrin-2 -ethyl-4 -penten-1-one, 1- (5 ,: -5,10-dihydrophen ° Qin-6-yl)-2-dimethylamine-2-fluorenyl-4 -Pentylene (1,3-benzodiocene-5 -yl) -2 -morpholine-2 -methyl-4 -pentene 1-(benzobenzyl-3-yl) _2- ?. Lin-2-ethyl-4-pyrene-1-S homo-sigma-6-yl) -2-morpholin-2-ethyl-4-pentane, 1- (2 benzofuran-5 -Yl) -2 -morpholin-2-amidino_4-penten-1-one, 1: 1-thiazin-2-yl) -2-difluorenamine-2-allyl-4-pentene- 1-one, 3, morpholine-2 -methyl-4 -pentenefluorene) carbazole, 2-(2 -diamidamine-2 -enenefluorene) acridone, 2-(2 -morpholine- 2-methyl-4 -pentene 醯)-° ketomorpholine benzamidine) _ 2-ethyl-N -methyl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridine etc. are classified as basic skeleton Hexane with 1 to 6 carbon atoms and 1- (4-pyridinethiobenzene) -2-morpholine-2-allyl-hexane-1-one, benzenebenzene) -2-diamine Benzene-hexano-1-one, 1- (4- ?. Linben)-2 -2-section-4, 5, 5-trimethylhexyl-1-one, 1- (4-morpholinobenzene ) -2 amine-2- (4-butylbenzyl) hexane-1-one, 1- (4-morpholinobenzene) -2-dioctylmethylbenzyl) hexane-1-one, and the like. In addition, for the same purpose, 1- (4-fluorenylthiobenzene) -2 -ethyl-4 -fluorenyl-4 -hexen-1-one, 1- (4-diaminoaminebenzene)- 2--2,4,5_triamidine-4 -hexan-1-one, 1- (4-diamidobenzene)-2 -ethyl_4-hexanone -1-3 same, 1-( 4-morpholinyl) -2-morpholin-2-ethyl-1-one and the like. About heptane with 7 carbon atoms that is classified as the basic skeleton-; 1-326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 41 -Tetrahydroquinone-butadiene Kawa 1 0-Dibutyl_ 1 1 Identical, -1-8, and benzene (benzene, 3-dihydro (N-methylphen 6-bis (2-propan- 4-pentane, 2- (4- ί〇ketone), can we give (4 _? Lyme-dimethylamine-butyl hydrazone c -2- (4-morpholin- 2--dimethylamine 4 wood-2 _-4-hexenone, for example 200530279 to produce 1-(4-dimethyl Amine benzene) -2-diamidamine- 2- [4- (2- -oxo) benzyl] heptane-bu g, 1-(4-? Σ linbenzene) -2 -dimethylamine-2 _ section -Heptane-1 -one, etc. In addition, as hept-1,6-diene, 4-benzidine-4-difluorenamine-hepta-1,6-diene, 4- (4- Dioxophenylhydrazone) -4-dioxamine-heptan-1,6-diene, 4- (4-oxophenylhydrazone) -4-morpholine-heptan-1,6-diene, 4- (3,4-Dioxobenzidine) -4-dioxamine-heptan-1,6-diene, 4- (4-phenoxybenzidine) _4-dioxamine-heptane-1,6 -Diene, 4- (4-fluorophenylhydrazone) -4-diamidamine-heptan-1,6-diene, 4- (4-fluorobenzidine) -4 -morpholine-hept-1, 6-diene, 4- (4-methylthiobenzidine) -4-difluorenamine-heptan-1,6-diene 4-(4-methylthiophenylhydrazone) _4-morpholine-heptan-1,6-diene, 4- (4-diamidoaminephenylhydrazone) _4-diamidamine-heptan-1,6-di Ene, 4- (4-diamidophenylphenylhydrazone) -4 -morpholine-heptan-1,6-diene, 4- (4-morpholinophenylhydrazone) _ 4-dimethylamine-heptan-1 , 6-diene, 4- (4-morpholine benzamidine) -4-morpholine-heptan-1,6-diene, etc. Regarding octane-1 with 8 carbon atoms classified as the basic skeleton Examples of ketones include 1- (4-morpholinyl) _2-difluorenamine- 2-benzyl-octane-1-one, 1- (4-morpholinlin) -2-dimethylamine-2 -(4-section-2)-octane-1-ketone, etc. The curable composition of the present invention contains the compound represented by the general formula (I) and the photopolymerization initiator of the component (B) or / and heat In the case of a polymerization initiator, the content ratio of these components is preferably 20 to 95% by weight, and more preferably 30 to 90% by weight relative to the total amount of the curable composition. Further, The component (B) is preferably from 0.1 to 40 wt%, and more preferably from 0.2 to 2 wt%. When the component (A) is too much or too little, the component (B) is too small Hardening composition It tends to be insufficient in hardenability, and if the component (B) is too much, substrate staining is liable to occur when the image is displayed. [1-3] (C) Ethylene unsaturated compound The curable composition of the present invention may further contain (C) an ethylenically unsaturated compound. The ethylenically unsaturated compound of the component (C) is preferably contained for the purpose of further improving the hardenability of the hardenable composition of the present invention. The ethylenically unsaturated compound has at least one free-radically polymerizable ethylenically unsaturated bond in the molecule, so that when the hardenable composition is irradiated with active light or heated, it includes photopolymerization by the aforementioned component (B). The addition or polymerization of the initiator or / and the polymerization initiator of the thermal polymerization initiator may cause cross-linking and hardening. The ethylenically unsaturated compound of the component (C) of the present invention is a compound having one ethylenically unsaturated bond in the molecule, and specifically, for example, (fluorenyl) acrylic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, and cis Unsaturated carboxylic acids such as oxalic acid, itaconic acid, citraconic acid, and their alkyl esters, (fluorenyl) acrylonitrile, (fluorenyl) acrylamide, styrene, etc. may be used. From the viewpoints of cross-linkability and the possibility of widening the difference in solubility of the developer between the exposed and non-exposed parts, a compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds in the molecule is preferred, and a (fluorenyl) group Acrylate compounds derived from unsaturated bonds of acrylic acid are particularly suitable. It is a compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds in the molecule. Representative examples include esters (hereinafter, also referred to as esters- (fluorenyl groups) formed from unsaturated carboxylic acids and polycyclic compounds. ) Acrylic esters), Phosphonic esters containing (fluorenyl) acryloxy, and urethane (fluorenyl) acrylates formed from hydroxy (meth) acrylate compounds and polyisocyanate compounds with 43 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279 and epoxy (fluorenyl) acrylates formed from (fluorenyl) acrylic or hydroxy (fluorenyl) acrylate compounds and polyepoxides. Examples of the esters formed from the unsaturated carboxylic acid and a polyhydric compound include, for example, the aforementioned unsaturated carboxylic acid and an aliphatic polyhydric compound [polyol (such as ethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol ( Addition number 2 to 14), propylene glycol, polypropylene glycol (addition number 2 to 14), trimethylene glycol, tetramethylene glycol, hexamethylene glycol, tris (hydroxyamidine) propane, glycerol, pentaerythritol, Dipentaerythritol and its ethylene oxide adducts, propylene oxide adducts, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, etc.), specifically, for example, ethylene glycol di (fluorenyl) acrylate, di (ethyl Diol) di (fluorenyl) acrylate, propylene glycol di (fluorenyl) acrylate, tri (hydroxymethyl) propane di (fluorenyl) acrylate, tri (hydroxymethyl) propane tri (fluorenyl) acrylate, tri ( Hydroxyl) propane ethylene oxide addition tri (fluorenyl) acrylate, glycerol di (fluorenyl) acrylate, glycerol tri (fluorenyl) acrylate, glycerol propylene oxide addition tri ( Fluorenyl) acrylate, pentaerythritol di (fluorenyl) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri Fluorenyl) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (fluorenyl) acrylate, di (pentaerythritol) penta (fluorenyl) acrylate, di (pentaerythritol) hexa (fluorenyl) acrylate, etc., and the same crotonic acid ester, isocrotonic acid Esters, maleic acid esters, itaconic acid esters, citraconic acid esters, and the like. In addition, examples of the esters formed from the unsaturated carboxylic acid and the polyhydric compound include the unsaturated polyacids and aromatic polycyclic compounds (such as hydroquinone, resorcin, gallophenol, and bisphenol). F, bisphenol A, etc.) or a reactant formed by an ethylene oxide adduct thereof, and specific examples thereof include bisphenol A di (meth) acrylate, bisphenol A bis [oxyethylene (fluorenyl) Acrylate], bisphenol A bis [glycidyl ether (fluorenyl) propionate], etc., furthermore, as the aforementioned unsaturated 44 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279 carboxylic acid Reactants formed with heterocyclic polyhydroxy compounds (such as ginseng (2-hydroxyethyl) isoisocyanurate, etc.), for example, ginseng (2-hydroxyethyl) isoisocyanurate two (Fluorenyl) acrylate, tris (fluorenyl) acrylate, etc. In addition, as a reactant formed by an unsaturated carboxylic acid, a polycarboxylic acid, and a polyhydroxy compound, specific examples include (meth) acrylic acid, Condensate of phthalic acid and ethylene glycol, formed by (fluorenyl) acrylic acid, maleic acid, and diethylene glycol The condensate of (meth) acrylic acid, the condensate of formed phthalic acid and pentaerythritol, a condensate (Yue-yl) acrylic acid, adipic acid, butanediol, and glycerin formed of. In addition, as the (fluorenyl) acrylic alkoxy group-containing phosphates, the phosphoric acid ester compounds mainly containing (meth) acryl alkoxy groups are not particularly limited, but the following general formula (VIII) A), (VIII b), or (VIII c) is preferred.

Rl0s H2C=C—c—0一 (CH2)p—0 R10 Ο H2C=C一C一0—(CH2CH2O)] υ I一⑽)3-q (Via) Q Η u —⑽)3_q (Wb) R10 0 p-(OH) 3-q (Vlllc) H2C=C—C一0—(CH2CH2O) p —[〇C (=0) CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2] p* 一〇 [式(VIIIa)、(VIIIb)、(VIIIc)中,R1Q表示氫原子或曱基, p及p’為1〜25之整數,q為1、2、或3]。 在此,p及ρ ’ 以1〜1 0較佳,而以1〜4特別合適,作為 此等化合物之具體例,例如可舉出磷酸(曱基)丙烯醯氧乙 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 45 200530279 酯、磷酸雙[(曱基)丙烯醯氧乙S旨]、磷酸(曱基)丙烯醯氧 乙二醇酯等,將此等化合物單獨使用或以混合物使用均可。 再者,作為該項胺基曱酸酯(曱基)丙烯酸酯類,例如可 舉出,羥(曱基)丙烯酸酯化合物[如(曱基)丙烯酸羥曱酿、 (甲基)丙烯酸羥乙酯、四羥曱基乙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯等] 與多異氰酸酯化合物[如脂肪族多異氰酸酯(如六亞曱二異 氰酸酯、1,8 -二異氰酸酯-4 -異氰酸酯甲基辛烷等)、脂環 式多異氰酸酯(如環己烷二異氰酸酯、二曱環己烷二異氰酸 酯、4,4 ’ -亞曱雙(環己異氰酸酯)、異佛爾酮二異氰酸酯、 雙環庚烷三異氰酸酯等)、芳香族多異氰酸酯(如4,4 ’ -二 苯曱烷二異氰酸酯、硫磷酸參(異氰酸酯苯酯)等)、雜環式 多異氰酸酯(如異異氰尿酸酯等)等]之反應產物。 尤其關於胺基曱酸酯(曱基)丙烯酸酯類,以1分子中具 有4個以上之胺基曱酸醋鍵[-NH-C0 - 0-]及4個以上之(甲 基)丙稀醯氧基之化合物較佳,該化合物係例如使用化合物 (i - 1 )其由1分子中具有4個以上羥基之化合物(如季戊四 醇、聚丙三醇等)與二異氰酸酯化合物(如六亞曱二異氰酸 酯、三甲六亞曱二異氰酸酯、異佛爾酮二異氰酸酯、曱伸 苯二異氰酸酯等)進行反應所得者;或化合物(i - 2 )其由1 分子中具有2個以上羥基之化合物(如乙二醇等)與1分子 中具有 3個以上異氰酸酯基之化合物(如旭化成工業公司 產品「 DURANATE24A-100 」、「 DURANATE22A-75PX 」、Rl0s H2C = C—c—0— (CH2) p—0 R10 〇 H2C = C—C—0— (CH2CH2O)] υ I—⑽) 3-q (Via) Q Η u —⑽) 3_q (Wb) R10 0 p- (OH) 3-q (Vlllc) H2C = C—C—0— (CH2CH2O) p — [〇C (= 0) CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2] p * — [[Formula (VIIIa), (VIIIb), ( In VIIIc), R1Q represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorenyl group, p and p 'are integers of 1 to 25, and q is 1, 2, or 3]. Here, p and ρ ′ are preferably 1 to 10, and 1 to 4 are particularly suitable. As specific examples of these compounds, for example, phosphoric acid (fluorenyl) propenyloxyethyl 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplementary Pieces) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 45 200530279 esters, bis [(fluorenyl) propenyloxyethoxylates], phosphoric acid (fluorenyl) propenyloxyethylene glycol esters, etc. These compounds are used alone or in mixtures Can be used. In addition, as the amino fluorenyl (fluorenyl) acrylates, for example, a hydroxy (fluorenyl) acrylate compound [such as (fluorenyl) acrylic acid, methacrylic acid (meth) acrylate) Esters, tetrahydroxyamidoethane tri (meth) acrylate, etc.] and polyisocyanate compounds [such as aliphatic polyisocyanates (such as hexamethylene diisocyanate, 1,8-diisocyanate-4-isocyanate methyloctane, etc.) ), Alicyclic polyisocyanates (such as cyclohexane diisocyanate, difluorene cyclohexane diisocyanate, 4, 4 '-fluorene bis (cyclohexyl isocyanate), isophorone diisocyanate, dicycloheptane triisocyanate, etc. ), The reaction of aromatic polyisocyanates (such as 4,4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, thiophosphate (isocyanate phenyl ester), etc.), heterocyclic polyisocyanates (such as isoisocyanurate, etc.), etc.] product. Especially for amino phosphonate (fluorenyl) acrylates, there are 4 or more amino phosphonate bonds [-NH-C0-0-] and 4 or more (meth) acrylic acid in one molecule. Phenoxy compounds are preferred. The compound is, for example, compound (i-1), which is composed of a compound having four or more hydroxyl groups (such as pentaerythritol, polyglycerol, etc.) and a diisocyanate compound (such as hexamethylene dioxane) in one molecule. Isocyanate, trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate, fluorene diisocyanate, etc.); or compound (i-2), which is a compound having two or more hydroxyl groups in one molecule (such as ethyl Diols, etc.) and compounds with three or more isocyanate groups in one molecule (such as "DURANATE24A-100", "DURANATE22A-75PX" by Asahi Kasei Corporation,

「 DURANATE21S-75E」、「 DURANATE18H-70B」等之二縮脲型, 如旭化成工業公司產品「DURANATEP - 301-75E」、「DURANATE 46 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 E-402-90T」、「DURANATEE-405-80T」等之加成物型等)進 行反應所得者;或化合物(i - 3 )由(甲基)丙烯酸異氰酸乙酯 之聚合或共聚合所得者等之1分子中具有4個以上(6個以 上為佳)異氰酸酯基化合物,具體而言,例如使用旭化成工 業公司產品「DURANATE ME20-100」(i)與1分子中具有1 個以上之羥基及2個以上(以3個以上較佳)之(曱基)丙烯 醯氧基之化合物(i i )(如季戊四醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二 (季戊四醇)三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二(季戊四醇)四(曱基)丙 烯酸酯、二(季戊四醇)五(曱基)丙烯酸酯等)進行反應即可 得到該化合物。 在此,前述化合物(i )之分子量係以5 0 0〜2 0 0,0 0 0較佳, 而以1,0 0 0〜1 5 0,0 0 0特別合適。再者,如前述之胺基曱酸 酯(曱基)丙稀酸酯類,其分子量係以6 0 0〜1 5 0,0 0 0較佳。 再者,具有胺基甲酸酯鍵6個以上者較佳,而8個以上者 特別合適,具有(曱基)丙烯醯氧基6個以上者較佳,而8 個以上者特別合適。 又按,關於此種胺基甲酸酯(曱基)丙烯酸酯類,利用一 種例如使前述化合物(i )與前述化合物(i i )在有機溶媒(如 曱苯或乙酸乙酯等)中,按前者之異氰酸酯基與後者之羥基 之莫耳比1 / 1 0〜1 0 / 1之比率,依照需要使用二月桂酸正丁 錫等之觸媒,在1 0〜1 5 0 °C溫度下以5分鐘〜3小時程度之時 間進行反應之方法即可製造。 關於本發明,在前述胺基曱酸酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯類中, 下述通式(I X )所示者特別合適。 47 326\專利說明書(補件)W-03\93134393 200530279"DURANATE21S-75E", "DURANATE18H-70B" and other biuret types, such as Asahi Kasei Industrial Products "DURANATEP-301-75E", "DURANATE 46 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279 E -402-90T "," DURANATEE-405-80T "and other adducts; or compound (i-3) obtained by polymerization or copolymerization of (meth) acrylic acid isocyanate One of them has four or more (preferably six or more) isocyanate-based compounds. Specifically, for example, Asahi Kasei Corporation's product "DURANATE ME20-100" (i) and one molecule has one or more hydroxyl groups And 2 or more (preferably 3 or more) (fluorenyl) propenyloxy compounds (ii) (such as pentaerythritol di (meth) acrylate, di (pentaerythritol) tri (meth) acrylate, di (Pentaerythritol) tetra (fluorenyl) acrylate, di (pentaerythritol) penta (fluorenyl) acrylate, etc.) can be reacted to obtain the compound. Here, the molecular weight of the aforementioned compound (i) is preferably from 500 to 2 0,0 0, and particularly preferably from 1,0 0 to 1,50,0 0. In addition, as the aforementioned amino sulfonate (fluorenyl) acrylic esters, the molecular weight thereof is preferably from 60 to 150,0 0. Furthermore, those having six or more urethane bonds are preferable, and those having eight or more are particularly suitable. Those having six or more (fluorenyl) propenyloxy groups are more preferable, and those having eight or more are particularly suitable. In addition, for such urethane (fluorenyl) acrylates, for example, the aforementioned compound (i) and the aforementioned compound (ii) are used in an organic solvent (such as toluene or ethyl acetate). The ratio of the molar ratio of the isocyanate group of the former to the molar ratio of the hydroxyl group of the latter is 1/1 0 to 1 0/1. If necessary, a catalyst such as n-butyltin dilaurate is used at a temperature of 10 to 150 ° C. It can be produced by a method of reacting for a period of time ranging from 5 minutes to 3 hours. With regard to the present invention, among the amino sulfonate (meth) acrylates, those represented by the following general formula (I X) are particularly suitable. 47 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) W-03 \ 93134393 200530279

RaRa

b R ovb R ov

d-R ο1 OHC1 HN _ c R HN - OHCd-R ο1 OHC1 HN _ c R HN-OHC

XX

[式(IX)中,Ra表示具有伸烷氧基或伸芳氧基之反覆構造 且具有4〜20個可與Rb鍵結所得氧基之基,Rb及Rc各自 獨立表示碳原子數1〜1 0之伸烷基,R d表示具有1〜1 0個(曱 基)丙烤酿氧基之有機殘基,Ra、Rb、Rc、以及Rd各自具 有取代基亦可,x為4〜20之整數,y為0〜15之整數,z為 卜1 5之整數]。 在此,作為式(I X )中R a之伸烧氧基之反覆構造,例如可 舉出,來自伸丙三醇、甘油、季戊四醇等之構造,而作為 伸芳氧基之反覆構造,例如可舉出,來自五倍子酚、1,3,5 -苯三酚等之構造。再者,關於Rb及Rc之伸烷基之碳原子 數,各自獨立成為1〜5者較佳,再者,Rd之(曱基)丙烯醯 氧基之數目係以1〜7較佳。再者,X係以4〜1 5較佳,y係 以1〜1 0較佳,而z係以1〜1 0較佳。 此外,R a係以下式[又按,式中之k為2〜1 0之整數]所 示者特別合適,Rb及Rc各自獨立成為二亞甲基、單甲二 亞曱基、或三亞曱基者特別合適,再者,Rd係以下式所示 者特別合適。 48 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279[In formula (IX), Ra represents an overlying structure of an alkoxy group or an aryleneoxy group, and has 4 to 20 groups which can be bonded to Rb, and Rb and Rc each independently represent a carbon number of 1 to 10 is an alkylene group, and R d represents an organic residue having 1 to 10 (fluorenyl) propanyloxy groups. Ra, Rb, Rc, and Rd may each have a substituent, and x is 4 to 20 Integer, y is an integer from 0 to 15, and z is an integer from 1 to 15]. Here, examples of the repeating structure of the oxyalkylene group of R a in the formula (IX) include structures derived from glycerol, glycerol, pentaerythritol, and the like. Examples include structures derived from gallophenol, 1,3,5-benzenetriol and the like. In addition, as for the carbon number of the alkylene group of Rb and Rc, each of them is preferably 1 to 5, and the number of (fluorenyl) propenyloxy groups of Rd is preferably 1 to 7. Furthermore, X is preferably 4 to 15, y is preferably 1 to 10, and z is preferably 1 to 10. In addition, R a is particularly suitable as shown by the following formula [wherein k is an integer of 2 to 10], and Rb and Rc each independently form a dimethylene group, a monomethylenediene group, or a trimethylene group. The base is particularly suitable, and Rd is particularly suitable as shown by the following formula. 48 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279

Ra ; —CH2—(|H—CH「0士 Ο Q I 0 ch2 -0 - CH2 卞 CH2 - O-Q ch2 I ^ 0 I Q 0 一o-ch2-ch-{ch2-o-q)2 (但、q 爲-c—ch=ch2 ) 再者,作為該項環氧(曱基)丙烯酸酯類,具體而言,例 如可舉出,(曱基)丙烯酸或如前述之羥(曱基)丙烯酸酯化 合物與多環氧化合物[如脂肪族多環氧化合物(如(聚)乙二 醇多縮水甘油醚、(聚)丙二醇多縮水甘油醚、(聚)四亞曱 二醇多縮水甘油醚、(聚)五亞曱二醇多縮水甘油醚、(聚) 新戊二醇多縮水甘油醚、(聚)六亞曱二醇多縮水甘油_、 (聚)三經甲丙烧多縮水甘油醚、(聚)丙三醇多縮水甘油 醚、(聚)葡萄糖醇多縮水甘油醚等);芳香族多環氧化合物 (如苯酚型酚醛樹脂多環氧化合物、溴化苯酚型酚醛樹脂多 環氧化合物、(鄰-,間-,對-)曱苯酚型酚醛樹脂多環氧化合 物、雙酚A多環氧化合物、雙酚F多環氧化合物等);雜環 式多環氧化合物(如山梨糖醇多縮水甘油醚、三縮水甘油異 異氰尿酸酯、三縮水甘油參(2 -羥乙)異異氰尿酸酯等)等] 所形成之反應產物等。Ra; —CH2— (| H—CH 「0 士 〇 QI 0 ch2 -0-CH2 卞 CH2-OQ ch2 I ^ 0 IQ 0-o-ch2-ch- {ch2-oq) 2 (but, q is- c—ch = ch2) Furthermore, as the epoxy (fluorenyl) acrylate, specifically, for example, (fluorenyl) acrylic acid or the aforementioned hydroxy (fluorenyl) acrylate compound and polyhydric Epoxy compounds [such as aliphatic polyepoxides (such as (poly) ethylene glycol polyglycidyl ether, (poly) propylene glycol polyglycidyl ether, (poly) tetramethylene glycol polyglycidyl ether, (poly) penta Polymethylene glycol polyglycidyl ether, (Poly) neopentyl glycol polyglycidyl ether, (Poly) hexamethylene glycol polyglycidyl ether, (Poly) tri-methyl propylene glycol polyglycidyl ether, (Poly) Glycerol polyglycidyl ether, (poly) glucosyl polyglycidyl ether, etc.); aromatic polyepoxides (such as phenol-type phenolic resin polyepoxy compounds, brominated phenol-type phenolic resin polyepoxy compounds, (ortho -, M-, p-) phenol-type phenolic resin polyepoxides, bisphenol A polyepoxides, bisphenol F polyepoxides, etc.); miscellaneous Reaction products formed by polyepoxides of the formula (such as sorbitol polyglycidyl ether, triglycidyl isoisocyanurate, triglycidyl (2-hydroxyethyl) isoisocyanurate, etc.) Wait.

QQ

Q 0 CH, 0 CH,Q 0 CH, 0 CH,

Rd ; — 0-CH2-C—CH2-〇-CH2-p-CH2-0一Q CH〇 CH2Rd; — 0-CH2-C-CH2-〇-CH2-p-CH2-0-Q CH〇 CH2

0 I Q0 I Q

0 I Q 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 49 200530279 再者,作為其他之乙烯性不飽和化合物,除了前述之外, 例如可舉出,(曱基)丙烯醯胺類(如伸乙雙(曱基)丙烯醯胺 等)、烯丙酯類(如酞酸二烯丙酯等)、含乙烯基化合物類(如 g太酸二乙烤酯等)、含硫醚鍵化合物類(使含醚鍵乙稀性不 飽和化合物之醚鍵藉五硫化磷等加以硫化,以變為硫醚鍵 而提高交聯速度者),以及例如曰本專利第3 1 6 4 4 0 7號公報 及特開平 9 _ 1 0 0 1 1 1號公報等所載述之使多官能(曱基)丙 婦酸S旨化合物與粒徑5〜3 0 n m之二氧化砍溶膠[例如,異丙 醇分散有機二氧化矽溶膠(日產化學公司產品「I P A - S T」)、 甲基乙基酮分散有機二氧化矽溶膠(日產化學公司產品 「Μ E K - S T」)、曱基異丁基酮分散有機二氧化矽溶膠(曰產 化學公司產品「MIBK-ST」)等],利用一含有異氰酸酯基或 磺胺基之矽烷偶合劑結合而成之化合物等,對一種乙烯性 不飽和化合物藉由矽烷偶合劑使二氧化矽溶膠起反應而結 合,藉此提高硬化物之強度或耐熱性之化合物類等。 將以上之乙稀性不飽和化合物單獨使用或二種以上一起 使用均可。在本發明中,作為以上之成分(C)之乙烯性不飽 和化合物,以酯-(曱基)丙烯酸酯類、含(曱基)丙烯醯氧基 磷酸酯類、或胺基曱酸酯(曱基)丙烯酸酯類較佳,其中以 酯-(甲基)丙烯酸酯類特別合適,而在酯-(曱基)丙烯酸酯 類中,含有如聚乙二醇、聚丙二醇、或雙酚Α之聚環氧乙 烷加成物等之聚氧伸烷基,且含有2個以上之(曱基)丙烯 醯氧基之酯-(曱基)丙烯酸酯類進一步較佳。 在本發明之硬化性組成物中,前述成分(C )之乙烯性不飽 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 50 200530279 和化合物含有率係相對於硬化性組成物總量,以 1〜7 0 w t % 較佳,而以5〜60wt%進一步較佳。若成分(C)含量小於上述 範圍,則有造成硬化性組成物之硬化性不足之傾向,另若 大於上述範圍,則有造成黏性不足之傾向。 [1 - 4 ] ( D )環氧化合物 在本發明之硬化性組成物進一步含有(D )環氧化合物亦 可。成分(D )之環氧化合物係在本發明之硬化性組成物被使 用於阻焊層用途、外敷層用途、肋條用途、或間隔物用途 之情形,在提高硬化物之耐熱性或耐藥品性或其他之目的 下被含亦可。該環氧化合物可舉出由構成所謂環氧樹脂之 反覆單元之多羥化合物與表氯醇之反應所得之多縮水甘油 醚化合物、由多元羧酸化合物與表氯醇之反應所得之多縮 水甘油酯化合物以及由多胺化合物與表氣醇之反應所得之 多縮水甘油胺化合物等,係從低分子量物直到高分子量物 之化合物。 作為該多縮水甘油醚化合物,例如可舉出,聚乙二醇之 二縮水甘油醚型環氧化合物、雙(4 -羥苯)之二縮水甘油醚 型環氧化合物、雙(3,5 -二曱-4 -羥苯)之二縮水甘油醚型環 氧化合物、雙盼F之二縮水甘油醚型環氧化合物、雙盼A 之二縮水甘油醚型環氧化合物、四曱雙酚A之二縮水甘油 醚型環氧化合物、環氧乙烧加成雙紛A之二縮水甘油喊型 環氧化合物、苯酚系酚醛樹脂型環氧化合物、曱苯酚系酚 6签樹脂型環氧化合物等,此等多縮水甘油醚化合物為由殘 存之羥基與酸酐或2價之酸化合物等反應而導入有羧基者 51 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 亦可。 再者,作為該多縮水甘油酯化合物,例如可舉出 酞酸之二縮水甘油酯型環氧化合物、酞酸之二縮水 型環氧化合物等,再者,作為該多縮水甘油胺化合 如可舉出,雙(4 -胺苯)甲烷之二縮水甘油胺化合物 尿酸之三縮水甘油胺化合物等。 在本發明之硬化性組成物中,上述成分(D )之環氧 含有率係相對於硬化性組成物總量,以 1〜7 0 w t %較 以5〜50wt%進一步較佳。若成分(D)含量小於上述範 有造成硬化性組成物之硬化性不足之傾向,另若大 範圍,則易於造成顯影時之非晝像部白化不良等之 [1 - 5 ] ( E )環氧硬化劑 在本發明之硬化性組成物進一步含有(E )環氧硬 可。成分(E )之環氧硬化劑最好能在提高硬化性組成 化性或其他之目的下,在含有成分(D )之環氧化合物 一起被使用。作為該成分(E )之環氧硬化劑,例如可 多元羧酸酐類(如丁二酸酐、順丁烯二酸酐、衣康酸 酸酐、四氫酞酸酐、3 -甲基四氫酞酸酐、4 -曱基四 酐、3 -乙基四氫酞酸酐、4 -乙基四氫酞酸酐、六氫酞 3-曱基六氫酞酸酐、4 -曱基六氫酞酸酐、3 -乙基六 酐、4 -乙基六氫酞酸酐、偏苯三曱酸酐、聯苯四羧酸 有機膦類(如三丁膦、三苯膦、參-2-氰乙膦等);咪4 味σ坐、2 -曱基味σ坐、2 -乙基味σ坐、2 -乙基- 4 -曱基口米 苯基咪唑、4 -苯基咪唑、1 - ( 2 -氰乙)-2 -苯基咪唑、 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 52 ,六氫 甘油酯 物,例 、異氰 化合物 佳,而 圍,則 於上述 問題。 化劑亦 物之硬 之情形 舉出, 酐、酞 氫酞酸 酸酐、 鼠狀酸 酐等); L類(如 口坐、2 -1-(2- 200530279 氰乙)-2 -乙基-4 -甲基咪唑等);胺化合物類(如I 胺、4 —曱苄- Ν,Ν -二曱胺、4 -曱氧苄—Ν,Ν-二曱胺 胺节-Ν,Ν -二曱胺等);胺對稱三°井類(如 2,4,6 -三17井、2 -乙炼-4 ,6 -二胺對稱三°井、2 -乙稀-4,6-三°井•異氰尿酸加成物、2, 4 -二胺-6-甲基丙烯醯 三°井、2, 4 -二胺-6-曱基丙烯醯氧乙對稱三畊•異 成物等);四級銨鹽類(如氣化苄三甲銨、氣化 等);鐫鹽類(如溴化三正丁 - 2,5 -二羥苯鐫、氯化 丁鱗等)等,其中以具有-Ν Η -基者較佳,而以胺化 胺對稱三畊類較佳,尤以氰胍、2,4,6 -三胺對稱 合適。 在本發明之硬化性組成物中,上述成分(Ε )之環 之含有率係基於硬化性組成物之經時安定性方面 相對於硬化性組成物總量,以1 w t %以下較佳,而 以下進一步較佳。 [1 - 6 ] ( F )胺化合物 在本發明之硬化性組成物進一步含有(F )胺 可。成分(F )之胺化合物最好能在提高硬化物之耐 藥品性或其他之目的下被含在該組成物内。此成4 化合物可舉出,具有至少2個由充當官能基之羥 原子數1〜8之醇縮合改質而成之烷氧甲基之胺化 如可舉出,由三聚氰胺與甲醛之聚縮合所得之三 脂,由笨脈胺(Benzoguanamine)與曱酸之聚縮合 胍胺樹脂,由乙炔脲與甲醛之聚縮合所得之乙炔 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 53 ,胍、苄甲 、4-二曱 三胺對稱 二胺對稱 氧乙對稱 氰尿酸加 苯三丁銨 十六基三 合物類及 三°井特別 氧硬化劑 之考慮, 以 0 · 7 w t % ί匕合物亦 熱性或耐 卜(F )之胺 曱基經碳 合物,例 聚氰胺樹 所得之苯 脲樹脂, 200530279 由腺與曱酸之聚縮合所得之脲樹脂,由選自三聚氰胺、苯 胍胺、乙炔脲、脲等之二種以上與曱醛之共聚縮合所得之 樹脂,以及由此等樹脂之羥曱基經醇縮合改質而成之改質 樹脂等。在其中,以本發明而言,以三聚氰胺樹脂及其改 質樹脂較佳,而以羥曱基之改質比率為 7 0 %以上之改質樹 脂進一步較佳,尤以8 0 %以上之改質樹脂特別合適。 關於此項成分(F )之胺化合物之具體例,三聚氰胺樹脂及 其改質樹脂可舉出Mitsui Thytec公司之「THYMEL」(註冊 商標)300、 301' 303、 350、 736、 738、 370、 771' 325、 327、 703、 701、 266、 267' 285、 232、 235、 238、 1141、 272、254、202、1156、1158,及三和化學公司之「NIKALACK_ (註冊商標)E-2151、 MW-100LM、 MX-750LM,再者,苯胍胺 樹脂及其改質樹脂可舉出「THYMEL」(註冊商標)1 1 23、 1 1 2 5、1 1 2 8,再者,乙炔脲樹脂及其改質樹脂可舉出 「 THYMEL 」(註冊商標)1170 、 1171、 1174、 1172,及 「N I K A L A C K」(註冊商標)Μ X - 2 7 0,再者,脲樹脂及其改質 樹脂可舉出Mitsui Thytec公司之「UFR」(註冊商標)65、 300,及「NIKALACK」(註冊商標)MX-290 等。 在本發明之硬化性組成物中,上述成分(F )之胺化合物之 含有率係相對於硬化性組成物總量,以 2 0 w t %以下較佳, 而以10wt%以下進一步較佳。 [1 - 7 ] ( G )聚合加速劑 在本發明之硬化性組成物進一步含有(G )聚合加速劑亦 可。成分(G )之聚合加速劑在提高硬化性組成物之聚合引發 54 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 係 劑 速 加 合 聚 之 Ν)/ G /(\ 分 成 亥 C 可 亦 含 被 下 的 目 之 他 其 或 能 性 雙 或 酯 之 酸 基 胺 玄 ψδ 佳 較 物 合 化 子 离 極 雙 或 酯 之 酸 基 胺 以 佳 較 者 示 所 \)/ b X Γ\ 或 Ν)/ a X /(\ 式 通 述 下 以 係 物 合 化 子 离 極0 IQ 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 49 200530279 In addition, as other ethylenically unsaturated compounds, in addition to the foregoing, for example, (fluorenyl) acrylamide (such as Ethylene bis (fluorenyl) acrylamide, etc.), allyl esters (such as diallyl phthalate, etc.), vinyl-containing compounds (such as g-diacetate, etc.), thioether bond compounds Type (the ether bond of an ethylenically unsaturated compound containing an ether bond is vulcanized by phosphorus pentasulfide, etc. to become a thioether bond to increase the crosslinking speed), and for example, Japanese Patent No. 3 1 6 4 4 0 7 JP-A-2009 and JP-A-Hei 9 _ 1 0 0 1 1 1 etc. described in the publication of a polyfunctional (fluorenyl) valeric acid S compound and a dioxolol having a particle size of 5 to 30 nm [for example, iso Propanol-dispersed Organic Silica Sol (Nissan Chemical Co., Ltd. product "IPA-ST"), methyl ethyl ketone-dispersed Organic Silica Sol (Nissan Chemical Co., Ltd. product "M EK-ST"), fluorenyl isobutyl ketone Dispersed organic silica sol (say, MIBK-ST, a product of Sanko Chemical Co., Ltd., etc.) An ester-based or sulfonyl-based silane coupling agent is combined with a compound such as an ethylenically unsaturated compound by reacting the silica sol with the silane coupling agent to increase the strength or heat resistance of the cured product. Compounds and so on. The above ethylenically unsaturated compounds may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds. In the present invention, as the ethylenically unsaturated compound of the above component (C), there are ester- (fluorenyl) acrylates, (fluorenyl) -acrylic hydroxyloxy phosphates, or aminophosphonates ( Fluorenyl) acrylates are preferred, of which ester- (meth) acrylates are particularly suitable, and ester- (fluorenyl) acrylates contain, for example, polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, or bisphenol A Polyoxyalkylenes, such as polyethylene oxide adducts, and esters ((fluorenyl) acrylate) containing two or more (fluorenyl) propylene fluorenyloxy groups are more preferred. In the curable composition of the present invention, the ethylenic content of the aforementioned component (C) is 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 50 200530279 and the compound content ratio is relative to the total amount of the curable composition. It is preferably 1 to 70 wt%, and more preferably 5 to 60 wt%. If the content of the component (C) is less than the above range, the hardenability of the hardenable composition tends to be insufficient, and if it exceeds the above range, the viscosity tends to be insufficient. [1-4] (D) Epoxy Compound The curable composition of the present invention may further contain (D) an epoxy compound. The epoxy compound of the component (D) is used in the case where the hardenable composition of the present invention is used for solder resist, overcoat, rib, or spacer applications, and improves the heat resistance or chemical resistance of the hardened material. Or for other purposes. Examples of the epoxy compound include a polyglycidyl ether compound obtained by reacting a polyhydric compound constituting a so-called epoxy unit with an epichlorohydrin and a polyglycidyl ether obtained by reacting a polycarboxylic acid compound and epichlorohydrin. The ester compound and the polyglycidylamine compound obtained by the reaction of the polyamine compound and epihydric alcohol are compounds from low molecular weight to high molecular weight. Examples of the polyglycidyl ether compound include diglycidyl ether epoxy compounds of polyethylene glycol, diglycidyl ether epoxy compounds of bis (4-hydroxybenzene), and bis (3,5- Dipyridine-4 -hydroxybenzene) diglycidyl ether type epoxy compound, double hope F diglycidyl ether type epoxy compound, double hope A diglycidyl ether type epoxy compound, tetrafluoride bisphenol A Diglycidyl ether type epoxy compound, ethylene oxide bisphenol A diglycidyl shout type epoxy compound, phenol type phenol resin type epoxy compound, phenol type 6 phenol resin type epoxy compound, etc. These polyglycidyl ether compounds are those in which a carboxyl group is introduced by the reaction of a remaining hydroxyl group with an acid anhydride or a divalent acid compound, etc. 51 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279. Examples of the polyglycidyl ester compound include diglycidyl-type epoxy compounds of phthalic acid and diglycidyl-type epoxy compounds of phthalic acid. Further, as the polyglycidyl amine compound, a polyglycidylamine compound may be used. Examples thereof include diglycidylamine compounds of bis (4-aminophenyl) methane and triglycidylamine compounds of uric acid and the like. In the curable composition of the present invention, the epoxy content rate of the component (D) is more preferably 1 to 70 wt%, and more preferably 5 to 50% by weight based on the total amount of the curable composition. If the content of the component (D) is less than the above range, the hardenability of the hardenable composition tends to be insufficient, and if it is in a large range, it may easily cause [1-5] (E) rings such as poor whitening of the non-day image part during development. The oxygen hardener further contains (E) epoxy resin in the curable composition of the present invention. The epoxy hardener of the component (E) is preferably used together with the epoxy compound containing the component (D) for the purpose of improving the hardenability and composition or other purposes. As the epoxy hardener of the component (E), for example, polycarboxylic acid anhydrides (such as succinic anhydride, maleic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, 3-methyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride, 4 -Fluorenyltetraanhydride, 3-ethyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride, 4-ethyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride, hexahydrophthalophthalone 3-fluorenylhexahydrophthalic anhydride, 4-fluorenylhexahydrophthalic anhydride, 3-ethylhexade Anhydride, 4-ethylhexahydrophthalic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, biphenyltetracarboxylic organic phosphines (such as tributylphosphine, triphenylphosphine, gins-2-cyanoethylphosphine, etc.); imid 4 , 2-Amidino sigma, 2-Ethyl sigma, 2-Ethyl-4-methylaminobenzimidazole, 4-phenylimidazole, 1- (2-cyanoethyl) -2-benzene Glycidazole, 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 52, hexahydroglyceride esters, for example, isocyanate compounds are preferred, and Wai is in the above-mentioned problems. The chemical agent is also the case where the substance is hard (Anhydride, phthalic anhydride, murine anhydride, etc.); L type (such as mouth sitting, 2-1- (2-200530279 cyanoethyl) -2 -ethyl-4 -methylimidazole, etc.); amine compounds (Such as I amine, 4-benzyl-N, N-dioxamine, 4-oxenyl benzyl —N, N-diamidoamine-N, N-diamidoamine, etc.); amine symmetrical three ° wells (such as 2, 4, 6-tri17 wells, 2-acetal-4,6-diamine Symmetrical three-degree well, 2-Ethylene-4,6-three-degree well • Isocyanuric acid adduct, 2, 4-diamine-6-methacrylic acid three-degree well, 2, 4-diamine-6 -Smallyl propylene, ethoxylated tri-tillage, foreign matter, etc.); quaternary ammonium salts (such as vaporized benzyltrimethylammonium, gasification, etc.); phosphonium salts (such as tri-n-butyl bromide-2,5- Dihydroxybenzidine, butyl chloride, etc.), among them, those with -N Η-groups are preferred, and aminated amines are preferred, especially cyanoguanidine, 2,4,6-triamine Symmetric fit. In the hardenable composition of the present invention, the content ratio of the ring of the component (E) is based on the stability of the hardenable composition over time with respect to the total amount of the hardenable composition, preferably 1 wt% or less, and The following is further preferred. [1-6] (F) amine compound The curable composition of the present invention further contains (F) amine. The amine compound of the component (F) is preferably contained in the composition for the purpose of improving the chemical resistance of the cured product or other purposes. Examples of the 4 compounds include amination of alkoxymethyl groups modified by an alcohol condensation having at least two hydroxyl groups having 1 to 8 hydroxyl groups serving as functional groups. Examples include polycondensation of melamine and formaldehyde. The obtained tri-lipid is acetylene 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 53 made from polycondensed guanamine resin of Benzoguanamine and acetic acid, and polycondensation of acetylene urea and formaldehyde. , Benzyl methyl, 4-dihydrazine triamine symmetric diamine symmetric oxyethyl symmetric cyanuric acid plus phenyltributylammonium hexadecyl tri-complexes and three ° well special oxygen hardeners, taking 0 · 7 wt% The compound is also heat-resistant or resistant (F) to the amine group obtained through carbonation, such as a phenylurea resin obtained from a melamine tree, 200530279 a urea resin obtained by the polycondensation of gland and osmic acid, selected from the group consisting of melamine and benzene Resin obtained by copolymerization and condensation of two or more kinds of guanamine, acetylene urea, urea, etc. with formaldehyde, and modified resin in which the hydroxymethyl group of these resins is modified by alcohol condensation. Among them, in terms of the present invention, melamine resins and modified resins thereof are preferred, and modified resins having a hydroxyfluorenyl modification ratio of 70% or more are further preferred, and modified resins of 80% or more are more preferred. Quality resins are particularly suitable. Regarding specific examples of the amine compound of this component (F), melamine resins and modified resins thereof include "THYMEL" (registered trademark) 300, 301 '303, 350, 736, 738, 370, 771 of Mitsui Thytec Corporation. '325, 327, 703, 701, 266, 267' 285, 232, 235, 238, 1141, 272, 254, 202, 1156, 1158, and "NIKALACK_ (registered trademark) E-2151, MW of Sanwa Chemical Company" -100LM, MX-750LM, and benzoguanamine resin and modified resins thereof include "THYMEL" (registered trademark) 1 1 23, 1 1 2 5, 1 1 2 8 and further, acetylene urea resin and Examples of the modified resin include "THYMEL" (registered trademark) 1170, 1171, 1174, 1172, and "NIKALACK" (registered trademark) M X-2 70, and furthermore, urea resins and modified resins can be cited Mitsui Thytec's "UFR" (registered trademark) 65, 300, and "NIKALACK" (registered trademark) MX-290, etc. In the curable composition of the present invention, the content rate of the amine compound of the component (F) is preferably 20 wt% or less, and more preferably 10 wt% or less with respect to the total amount of the curable composition. [1-7] (G) polymerization accelerator The hardening composition of the present invention may further contain (G) a polymerization accelerator. The polymerization accelerator of the component (G) is initiated to improve the polymerization of the hardenable composition. 54 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279 Series agent rapid addition polymerization (N) / G / (\ divided into HaiC It may also contain the acid amine δδ of other bifunctional or esters, which is better than the acid amines of the compound dipole or diester, as shown below.) / B X Γ \ Or Ν) / a X / (\

R——N—R 9 3 o 4R——N—R 9 3 o 4

R——c——R I—i 4 2 4R——c——R I—i 4 2 4

OMOM

〇1 Me- s \/ 2 CH 3 4〇1 Me- s \ / 2 CH 3 4

a Xa X

- 4 4 R-4 4 R

——R 9 3 o 4——R 9 3 o 4

R——c—R I—I 4 2 4R——c—R I—I 4 2 4

CH 01 o=c- sCH 01 o = c- s

b Xb X

[式(Xa)及(Xb)中,R39及R4°各自獨立表示可具有取代基之 院基、可具有取代基之芳基、可具有取代基之雜環基或氫 原子,R41及R42各自獨立表示可具有取代基之烷基或氫原 子,R43表示可具有取代基之烷基、可具有取代基之烯基或 可具有取代基之芳基,R44表示可具有取代基之烷基、可具 有取代基之芳基或可具有取代基之雜環基,s為0〜10之整 數]0 在此,式(Xa)及(Xb)中之 R39、R4°、R41、R42、R43、以及 R4 4之烷基,以具有碳原子數1〜8者較佳,而以1〜4者進一 步較佳。再者,R43之烯基,例如可舉出乙烯基、烯丙基、 異丙烯基等,再者,R39、R4°、R41、以及R44之芳基,例如 可舉出苯基、萘基等,再者,R39、R4°、以及R44之雜環基, 例如可舉出呋喃基(f u r y 1 )、呋喃基(f u r a n y 1 )、吡咯基、 °比n定基等。 再者,作為該等烷基及烯基上之取代基,例如可舉出烧 55 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 氧基、烷氧羰基、烯氧基、烯氧羰基、苯基、齒素原子等, 再者,作為該等芳基及雜環基上之取代基,例如可舉出, 可具有烷氧基、苯基等取代基之烷基、烷氧基、烯基、烯 氧基、醯基、醯氧基、烯氧羰基、苯氧基、烷硫基、烷磺 S蓝基及酸基、緩基、經基、確酸基、墙基、氰基、齒素原 子等。 關於本發明,在以上之前述通式(X a )或(X b )所示胺基酸 之酯或雙極離子化合物中,以式(Xa)中之R39及R4Q之一方 為氫原子且另一方為可具有取代基之苯基,R41及R42均為 氫原子,R43為可具有取代基之烷基或可具有取代基之苯 基,s為0、1、或2之胺基酸酯較佳,或以式(Xb)中之R39 及R4°均為氫原子或其一方為可具有取代基之烷基,R41及 R42均為氫原子,R44為可具有取代基之烷基或可具有取代 基之苯基,s為0、1、或2之胺基雙極離子化合物較佳; 其中,以前述通式(Xa)中之s為0,R39及R4°之一方為氫 原子且另一方為苯基,R41及R42均為氫原子時之N -苯胺乙 酸之酯(尤以R 4 3為苄基時之N -苯胺乙酸苄酯)特別合適, 或以式(Xb)中之s為0,R39、R4°、R41、以及R42均為氫原子 且R4 4為苯基時之N -苯基胺乙酸之雙極離子化合物特別合適。 又按,在本發明中,進一步含有前述胺基酸之酯或雙極 離子化合物以外之聚合加速劑作為成分(G )之聚合加速劑 亦可,作為該聚合加速劑,例如可舉出含磺胺基化合物類 (如 2 -疏苯并嗟σ圭、2 - Μ苯并°米σ坐、2 -疏苯并σ坐、3 -疏 -1,2 , 4 -三σ坐、2 -疏-4 ( 3 Η )-喧°坐。林、/3 -疏萘、乙二醇二硫 56 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 丙酸酯、三羥曱基丙烷參(硫丙酸酯)、季戊四醇肆(硫丙酸 酯)等);多官能硫醇化合物類(如己烷二硫醇、三羥曱基丙 烷參(巯乙酸酯)、季戊四醇肆(硫丙酸酯)等);具有芳香環 之胺基酸或其衍生物類(如 N,N -二烷基胺苯曱酸酯,N -苯 胺乙酸或其銨鹽、鈉鹽等衍生物,苯基丙胺酸或其銨、鈉 鹽、酯等之衍生物等)等。 在本發明之硬化性組成物中,前述成分(G )之聚合加速劑 之含有率係相對於硬化性組成物總量,以 2 0 w t %以下較 佳,而以1 ◦ w t %以下進一步較佳。 [1 - 8 ] ( Η )無機填充劑 再者,本發明硬化性組成物使用之成分(Η )之無機填充劑 係在提高硬化物之強度或其他為目的之下被含亦可。作為 該成分(Η )之無機填充劑,例如可舉出滑石、二氧化矽、氧 化紹、硫酸鋇、氧化鎖等。 在本發明之硬化性組成物中,前述成分(Η )之無機填充劑 之含有率係相對於硬化性組成物總量,以 7 0 w t %以下較 佳,而以5 0 w t %以下進一步較佳。 [1 - 9 ] ( I )界面活性劑 再者,本發明硬化性組成物使用之成分(I )之界面活性劑 係在提高硬化性組成物充當塗佈液時之塗佈性以及顯影性 或其他之目的下被含亦可。為此,具體可舉出非離子性、 陰離子性、陽離子性、兩性以及氟系等之界面活性劑。更 具體而言,例如該非離子性界面活性劑,可舉出聚氧伸乙 基烷基醚類、聚氧伸乙基聚氧伸丙基烷基醚類、聚氧伸乙 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 57 200530279 基烷基苯醚類、聚氧伸乙基烷酯類、聚氧伸乙基脂肪酸酯 類、丙三醇脂肪酸酯類、聚氧伸乙基丙三醇脂肪酸酯類、 李戊四醇脂肪酸酯類、聚氧伸乙基季戊四醇脂肪酸酯類、 山梨糖醇脂肪酸酯類、聚氧伸乙基山梨糖醇脂肪酸酯類、 葡萄糖醇脂肪酸酯類、聚氧伸乙基葡萄糖醇脂肪酸酯類, 再者,該陰離子性界面活性劑,可舉出烷基磺酸鹽類、烷 基苯磺酸鹽類、烷基萘磺酸鹽類、聚氧伸乙基烷基醚磺酸 鹽類、烷基硫酸鹽類、烷基硫酸酯鹽類、高級醇硫酸酯鹽 類、脂肪族醇硫酸酯鹽類、聚氧伸乙基烷基醚硫酸鹽類、 聚氧伸乙基烷基苯醚硫酸鹽類、烷基磷酸酯鹽類、聚氧伸 乙基烷基醚磷酸鹽類、聚氧伸乙基烷基苯醚磷酸鹽類等, 再者,該陽離子性界面活性劑,可舉出4級銨鹽類、咪唑 σ林衍生物類、胺鹽類等,再者,該兩性界面活性劑,可舉 出甜菜绩型化合物類、咪銼(i m i d a ζ ο 1 i u m )鹽類、咪σ坐琳 類、胺基酸類等。 在本發明之硬化性組成物中,前述成分(I )之界面活性劑 之含有率係相對於硬化性組成物總量,以 1 0 w t %以下較 佳,而以5 w t %以下進一步較佳。 [1 - 1 0 ] ( J )增感色素 此外,本發明硬化性組成物使用之成分(J )之增感色素最 好能在提高硬化性組成物之感光性或其他之目的下被含在 該組成物内。該增感色素為在波長3 5 0〜43 Onm之藍紫色之 領域具有吸收極大(值)之光吸收色素,為此可舉出二烷基 胺苯系化合物、。比嘻亞曱系化合物、三羥。密咬衍生物等, 58 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 其中以二:):完基胺苯系化合物較佳。 在該項較佳之二烷基胺苯系化合物中,尤其以二烷基胺 苯基酮系化合物、在對位(以苯環上之胺基為基準)之碳原 子具有雜環基為取代基之二烷基胺苯系化合物、在對位(以 苯環上之胺基為基準)之碳原子具有含磺醯亞胺基之取代 基之二烷基胺苯系化合物,以及形成有2 -羥基喹啉骨架之 二烧基胺苯系化合物較佳。 該二烷基胺二苯基酮系化合物係以下述通式(X I )所示者 較佳。[In the formulae (Xa) and (Xb), R39 and R4 ° each independently represent a substituent which may have a substituent, an aryl which may have a substituent, a heterocyclic group which may have a substituent or a hydrogen atom, and R41 and R42 each Independently represents an alkyl group or a hydrogen atom which may have a substituent, R43 represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an alkenyl group which may have a substituent, or an aryl group which may have a substituent, and R44 represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent, may An aryl group having a substituent or a heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, s is an integer of 0 to 10] 0 Here, R39, R4 °, R41, R42, R43, and R43 in the formulae (Xa) and (Xb), and The alkyl group of R4 4 is preferably one having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Examples of the alkenyl group of R43 include vinyl, allyl, and isopropenyl, and examples of the aryl group of R39, R4 °, R41, and R44 include phenyl and naphthyl. In addition, the heterocyclic groups of R39, R4 °, and R44 include, for example, furyl (fury 1), furyl (furany 1), pyrrolyl, and n-phenylene. In addition, as the substituents on the alkyl and alkenyl groups, for example, alkoxy 55 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279 oxygen, alkoxycarbonyl, alkenyl, and alkenyl Examples of the substituents on the aryl group and the heterocyclic group include a carbonyl group, a phenyl group, and a halogen atom. Examples thereof include an alkyl group and an alkoxy group which may have a substituent such as an alkoxy group and a phenyl group. , Alkenyl, alkenyl, fluorenyl, fluorenyl, alkenyloxycarbonyl, phenoxy, alkylthio, alkylsulfanyl blue, and acid groups, retarders, warp groups, acid groups, wall groups, cyano groups Base, halo atoms, etc. In the present invention, in the ester or bipolar ionic compound of the amino acid represented by the aforementioned general formula (X a) or (X b), one of R39 and R4Q in the formula (Xa) is a hydrogen atom and another One is a phenyl group which may have a substituent, R41 and R42 are both hydrogen atoms, R43 is an alkyl group which may have a substituent or a phenyl group which may have a substituent, and s is an amino ester of 0, 1, or 2 Or R39 and R4 ° in formula (Xb) are both hydrogen atoms or one of them is an alkyl group which may have a substituent, R41 and R42 are hydrogen atoms, R44 is an alkyl group which may have a substituent or may have The phenyl group of the substituent is preferably an amine bipolar ion compound in which s is 0, 1, or 2; wherein s in the aforementioned general formula (Xa) is 0, and one of R39 and R4 ° is a hydrogen atom and the other One is phenyl, and N-aniline acetate when R41 and R42 are both hydrogen atoms (especially N-aniline benzyl acetate when R 4 3 is benzyl) is particularly suitable, or s in formula (Xb) A bipolar ion compound of N-phenylaminoacetic acid when R39, R4 °, R41, and R42 are all hydrogen atoms and R4 4 is a phenyl group is particularly suitable. In addition, in the present invention, a polymerization accelerator that further contains a polymerization accelerator other than the aforementioned amino acid ester or bipolar ion compound as the component (G) may be used. Examples of the polymerization accelerator include sulfonamide-containing compounds. Base compounds (such as 2- benzobenzopyrene sigma, 2-benzobenzo sigma, 2-benzobenzo sigma, 3-succino-1,2, 4 -trisigma, 2 -sparse- 4 (3 Η)-noisy sitting. Lin, / 3-selenium naphthalene, ethylene glycol disulfide 56 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279 Propionate, trishydroxypropylpropane ginseng ( Thiopropionate), pentaerythritol (thiopropionate), etc.); polyfunctional thiol compounds (such as hexanedithiol, trihydroxymethylpropane ginseng (thioglycolate), pentaerythritol (thiopropionic acid) (Esters), etc.); amino acids or derivatives thereof having aromatic rings (such as N, N-dialkylamine benzoate, N-aniline acetic acid or derivatives thereof such as ammonium and sodium salts, phenylpropylamine) Acid or its derivative such as ammonium, sodium salt, ester, etc.). In the curable composition of the present invention, the content of the polymerization accelerator of the aforementioned component (G) is preferably 20 wt% or less with respect to the total amount of the curable composition, and more preferably 1 wt% or less. good. [1-8] (i) Inorganic filler In addition, the inorganic filler of the component (ii) used in the curable composition of the present invention may be contained for the purpose of improving the strength of the cured product or other purposes. Examples of the inorganic filler of the component (i) include talc, silicon dioxide, sulphur oxide, barium sulfate, and oxide lock. In the curable composition of the present invention, the content rate of the inorganic filler of the aforementioned component (i) is preferably 70 wt% or less, and more preferably 50 wt% or less with respect to the total amount of the curable composition. good. [1-9] (I) Surfactant Further, the surfactant (I) of the component (I) used in the curable composition of the present invention improves the coatability and developability of the curable composition as a coating liquid, or It may be contained for other purposes. To this end, specific examples include nonionic, anionic, cationic, amphoteric, and fluorine-based surfactants. More specifically, examples of the nonionic surfactant include polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene ethyloxypropyl alkyl ethers, and polyoxyethylene 326 \ Patent Specification ( (Supplements) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 57 200530279 Alkyl alkyl phenyl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkyl esters, polyoxyethylene fatty acid esters, glycerol fatty acid esters, polyoxyethylene ethyl glycerine Fatty acid esters of fatty acids, Fatty acid esters of pentaerythritol, fatty acid esters of polyoxyethylene pentaerythritol, fatty acid esters of sorbitol, fatty acid esters of polyoxyethylene sorbitol, fatty acid esters of glucosyl alcohol, polyoxylates Ethyl glucosyl fatty acid esters, and the anionic surfactants include alkyl sulfonates, alkyl benzene sulfonates, alkyl naphthalene sulfonates, and polyoxyethylene Alkyl ether sulfonates, alkyl sulfates, alkyl sulfates, higher alcohol sulfates, aliphatic alcohol sulfates, polyoxyalkylene ether ethers, polyoxylates Ethyl alkyl phenyl ether sulfates, alkyl phosphate salts, polyoxyalkyl ether ether phosphates Polyoxyalkylene phenyl ether phosphates, etc. In addition, the cationic surfactants include quaternary ammonium salts, imidazolium derivatives, amine salts, etc. Furthermore, the amphoteric Examples of the surfactant include beet-type compounds, imida ζ 1 μm salts, mi sigmaline, amino acids, and the like. In the curable composition of the present invention, the content ratio of the surfactant of the aforementioned component (I) is preferably 10 wt% or less, and more preferably 5 wt% or less with respect to the total amount of the curable composition. . [1-10] (J) Sensitizing dye In addition, the sensitizing dye of the component (J) used in the hardenable composition of the present invention is preferably contained in order to improve the sensitivity of the hardenable composition or for other purposes. Inside the composition. The sensitizing dye is a light-absorbing dye having a maximum absorption (value) in a blue-violet region with a wavelength of 350 to 43 Onm, and examples thereof include dialkylamine benzene compounds. Than the subliminal compounds, trihydroxy. Close-biting derivatives, etc., 58 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279 Among them, two :): Phenylamine benzene compounds are preferred. Among the preferred dialkylamine benzene-based compounds, especially the dialkylamine phenyl ketone-based compounds, the carbon atom in the para position (based on the amine group on the benzene ring) has a heterocyclic group as a substituent A dialkylamine benzene-based compound, a dialkylamine benzene-based compound having a carbon atom in the para position (based on the amine group on the benzene ring) having a sulfoimino group-containing substituent, and 2- The bisquinolamine benzene compound having a hydroxyquinoline skeleton is preferred. The dialkylamine diphenyl ketone compound is preferably one represented by the following general formula (X I).

(XI) [式(XI)中,R11、R12、R15、以及 R16各自獨立表示可具有 取代基之烷基,R13、R14、R17、以及R18各自獨立表示可具 有取代基之烷基或氫原子,而R11與R12、R11與R13、R12與 R14、R15與R16、R15與R17以及R16與R18之各組各自獨立形 成含氮雜環亦可]。 在此,式(XI)中之R11、R12、R15、以及R16之烷基之碳原 子數暨 R 13、R 14、R 17、以及 R 18為烷基時之碳原子數均以 1〜6較佳。再者,在形成含氮雜環之情形,最好能形成 5 或6環鏈,而以R11與R13、R12與R14、R15與R17或R16與 R 18形成6環鏈之四氫喹啉環者較佳,尤其以R11、R 12、R 13、 以及 R 14形成吹洛。定(d u r ο 1 i d i n e )環者或/及以 R 15、R 16、 59 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 R 17、以及R 18形成吹咯啶環者較佳。此外,以2位具有烷 基為取代基之四氫喹。林環,或含該四氫喹。林環之吹咯啶環 者特別合適。 作為前述通式(X I )所示化合物之具體例子,例如可舉出 4, 4’ -雙(二曱胺)二苯基酮、4, 4’ -雙(二乙胺)二苯基 酮、以及下述構造之化合物。(XI) [In the formula (XI), R11, R12, R15, and R16 each independently represent an alkyl group which may have a substituent, and R13, R14, R17, and R18 each independently represent an alkyl group or a hydrogen atom which may have a substituent. And R11 and R12, R11 and R13, R12 and R14, R15 and R16, R15 and R17, and R16 and R18 each independently form a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring]. Here, the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group of R11, R12, R15, and R16 in formula (XI) and the number of carbon atoms of R13, R14, R17, and R18 when they are alkyl groups are all from 1 to 6. Better. Furthermore, in the case of forming a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring, it is preferable to form a 5 or 6 ring chain, and R11 and R13, R12 and R14, R15 and R17, or R16 and R 18 to form a 6-chain tetrahydroquinoline ring. It is preferred to form R11, R12, R13, and R14. (D u r ο 1 i d i n e) ring or / and R 15, R 16, 59 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279 R 17, and R 18 are preferred. In addition, tetrahydroquine having an alkyl group at the 2-position as a substituent is used. Ringwood, or containing the tetrahydroquine. Ring of pyrimidine ring is particularly suitable. Specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (XI) include 4, 4'-bis (diamidine) diphenyl ketone, 4, 4'-bis (diethylamine) diphenyl ketone, And compounds of the following structures.

再者,關於在(對苯環上之胺基)對位之碳原子具有雜環 基為取代基之二烷基胺苯系化合物中之該雜環基,以含有 氮原子、氧原子、或硫原子之5或6環鏈較佳,以具有縮 合苯環之 5環鏈特別合適,最好能為下述通式(X I I )所示 者。 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 60 200530279Furthermore, the heterocyclic group in a dialkylamine benzene-based compound having a heterocyclic group as a substituent at a carbon atom at the para position of the (amino group on the p-benzene ring) contains a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, or The 5 or 6 ring chain of a sulfur atom is preferable, and the 5 ring chain having a condensed benzene ring is particularly suitable, and it is preferably one represented by the following general formula (XII). 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 60 200530279

[式(XII)中,R19及 R2G各自獨立表示可具有取代基之烷 基,R21及 R22各自獨立表示可具有取代基之烷基或氫原 子,而R19與R2°、R19與R21以及R2G與R22之各組各自獨立 形成含氮雜環亦可,X表示氧原子、硫原子、二烷基亞曱 基、亞胺基、或烷基亞胺基,而縮合於雜環之苯環具有取 代基亦可]。 在此,式(XII)中之 R19及 R2G之烷基之碳原子數暨 R21 及R2 2為烷基時之碳原子數均以1〜6較佳。再者,在形成 含氮雜環之情形,最好能形成5或6環鏈,而以R19與R2 ] 或RU與R22形成6環鏈之四氫喹啉環者較佳,尤以R19、 R2°、R21、以及R22形成吹咯啶環者較佳。此外,以2位具 有烧基為取代基之四氫噎淋環,或含該四氫啥σ林環之吹口各 啶環者特別合適。再者,在X為二烷基亞甲基時之烷基之 碳原子數係以1〜6較佳,烷基亞胺基時之烷基之碳原子數 係以1〜6較佳。 作為前述通式(X I I )所示化合物之具體例子,例如可舉出 2 -(對-二曱胺苯)苯并呤唑、2 -(對-二乙胺苯)苯并呤唑、 2 -(對-二曱胺苯)苯[4,5 ]苯并呤唑、2 -(對-二甲胺苯)苯 [6,7 ]苯并呤唑、2 -(對-二甲胺苯)苯并噻唑、2 -(對-二乙 胺苯)苯并噻唑、2 -(對-二曱胺苯)苯并咪唑、2 -(對-二乙 61 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 胺苯)苯并咪唑、2 -(對-二曱胺苯)-3,3 -二曱-3 Η -吲哚、 2-(對-二乙胺苯)-3,3 -二曱-3!1-°引σ朵以及下述構造之化合 物。[In formula (XII), R19 and R2G each independently represent an alkyl group which may have a substituent, R21 and R22 each independently represent an alkyl group or a hydrogen atom which may have a substituent, and R19 and R2 °, R19 and R21, and R2G and Each group of R22 may independently form a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring, X represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a dialkylfluorenylene group, an imino group, or an alkylimino group, and the benzene ring condensed on the heterocyclic ring has a substitution Base also]. Here, the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group of R19 and R2G in the formula (XII) and the number of carbon atoms when R21 and R2 2 are alkyl groups are preferably 1 to 6. Moreover, in the case of forming a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring, it is best to form a 5 or 6 ring chain, and R19 and R2] or RU and R22 to form a tetrahydroquinoline ring of 6 ring chain is preferred, especially R19, R2 °, R21, and R22 form a pyrrolidine ring. In addition, a tetrahydrofluorene ring having a thio group at the 2-position as a substituent, or a pyridine ring containing a tetrahydrohasyl ring ring is particularly suitable. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group when X is a dialkylmethylene group is preferably 1 to 6, and the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group when the alkylimine group is 1 to 6 is preferable. Specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (XII) include, for example, 2- (p-dioxamine) benzoxazole, 2- (p-diethylaminephenyl) benzoxazole, and 2- (P-Dimethylamine benzene) benzene [4,5] benzoxazole, 2- (p-dimethylaminebenzene) benzene [6,7] benzoxazole, 2- (p-dimethylaminebenzene) Benzothiazole, 2- (p-diethylaminebenzene) benzothiazole, 2- (p-dioxamine) benzimidazole, 2- (p-diethylamine 61 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94 -03 \ 93134393 200530279 Aminobenzene) benzimidazole, 2-(p-dioxamine) -3,3 -difluorene-3 fluorene -indole, 2- (p-diethylaminebenzene) -3,3 -Di 曱 -3! 1- ° sigma and compounds of the following structure.

再者,關於在(對苯環上之胺基)對位之碳原子具有雜環 基為取代基之二烷基胺苯系化合物,除了前述通式(XII) 所示化合物以外,例如可舉出 2 -(對-二甲胺苯)吡啶、 2 -(對-二乙胺苯)吡啶、2 -(對-二甲胺苯)喹啉、2 -(對-二 乙胺苯)喹啉、2 -(對-二甲胺苯)嘧啶、2 -(對-二乙胺苯) 嘧啶、2,5 -雙(對-二乙胺苯)-1,3,4 -呤二唑、2,5 -雙(對-二乙胺苯)-1,3, 4 -噻二唑等。 再者,關於在(對苯環上之胺基)對位之碳原子具有含磺 醯亞胺基之取代基之二烷基胺苯系化合物,以下述通式 (X I I I )所示者較佳。In addition, as the dialkylamine benzene-based compound having a heterocyclic group as a substituent at a carbon atom at the para position of the (amino group on the p-benzene ring), in addition to the compound represented by the aforementioned general formula (XII), 2- (p-dimethylaminebenzene) pyridine, 2- (p-diethylaminebenzene) pyridine, 2- (p-dimethylaminebenzene) quinoline, 2- (p-diethylaminebenzene) quinoline , 2- (p-dimethylaminebenzene) pyrimidine, 2- (p-diethylaminebenzene) pyrimidine, 2,5-bis (p-diethylaminebenzene) -1,3,4-pyridinediazole, 2 , 5-bis (p-diethylaminebenzene) -1,3,4-thiadiazole, etc. In addition, as for the dialkylamine benzene-based compound having a sulfoimino group-containing substituent at a carbon atom in the para position of the (amino group on the p-phenylene ring), one represented by the following general formula (XIII) .

326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 62 200530279 [式(XIII)中,R23及 R24各自獨立表示可具有取代基之烷 基,R25及 R26各自獨立表示可具有取代基之烷基或氫原 子,而R23與R24、R23與R25以及R24與R26之各組各自獨立 形成含氮雜環亦可,R2 7表示1價基或氫原子,R2 8表示1 價基。] 在此,式(XIII)中之R23及R24之烷基之碳原子數暨R25 及 R2 6為烷基時之碳原子數均以1〜6較佳,再者,在形成 含氮雜環之情形,最好能形成5或6環鏈,不過R25及R26 均以氫原子較佳。再者,R2 7及R2 8之1價基,例如可舉出, 烷基、環烷基、烯基、環烯基、烷氧基、烯氧基、醯基、 醯氧基、芳基、芳氧基、芳烷基、芳烯基、羥基、曱醯基、 羧基、羧酸酯基、胺曱醯基、胺基、醯胺基、胺基曱酸酯 基、磺醯胺基、磺酸基、磺酸酯基、胺磺醯基、烷硫基、 亞胺基、以及雜環基等。其中,在 R27以氫原子較佳,而 在R2 8以芳基較佳。 再者,作為形成有2 -羥基喹啉骨架之二烷基胺苯系化合 物,以下述通式(X I V )所示者較佳。326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 62 200530279 [In the formula (XIII), R23 and R24 each independently represent an alkyl group which may have a substituent, and R25 and R26 each independently represent an alkyl group which may have a substituent. Or a hydrogen atom, and each of R23 and R24, R23 and R25, and R24 and R26 may independently form a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring, R2 7 represents a monovalent group or a hydrogen atom, and R2 8 represents a monovalent group. Here, the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group of R23 and R24 in formula (XIII) and the number of carbon atoms when R25 and R2 6 are alkyl groups are preferably from 1 to 6, and furthermore, when a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring is formed In this case, it is preferable to form a 5 or 6 ring chain, but R25 and R26 are preferably hydrogen atoms. Examples of the monovalent group of R 2 7 and R 2 8 include alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, fluorenyl, fluorenyl, aryl, Aryloxy, aralkyl, arylalkenyl, hydroxy, fluorenyl, carboxyl, carboxylate, amine, amine, amine, amine, amine, sulfonyl, sulfonyl Acid groups, sulfonate groups, sulfamoyl groups, alkylthio groups, imino groups, and heterocyclic groups. Among them, a hydrogen atom is preferred at R27, and an aryl group is preferred at R2 8. The dialkylamine benzene-based compound having a 2-hydroxyquinoline skeleton is preferably represented by the following general formula (X I V).

[式(XIV)中,R29、R3G、以及R33各自獨立表示可具有取代 63 326\專利說明書(補件)\94·03\93134393 200530279 基之烷基,R31及R32各自獨立表示可具有取代基之烷基或 氫原子,而R29與R3°、R29與R31以及R3°與R32之各組各自 獨立形成含氮雜環亦可,R34表示可具有取代基之烷基、可 具有取代基之芳基或氫原子。] 在此,式(XIV)中之R29、R3G、以及R33之烷基之碳原子 數暨R31、R3 2、以及R3 5為烷基時之碳原子數均以1〜6較佳, 再者,在形成含氮雜環之情形,最好能形成5或6環鏈, 不過R 31及R3 2均以氫原子較佳。再者,R3 4以苯基較佳。 在以上之成分(J)之增感色素中,以本發明而言,以前述 通式(X I )所示之二烧基胺二苯基δ同系化合物、前述通式 (X II I )所示之在(對苯環上之胺基)對位之碳原子具有含磺 醯亞胺基之取代基之二烷基胺苯系化合物、或前述通式 (X I V )所示之形成有 2 -羥基喹啉骨架之二烷基胺苯系化合 物特別合適。 在本發明之硬化性組成物中,上述成分(J )之增感色素之 含有率係相對於硬化性組成物總量,以〇 . 〇 1〜2 0 w t %較佳, 而以0 . 1〜1 0 w t %進一步較佳。若成分(J )之含量小於上述範 圍,則有造成硬化性組成物之光硬化性不足之傾向,另若 大於上述範圍,則有容易發生顯影時之底基污損之傾向。 再者,本發明之硬化性組成物較佳的是其分光感度之極 大蜂值存在於350〜430n m波長域,進一步較佳的是存在於 3 9 0〜4 3 0 n m波長域。若具有分光感度之極大峰值存在於小 於上述波長域範圍,則造成光硬化性組成物對波長 350〜430nm雷射光之感度低劣之傾向,另若具有分光感度 64 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 之極大峰值存在於大於上述波長域範圍,則造成黃色光下 之安全光性低劣之傾向。關於此等分光感度之極大峰值之 波長域,適當選擇其構成硬化性組成物之各成分時,有可 能藉此調整上述波長域,尤其可利用成分(B )之光聚合引發 劑及/或熱聚合引發劑及成分(J )之增感色素之種類及含量 之選擇來調整。 又按,在本發明中,分光感度之極大峰值係指下述極大 峰值而言,即,你J 士口 「photo polymer · technology」(山 岡亞夫著,1 9 8 8年日刊工業新聞社發行,第2 6 2頁)等所 詳述,在使用一分光感度測量裝置之下,將從氙燈或鎢燈 等光源所分光之光以曝光波長可在橫軸方向直線變化且以 曝光強度可在縱軸方向對數變化之方式設定以照射於光硬 化性晝像形成材試料(係以光硬化性組成物層形成於基板 表面者),而曝光後,施行顯影處理,藉此得到依照各曝光 波長之感度之晝像,由此畫像高度算出有可能形成晝像之 曝光能量,在橫軸標繪波長而在縱軸標繪該曝光能量之逆 數,由此得到之分光感度曲線上之極大峰值即為上述極大 峰值。 再者,關於本發明之硬化性組成物,在使用藍紫色半導 體雷射為曝光光源之情形,在4 1 0 n m波長有可能形成晝像 之最小曝光量[S 4 1 0 ]係以5 0 m J / c m2以下較佳,以3 0 m J / c m2 以下進一步較佳,而以2 0 m J / c m2以下特別合適。在此最小 曝光量[S 4 1 0 ]大於前述範圍時,雖然依雷射光源之曝光強 度而不同,但有引起曝光時間變長而使實用性降低之傾 65 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 向。又按,此最小曝光量[S 4 1 0 ]之下限愈小愈佳,通常為 1 m J / c m2 以上。 再者,前述[S410]與450nm波長之有可能形成晝像之最 小曝光量[54 5 0 (11^/〇:1112)]之比率[54 10/3 4 5 0 ]係以〇.1以 下較佳,而以0.05以下進一步較佳。若此比率[S410/S450] 高於前述範圍,則造成藍紫色雷射感光性與黃色燈下之安 全光性難以兼具之傾向。 再者,較佳的是,在大於450nm且在650nm以下之各波 長有可能形成晝像之最小曝光量[S 4 5 0 - 6 5 0 (mJ/cm2)]與 450nm波長之有可能形成晝像之最小曝光量[S450(mJ/cm2)] 之比率[S450-650/S450]為大於 1 者,若此比率 [S450-650/S450]為前述範圍以下,則造成藍紫色雷射感光 性與黃色燈下之安全光性難以兼具之傾向。 又按,前述之在410nm波長有可能形成晝像之最小曝光 量[S410]、在 450nm波長有可能形成晝像之最小曝光量 [S450]以及在大於450ηπι且在650nm以下之各波長有可能 形成晝像之最小曝光量[S 4 5 0 - 6 5 0 (mJ/cm2)]係在前述使用 分光感度測里裝置所施行分光感度之極大峰值之測量中, 可求出由所得之晝像高度所算出之有可能形成晝像之曝光 能量,其意義為,按當時之顯影液之種類、顯影溫度、顯 影時間等顯影條件之變化所決定之最佳顯影條件可形成書 像之最小曝光能量,而為該最佳顯影條件,通常採取在 Ρ Η 1 1〜1 4之鹼顯影液中2 5 t溫度下浸潰0 . 5〜3分鐘之條件。 [1 - 1 1 ] ( K )其他之鹼可溶性樹脂 326\專利說明書(補件)\94_〇3\93134393 66 200530279 在本發明之硬化性組成物使用之成分(K )鹼可溶性樹脂 係以作為硬化性組成物之黏合劑被含亦可。該鹼可溶性樹 脂,例如可舉出,(曱基)丙烯酸、(曱基)丙烯酸酯、(曱基) 丙烯腈、(曱基)丙烯醯胺、順丁烯二酸、苯乙烯、乙酸乙 烯酯、二氯亞乙烯、順丁烯二醯亞胺等之均聚物或共聚物; 酸改質型環氧丙烯酸酯類、聚醯胺、聚酯、聚醚、聚胺基 曱酸酯、聚乙烯丁醛、聚乙烯醇、聚乙烯吡咯啶酮、乙醯 纖維素等,其中基於鹼顯影性等之觀點,以含羧基乙烯系 樹脂、酸改質型環氧丙烯酸酯類較合適。 作為該含羧基乙烯系樹脂,具體而言,例如可舉出,不 飽和羧酸(如(曱基)丙烯酸、巴豆酸、異巴豆酸、順丁烯二 酸、順丁烯二酸酐、衣康酸、檸康酸等)與乙烯化合物(如 苯乙烯、α -曱基苯乙烯、羥苯乙烯、(曱基)丙烯酸曱酷、 (曱基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丙酯、(曱基)丙烯酸丁 酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(曱基)丙烯酸己酷、(甲基)丙烯 酸十二酯、(曱基)丙烯酸2 -乙基己酯、(曱基)丙烯酸二環 戊酯、(曱基)丙烯酸金剛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異菇酯、(曱基) 丙烯酸羥甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸羥乙酯、(曱基)丙烯酸縮水 甘油酯、(曱基)丙烯酸苄酯、(曱基)丙烯酸Ν,Ν -二曱胺乙 酯、Ν -(曱基)丙烯醯嗎啉、(甲基)丙烯腈、(曱基)丙烯醯 胺、Ν -羥曱(曱基)丙烯醯胺、Ν,Ν -二曱(曱基)丙烯醯胺、 Ν,Ν -二曱胺乙(曱基)丙烯醯胺、乙酸乙烯酯等)之共聚物 等。 其中以苯乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸酯-(曱基)丙烯酸共聚物較 67 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 佳,以按苯乙烤3〜30m〇l%,(曱基)丙稀酸酯10〜70mol%, 以及(曱基)丙婦酸 1 0〜6 0 m ο 1 %所構成之共聚物進一步較 佳,而以按苯乙烤5〜25m〇l%,(曱基)丙稀酸酯20〜60mol%, 以及(曱基)丙烤酸 1 5〜5 5 m ο 1 %所構成之共聚物特別合適。 再者,此等含羧基乙烯系樹脂最好能具有酸值3 0〜2 5 0 Hi g · K〇H/g,聚苯乙烯換算之重量平均分子量1,000〜300, 000。 此外,作為該含羧基乙烯系樹脂,較佳的是,在側鏈具 有乙烯性不飽和鍵,為此具體可舉出,例如對含羧基聚合 物,使脂肪族含環氧基不飽和化合物(如稀丙基縮水甘油基 醚、(曱基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、(甲基)丙烯酸α -乙基縮水 甘油酯、巴豆酸縮水甘油酯、異巴豆酸縮水甘油酯、巴豆 基縮水甘油基醚、衣康酸單烷基單縮水甘油基酯、反丁烯 二酸單烷基單縮水甘油基酯、順丁烯二酸單烷基單縮水甘 油基酯等)或脂環式含環氧基不飽和化合物(如(曱基)丙烯 酸3,4 -環氧環己基曱酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2,3 -環氧環戊基曱 酯、(曱基)丙烯酸7,8 -環氧[三環[5 · 2 · 1 · 0 ]癸-2 -基]氧曱 酯等),按含羧基聚合物所具羧基之 5〜90mol%(以 3 0〜7 0 m ο 1 %較佳)程度起反應而得到之反應產物,以及由具 有二種以上之不飽和基之化合物(如(曱基)丙烯酸烯丙 酯、(曱基)丙烯酸 3 -烯丙氧-2-羥丙酯、(曱基)丙烯酸桂 皮酯、(曱基)丙烯酸巴豆酯、(曱基)丙烯酸曱基烯丙酯、 Ν,Ν -二烯丙(曱基)丙烯醯胺等)或其他之具有二種以上之 不飽和基之化合物(如(曱基)丙烯酸乙烯酯、(曱基)丙烯酸 1-氣乙烯酯、(曱基)丙烯酸2 -笨乙烯酯、(曱基)丙烯酸1- 68 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 丙烯酯、巴豆酸乙烯酯、乙烯(甲基)丙烯醯胺等)與不 羧酸(如(曱基)丙烯酸等)或進一步與不飽和羧酸酯, 者之含不飽和基化合物在全體所佔之比率可 1 0〜9 0 m ο 1 % (以 3 0〜8 0 m 〇 1%較佳)程度之方式共聚合而 之反應產物等。再者,亦可舉出含環氧基聚合物與具 與環氧基起反應之官能基(如羧基、羥基等)之乙烯性 和化合物之反應產物。 再者,該酸改質型環氧丙烯酸酯類係由含環氧基化 與含不飽和基羧酸或其酸酐之反應產物進一步與多元 或其酸酐(c )進行反應所得之化合物。再者,由該化合 其羧基之一部分加成含環氧基化合物而成之樹脂亦可 製造可藉習知方法施行之。 作為該含環氧基化合物,例如可舉出,日本專利 2 0 0 1 - 1 7 4 6 2 1號公報所載述之環氧化合物[依該公報, 子中具有2個以上之環氧基之化合物(a)]等,具體可 雙酚A型環氧化合物、雙酚F型環氧化合物、雙酚S 氧化合物、聯苯縮水甘油醚、苯酚系酚醛樹脂型環氧 物、曱苯酚系酚醛樹脂型環氧化合物、異氰尿酸三縮 油酯、脂環式環氧化合物、具有一種由每1分子具有 以上之不飽和基之環狀烴化合物與酚類所形成之加成 物構造之環氧化合物、共聚合型環氧化合物等。 在本發明之硬化性組成物中,上述成分(K )之鹼可溶 脂之含有率係相對於硬化性組成物總量,以 7 0 w t %以 佳,而以4 0 w t %以下進一步較佳。 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 69 飽和 以前 成為 得到 有可 不飽 合物 羧酸 物在 。其 特開 1分 舉出 型環 化合 水甘 2個 聚合 性樹 下較 200530279 [1 _ 1 2 ] ( L)色材 在本發明之硬化性組成物被使用於彩色濾光片用途或黑 色基體用途之情形,最好能在含有色材之下被使用。在此, 色材係使本發明有關之硬化性組成物著色之物者。作為色 材可使用染料、顏料,而在耐熱性、耐光性等之觀點上, 以顏料較佳。顏料可使用藍色顏料、綠色顏料、紅色顏料、 黃色顏料、紫色顏料、橙色顏料、褐色顏料、黑色顏料等 各種顏色之顏料。再者,其構造除了有可能利用偶氮系、 酉太菁系、喹吖σ定酮(q u i n a c r i d ο n e )系、苯并咪σ坐酮系、異 ,σ朵酮系、二 4 σ井系、陰丹士林(i n d a n t h r e n e )系、a 1,b 1 -二苯并蒽(P e r y 1 e n e )系等之有機顏料之外,亦有可能利用 各種無機顏料等。以下,用顏料編號來表示可使用之顏料 之具體例子。以下舉出之「C . I .顏料紅2」等之用語中C . I . 之意義為色指數(Color Index)。 紅色顏料可舉出C · I .顏料紅1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、 9 > 12、14、15、16、17、21、22、23、31' 32、37、38 > 41、47、48、48:1' 48:2、48:3、48:4' 49' 49:1、49:2、 50:1 > 52:1^ 52:2 > 53' 53:1' 53:2 > 53:3' 57' 57:1' 5 7:2、58:4 ' 60、63、63:1、63:2、64、6 4 ·· 1、68、69、 8 卜 81]、81:2、81:3、81:4、83、88、90:1、10卜 101:1、 104、108、108:1、109、112、113、114、122、123、144、 146、 147、 149、 151、 166、 168、 169、 170、 172、 173、 174、 175、 176、 177、 178、 179、 181、 184、 185、 187、 188、 190、 193、 194、 200' 202、 206、 207、 208、 209、 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 70 200530279 210、 214、 216、 220、 221、 224 > 230、 231、 232、 233、 235、 236、 237、 238' 239、 242、 243、 245、 247、 249' 250 、 251 ' 253 、 254 ' 255 ' 256 ' 257 、 258 ' 259 、 260 > 262 、 263 、 264 、 265 、 266 、 267 、 268 、 269 、 270 、 271 、 272、273、274、275、276。在其中,為較佳者可舉出C. I. 顏料紅 48:1' 122、168、177、202、206、207、209、224、 2 4 2、2 5 4,而為進一步較佳者可舉出C . I .顏料紅1 7 7、2 0 9、 224 、 254 ° 藍色顏料可舉出C . I ·顏料藍1、1 : 2、9、1 4、1 5、1 5 : 1、 15:2' 15:3、15:4、15:6、16、17、19、25' 27、28、29、 33、35 > 36、56、56:1、60、61、61:1、62、63、6 6 > 67、 68、71、72、73、74、75、76、78.、79。在其中,為較佳 者可舉出 C . I .顏料藍 1 5、1 5 ·· 1、1 5 : 2、1 5 : 3、1 5 ·. 4、1 5 : 6, 而為進一步較佳者可舉出C.I.顏料藍15:6。 綠色顏料可舉出C. I .顏料綠1、2、4、7、8、1 0、1 3、 14、15、17、18、19、26、36、45、48、50、51、54、55° 在其中,為較佳者可舉出C. I .顏料綠7、3 6。 黃色顏料可舉出C. I .顏料黃1、1 : 1、2、3、4、5、6、9、 10、12、13、14、16、17、24、31、32、34、35、35:1、 36、36:1、37、37:1' 40、41、42、43、48、53、55、61、 62\ 62:1^ 63' 65' 73' 74' 75' 81' 83' 87、 93 > 94' 95、97、100、1 01 > 104、105、108、109、110、111、116、 117、1 1 9 > 120、126' 127 > 127:1 ^ 128、129、133、134 > 136、 138、 139、 142、 147、 148、 150、 151、 153、 154、 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 71 200530279 155 、 157 、 158 、 159 、 160 、 161 、 162 、 163 、 164 、 165 、 166 、 167 、 168 、 169 、 170 、 172 、 173 、 174 、 175 、 176 、 180 、 181 、 182 、 183 、 184 、 185 、 188 > 189 、 190 > 191 、 19 1:1 ^ 19 2、193、194、195、196、197、198、199、2 0 0、 2 0 2、2 0 3、2 0 4、2 0 5、2 0 6、2 0 7、2 0 8。在其中,為較佳者 可舉出 C. I .顏料黃 83、117、129、138、139、150、154、 1 5 5、1 8 0、1 8 5,而為進一步較佳者可舉出C . I .顏料黃8 3、 138、 139、 150、 180° 橙色顏料可舉出C . I .顏料橙1、2、5、1 3、1 6、1 7、1 9、 20、21、22、23、24、34 > 36、38、39、43、46、48、49、 61、62、64、65、67、68、69、70、71、72、73、74、75、 7 7、7 8、7 9。在其中,為較佳者可舉出C . I .顏料橙3 8、7 1。 紫色顏料可舉出C. I .顏料紫1、1 : 1、2、2 ·. 2、3、3 : 1、 3:3、5、5:1' 14、15、16、19、23、25' 27、29、3 卜 32、 37、39、42、44、47、49、50。在其中,為較佳者可舉出 C . I .顏料紫1 9、2 3,而為進一步較佳者可舉出C . I .顏料紫 23 ° 再者,在使用本發明之硬化性組成物之下形成黑色基體 之情形,可使用黑色之色材。黑色之色材單獨使用黑色色 材或利用紅、綠、藍等之混合色材均可。再者,為此等色 材,可從無機或有機之顏料、染料中適當選擇之。在無機、 有機之顏料之情形,較佳的是,以平均粒徑1 // m以下(以 0 . 5 // m以下較佳)分散之狀態予以使用。 作為在黑色色材之製備上有可能混合使用之色材,可舉 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 72 200530279 出 Victoria Pure Blue(42595)、A u r a m i n e 0 ( 4 1 0 0 0 )、 Catilon Brilliant Flavin(basic 13) 、 Rhodamine[In formula (XIV), R29, R3G, and R33 each independently represent an alkyl group which may have a substituent 63 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94 · 03 \ 93134393 200530279, and R31 and R32 each independently represent a substituent An alkyl group or a hydrogen atom, and each of R29 and R3 °, R29 and R31, and R3 ° and R32 may independently form a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring. R34 represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent, and an aromatic group which may have a substituent. Radical or hydrogen atom. ] Here, the carbon number of the alkyl group of R29, R3G, and R33 in formula (XIV) and the carbon number of R31, R3 2, and R3 5 when they are alkyl groups are preferably 1 to 6, and In the case of forming a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring, it is preferable to form a 5 or 6 ring chain, but R 31 and R 3 2 are preferably hydrogen atoms. Moreover, R3 4 is preferably a phenyl group. Among the sensitizing dyes of the above-mentioned component (J), in the present invention, the dialkylaminodiphenylδ homologue compound represented by the aforementioned general formula (XI) and the aforementioned general formula (X II I) A dialkylamine benzene compound having a sulfoimino group-containing substituent at a carbon atom at the para position of the (amino group on the p-benzene ring), or a 2-hydroxy group formed by the aforementioned general formula (XIV) A dialkylamine benzene-based compound having a quinoline skeleton is particularly suitable. In the hardenable composition of the present invention, the content ratio of the sensitizing dye of the above-mentioned component (J) is preferably 0.001 to 20 wt%, and 0.1 to 0.1% of the total amount of the hardenable composition. ~ 10% by weight is further preferred. If the content of the component (J) is smaller than the above range, the photocurability of the curable composition tends to be insufficient, and if it is larger than the above range, the substrate fouling tends to easily occur during development. Furthermore, the hardening composition of the present invention preferably has an extremely large value of its spectral sensitivity in the wavelength range of 350 to 430 nm, and more preferably exists in the wavelength range of 390 to 430 nm. If the maximum peak of the spectral sensitivity exists in a range smaller than the above-mentioned wavelength range, the sensitivity of the photocurable composition to laser light with a wavelength of 350 to 430 nm will be inferior, and if the spectral sensitivity is 64 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ The maximum peak of 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279 exists in the wavelength range larger than the above-mentioned range, which results in a tendency of poor safety light properties under yellow light. Regarding the wavelength range of the maximum peak value of these spectral sensitivities, it is possible to adjust the above-mentioned wavelength range by appropriately selecting each component constituting the hardenable composition. In particular, the photopolymerization initiator and / or heat of the component (B) can be used. Selection of the type and content of the polymerization initiator and the sensitizing dye of the component (J) is adjusted. Also, in the present invention, the maximum peak of the spectral sensitivity refers to the following maximum peak, that is, your J Shikou "photo polymer · technology" (by Yamaoka Yafu, published in the Nikkan Kogyo Shimbun in 1988) , Page 2 6 2), etc., under the use of a spectroscopic sensitivity measuring device, the light split from a light source such as a xenon lamp or tungsten lamp can be linearly changed in the horizontal axis direction at the exposure wavelength and the exposure intensity can be adjusted at The logarithmic change of the vertical axis direction is set to irradiate a photocurable day image forming material sample (a photocurable composition layer is formed on the surface of the substrate). After exposure, a development process is performed to obtain a wavelength according to each exposure. The daylight image of the sensitivity is calculated from the height of the image. The exposure energy that may form a daylight image is calculated. The wavelength is plotted on the horizontal axis and the inverse number of the exposure energy is plotted on the vertical axis. That is the above-mentioned maximum peak. In addition, regarding the hardening composition of the present invention, when a blue-violet semiconductor laser is used as the exposure light source, the minimum exposure amount [S 4 1 0] at which a day image may be formed at a wavelength of 4 10 nm is 50. m J / c m2 or less is preferred, 30 m J / c m2 or less is further preferred, and 20 m J / c m2 or less is particularly suitable. When the minimum exposure amount [S 4 1 0] is larger than the foregoing range, although it varies depending on the exposure intensity of the laser light source, there is a tendency to cause a longer exposure time and reduce the practicality. 65 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279. Press again, the smaller the lower limit of the minimum exposure [S 4 1 0] is, the better, it is usually 1 m J / c m2 or more. In addition, the ratio [54 10/3 4 5 0] of the aforementioned [S410] and the minimum exposure amount [54 5 0 (11 ^ / 〇: 1112)] that may form a day image at a wavelength of 450 nm is 0.1 or less. It is preferably, and more preferably 0.05 or less. If this ratio [S410 / S450] is higher than the aforementioned range, it is difficult to have both blue-violet laser sensitivity and safety light characteristics under yellow light. Furthermore, it is preferable that the minimum exposure amount [S 4 5 0-6 5 0 (mJ / cm2)] at which the daytime image can be formed at each wavelength greater than 450nm and below 650nm and that the daylight image can be formed at a wavelength of 450nm The minimum exposure [S450 (mJ / cm2)] ratio [S450-650 / S450] is greater than 1. If this ratio [S450-650 / S450] is below the aforementioned range, blue-violet laser sensitivity will result. It is difficult to combine the safety light with the yellow light. According to the above, the minimum exposure amount [S410] that may form a day image at a wavelength of 410 nm, the minimum exposure amount that may form a day image at a wavelength of 450 nm [S450], and each wavelength that is greater than 450 ηπ and less than 650 nm may be formed The minimum exposure of the day image [S 4 5 0-6 5 0 (mJ / cm2)] is the measurement of the maximum peak value of the spectral sensitivity performed by the spectrophotometer, and the height of the obtained day image can be obtained. The calculated exposure energy that is likely to form a day image has the meaning that the minimum exposure energy that can form a book image is determined by the optimal development conditions determined by the development conditions such as the type of developer, development temperature, and development time at the time. For this optimal development condition, a condition of impregnating 0.5 to 3 minutes at a temperature of 2 5 t in an alkali developing solution of P 1 1 to 1 4 is generally adopted. [1-1 1] (K) Other alkali-soluble resins 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94_〇3 \ 93134393 66 200530279 The components (K) alkali-soluble resins used in the hardenable composition of the present invention are based on It may be contained as a binder of the curable composition. Examples of the alkali-soluble resin include (fluorenyl) acrylic acid, (fluorenyl) acrylate, (fluorenyl) acrylonitrile, (fluorenyl) acrylamide, maleic acid, styrene, and vinyl acetate. Homopolymers or copolymers of vinylidene chloride, butylene diimide, etc .; acid-modified epoxy acrylates, polyamides, polyesters, polyethers, polyurethanes, polyamines Among vinyl butyraldehyde, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, acetocellulose, and the like, from the viewpoint of alkali developability, a carboxyl group-containing vinyl resin and an acid-modified epoxy acrylate are more suitable. Specific examples of the carboxyl group-containing vinyl resin include unsaturated carboxylic acids (such as (fluorenyl) acrylic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid, maleic anhydride, itaconic acid) Acid, citraconic acid, etc.) and ethylene compounds (such as styrene, α-fluorenylstyrene, hydroxystyrene, fluorene (fluorenyl) acrylate, ethyl (fluorenyl) acrylate, propyl (meth) acrylate, (Fluorenyl) butyl acrylate, amyl (meth) acrylate, hexyl (meth) acrylate, dodecyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (fluorenyl) acrylic acid, (fluorenyl) acrylic acid Dicyclopentyl ester, adamantyl (fluorenyl) acrylate, isoxulin (meth) acrylate, hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylate, hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, glycidyl (meth) acrylate, ( (Methenyl) benzyl acrylate, (Methenyl) N, N -diamidinoethyl ester, N-(Methenyl) acrylic morpholine, (Meth) acrylonitrile, (Methenyl) acrylamide, N- Hydroxyl (fluorenyl) acrylamide, Ν, Ν-bis (fluorenyl) acrylamide, Ν, Ν- Yue amine acetate (Yue-yl) acrylamide, vinyl acetate, etc.) copolymers. Among them, styrene- (meth) acrylate- (fluorenyl) acrylic acid copolymer is better than 67 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279, so as to bake 3 ~ 30ml% of styrene. The copolymer composed of (fluorenyl) acrylic acid ester 10 to 70 mol%, and (fluorenyl) propionic acid 10 to 60 m ο 1% is further preferred, and 5 to 25 ml of styrene is baked. Copolymers composed of 20% to 60% by mole of (fluorenyl) acrylic acid and 15% to 5 5 m ο 1% of (fluorenyl) propionic acid are particularly suitable. In addition, these carboxyl group-containing vinyl resins preferably have an acid value of 30 to 250 Hi g · KOH / g, and a polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight of 1,000 to 300,000. The carboxyl-containing vinyl resin preferably has an ethylenically unsaturated bond in a side chain. Specific examples thereof include, for example, an aliphatic epoxy-containing unsaturated compound for a carboxyl-containing polymer ( Such as dilute glycidyl ether, (fluorenyl) glycidyl acrylate, α-ethyl glycidyl (meth) acrylate, glycidyl crotonic acid, glycidyl isocrotonate, glycidyl ether , Itaconic acid monoalkyl monoglycidyl ester, fumaric acid monoalkyl monoglycidyl ester, maleic acid monoalkyl monoglycidyl ester, etc.) or alicyclic epoxy-containing group Unsaturated compounds (such as 3,4-epoxycyclohexylfluorenyl (fluorenyl) acrylate, 2,3-epoxycyclopentylfluorenyl (meth) acrylate, 7,8-epoxy (fluorenyl) acrylate [ Tricyclic [5 · 2 · 1 · 0] dec-2 -yl] oxymethyl ester, etc.), based on 5 to 90 mol% of the carboxyl group of the carboxyl group-containing polymer (preferably 30 to 70 m ο 1%) Reaction products obtained by reaction to a certain degree, and compounds having two or more unsaturated groups (such as (fluorenyl) propylene) Allyl ester, 3-allyloxy-2-hydroxypropyl (fluorenyl) acrylate, cinnamyl (fluorenyl) acrylate, crotyl (fluorenyl) acrylate, fluorenyl allyl (fluorenyl) acrylate, N, Ν-diallyl (fluorenyl) acrylamide, etc.) or other compounds having more than two unsaturated groups (such as (fluorenyl) vinyl acrylate, (fluorenyl) 1-vinyl acrylate, (、 Base) acrylic acid 2-benzyl vinyl ester, (fluorenyl) acrylic acid 1-68 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279 Propylene ester, vinyl crotonic acid, ethylene (meth) acrylamide, etc.) With unsaturated carboxylic acids (such as (fluorenyl) acrylic acid, etc.) or further with unsaturated carboxylic acid esters, the ratio of the unsaturated group-containing compounds in the whole may be 1 0 ~ 9 0 m ο 1% (with 3 0 ~ 80 m 〇1% is preferred) to copolymerize the reaction products. Furthermore, the reaction products of an ethylenic compound and a compound containing an epoxy group-containing polymer and a functional group (e.g., carboxyl group, hydroxyl group, etc.) that react with an epoxy group can also be mentioned. The acid-modified epoxy acrylate is a compound obtained by further reacting an epoxy group-containing reaction product with an unsaturated group-containing carboxylic acid or an acid anhydride thereof with a polybasic acid or an acid anhydride (c) thereof. Furthermore, a resin obtained by adding an epoxy group-containing compound to a part of the carboxyl group of the compound may be manufactured by a conventional method. Examples of the epoxy group-containing compound include the epoxy compounds described in Japanese Patent Publication Nos. 2000-1 to 7 4 6 2 1. [According to the publication, the epoxy compound has two or more epoxy groups. The compound (a)] can be specifically bisphenol A type epoxy compound, bisphenol F type epoxy compound, bisphenol S oxygen compound, biphenyl glycidyl ether, phenolic phenolic resin type epoxy resin, and phenolic system. A phenolic epoxy compound, a triglyceride isocyanurate, an alicyclic epoxy compound, and an additive structure composed of a cyclic hydrocarbon compound having more than one unsaturated group per molecule and phenols Epoxy compounds, copolymerized epoxy compounds, and the like. In the curable composition of the present invention, the content of the alkali-soluble fat of the above-mentioned component (K) is preferably 70 wt%, and further less than 40 wt% with respect to the total amount of the curable composition. good. 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplements) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 69 Saturated before it became available with unsaturated carboxylic acids. It is listed in JP 1 of the following two types of polymerizable trees of cyclic hydrated hydrazone. Compared with 200530279 [1 _ 1 2] (L), the hardening composition of the present invention is used for color filters or black substrates. In this case, it is best to use it with a color material. Here, the color material is a material which colors the curable composition according to the present invention. Dyes and pigments can be used as the coloring material, and pigments are preferred from the viewpoints of heat resistance and light resistance. As the pigment, pigments of various colors such as blue pigment, green pigment, red pigment, yellow pigment, purple pigment, orange pigment, brown pigment, and black pigment can be used. In addition, in addition to its structure, it is possible to use azo-based systems, photocyanine-based systems, quinacrid οne-based systems, benzimid σ-based ketone systems, iso, σ-done-based systems, two 4 σ-well systems, In addition to organic pigments such as indanthrene and a1, b 1-dibenzoanthracene (Pery 1 ene), various inorganic pigments may be used. Hereinafter, specific examples of usable pigments are indicated by pigment numbers. The meaning of C.I. in the terms "C.I.Pigment Red 2" and the like listed below is the Color Index. Examples of red pigments include C. I. Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 > 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 21, 22, 23, 31 '32, 37, 38 > 41, 47, 48, 48: 1 '48: 2, 48: 3, 48: 4' 49 '49: 1, 49: 2, 50: 1 > 52: 1 ^ 52: 2 > 53 '53: 1' 53: 2 > 53: 3 '57' 57: 1 '5 7: 2, 58: 4' 60, 63, 63: 1, 63: 2, 64, 6 4 ·· 1 , 68, 69, 8 Bu 81], 81: 2, 81: 3, 81: 4, 83, 88, 90: 1, 10 Bu 101: 1, 104, 108, 108: 1, 109, 112, 113, 114, 122, 123, 144, 146, 147, 149, 151, 166, 168, 169, 170, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 181, 184, 185, 187, 188, 190, 193, 194, 200 '202, 206, 207, 208, 209, 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 70 200530279 210, 214, 216, 220, 221, 224 > 230, 231 , 232, 233, 235, 236, 237, 238 '239, 242, 243, 245, 247, 249' 250, 251 '253, 254' 255 '256' 257, 258 '259, 260 > 262, 263, 263 264, 265, 266, 267, 268, 269, 270 271, 272,273,274,275,276. Among them, CI Pigment Red 48: 1 '122, 168, 177, 202, 206, 207, 209, 224, 2 4 2, 2 5 4 are more preferable, and those who are more preferable include C.I.Pigment Red 1 7 7, 2 0 9, 224, 254 ° Blue pigments can be cited as C.I.Pigment Blue 1, 1: 2, 9, 1 4, 1, 15, 15: 1, 15, 15 : 2 '15: 3, 15: 4, 15: 6, 16, 17, 19, 25' 27, 28, 29, 33, 35 > 36, 56, 56: 1, 60, 61, 61: 1, 62, 63, 6 6 > 67, 68, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 78., 79. Among them, C. I. Pigment Blue 1 5, 1 5 ·· 1, 1 5: 2, 1 5: 3, 1 5 ·. 4, 1 5: 6 are more preferable, and further more For the better, CI Pigment Blue 15: 6 can be cited. Examples of green pigments include C. I. Pigment Green 1, 2, 4, 7, 8, 10, 1, 3, 14, 15, 17, 18, 19, 26, 36, 45, 48, 50, 51, 54 Among them, 55 ° is preferable. For example, C.I. Pigment Green 7, 3 6 is mentioned. Examples of yellow pigments include C. I. Pigment Yellow 1, 1: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 9, 10, 12, 13, 14, 16, 17, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35 , 35: 1, 36, 36: 1, 37, 37: 1 '40, 41, 42, 43, 48, 53, 55, 61, 62 \ 62: 1 ^ 63' 65 '73' 74 '75' 81 '83' 87, 93 > 94 '95, 97, 100, 1 01 > 104, 105, 108, 109, 110, 111, 116, 117, 1 1 9 > 120, 126' 127 > 127: 1 ^ 128, 129, 133, 134 > 136, 138, 139, 142, 147, 148, 150, 151, 153, 154, 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 71 200530279 155, 157 , 158, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 188 > 189, 190 > 191, 19 1: 1 ^ 19 2, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 2 0 0, 2 0 2, 2 0 3, 2 0 4, 2 0 5 , 2 0 6, 2 0 7, 2 0 8. Among them, C. I. Pigment Yellow 83, 117, 129, 138, 139, 150, 154, 1 5 5, 1 8 0, 1 8 5 can be cited as the better, and more preferably, C. I. Pigment Yellow 8 3, 138, 139, 150, 180 ° Orange pigments include C. I. Pigment Orange 1, 2, 5, 1, 3, 1, 6, 1, 7, 19, 20, 21 , 22, 23, 24, 34 > 36, 38, 39, 43, 46, 48, 49, 61, 62, 64, 65, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 7 7, 7 8, 7 9. Among them, C. I. Pigment Orange 3 8, 71 is preferable. Examples of purple pigments include C. I. Pigment Violet 1, 1: 1, 2, 2 · 2, 3, 3: 1, 3: 3, 5, 5: 1 '14, 15, 16, 19, 23, 25 '27, 29, 3, 32, 37, 39, 42, 44, 47, 49, 50. Among them, C. I. Pigment Violet 19, 2 3 is preferred, and C. I. Pigment Violet 23 ° is further preferred, and the hardening composition of the present invention is used. When a black matrix is formed under the object, a black color material can be used. As the black color material, a black color material alone or a mixed color material such as red, green, and blue may be used. Furthermore, for these color materials, an inorganic or organic pigment or dye can be appropriately selected. In the case of inorganic and organic pigments, it is preferable to use them in a state of being dispersed in an average particle size of 1 // m or less (preferably 0.5 or less // m). As a color material that may be mixed for the preparation of black color material, 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 72 200530279 Victoria Pure Blue (42595), A uramine 0 (4 1 0 0 0), Catilon Brilliant Flavin (basic 13), Rhodamine

6GCPC 4 5 1 6 0 ) 、 Rhodamine B( 4 5 1 7 0 ) 、 safranine OK 7 0 : 1 0 0 ( 5 0 2 4 0 ) > Eriog1 aucine X ( 4 2 0 8 0 ) ^ No . 120/Liοηo1 Ye11ow( 2 1 0 9 0 )、Liο ηo1 Yellow GR0 ( 2 1 0 9 0 )、Simu1 ar First Yellow 8GF(21105) 、 Benzidine Yellow 4T-564D(21095)、 Simular First Red 4015(12355)、 Lionol Red 7B 4401(15850)、Firstgen Blue TGR-L(74160)、Lionol Blue SM(26150)、Lionol Blue ES(顏料藍 15:6)、Lionolgen Red GD(顏料紅 168)、Lionol Green 2YS(顏料綠 36)等。 又按,上述括弧内之數字為色指數(C · I ·)。 再者,關於其他之有可能混合使用之顏料,以C · I .數字 表示時,例如可舉出C · I .黃色顏料2 0、2 4、8 6、9 3、1 0 9、 110、 117、 125、 137、 138、 147' 148、 153、 154、 166, C · I ·橙色顏料 3 6、4 3、5 1、5 5、5 9、6 1,C · I ·紅色顏料 9、 97、 122、 123、 149、 168、 177、 180、 192、 215、 216、 217 、 220、223、224、226、227、228、240,C.I.紫色顏料 19、 2 3、2 9、3 0、3 7、4 0、5 0,C · I ·藍色顏料 15、15:1、15:4、 2 2、6 0、6 4、C · I .綠色顏料 7,C · I ·褐色顏料 2 3、2 5、2 6 等。 再者,為有可能單獨被使用之黑色色材,可舉出碳黑、 乙炔黑、燈黑、骨黑、石墨、鐵黑、苯胺黑、菁黑、鈦黑 等。 在此等黑色色材中,在遮光率、圖像特性之觀點上,以 326\專利說明書(補件)\94_〇3\93134393 73 200530279 碳黑較佳。碳黑之例子可舉出如下述之碳黑。三菱化學公 司所製之 MA7、MA8、ΜΑΗ、MA100、MA100R、MA220、MA230、 MA600、 #5、 #10、 #20、 #25、 #30、 #32、 #33、 #40、 #44、 #45、 #47、 #50、 #52、 #55、 #650、 #750、 #850、 #950、 #960 、 #970、 #980、 #990、 #1000、 #2200' #2300、 #2350、 #2400 、 #2600、 #3050、 #3150、 #3250、 #3600、 #3750、 #3950、 #4000、 #4010、 OIL7B、 OIL9B、 OIL11B、 OIL30B > OIL31B,鐵骨砂 公司所製之 Printex3 、 Printex30P 、 Printex30 、 Printex30OP 、 Printex40 、 Printex45 、 Printex55 、 Printex60 、 Printex75 、 Printex80 、 Printex85 、 Printex90、Printex A、Printex L、Printex G、Printex P、Printex U ' Printex V ' PrintexG、Specia 1B1 ack 5 5 0、 SpecialBlack350、 SpecialBlack250、 SpecialBlacklOO 、 SpecialBlack6 、 SpecialBlack5 、 SpecialBlack4 、 Color Black FW1 、 Color Black FW2 、 Color Black FW2V > Color Black FW18、 Color Black FW18、 Color Black FW200、 Color Black S160 、 Color Black S170 、客碰特公司所製之 Monarchl 20、Monarch280、Monarch460、Monarch800、 Monarch880 、 Monarch900 、 MonarchlOOO 、 MonarchllOO 、 Monarch 1 3 0 0、Monarchl400、Monarch4630、REGAL99、 REGAL99R、 REGAL415、 REGAL415R、 REGAL250、 REGAL250R 、 REGAL330、REGAL400R、REGAL55R0、REGAL660R、BLACK PEARL S480、 PEARLS130、 VULCAN XC72R > ELFTEX-8,哥倫比亞碳 公司所製之 RAVEN11、RAVEN14、RAVEN15、RAVEN16、 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 74 200530279 RAVEN22 、 RAVEN30 、 RAVEN35 、 RAVEN40 、 RAVEN410 、 RAVEN420 、 RAVEN450 、 RAVEN500 、 RAVEN780 、 RAVEN850 、 RAVEN 8 9 0 H 、 RAVEN 1 0 0 0 、 RAVEN 1 0 2 0 、 RAVEN 1 0 4 0 、 RAVEN 1 0 6 0 U、RAVEN 1 0 8 0 U、RAVEN1 1 70 > RAVEN1190U、 RAVEN 1 2 5 0 、 RAVEN 1 5 0 0 、 RAVEN 2 0 0 0 、 RAVEN 2 5 0 0 U 、 RAVEN3500 、 RAVEN5000 、 RAVEN5250 、 RAVEN5750 、 RAVEN7000 ° 關於其他黑色顏料之例子,可將鈦黑、苯胺黑、氧化鐵 系黑色顏料,以及紅色、綠色、藍色之三色有機顏料混合 以用作黑色顏料。 再者,顏料亦可使用硫酸鋇、硫酸鉛、氧化鈦、黃色鉛、 鐵紅、氧化鉻等。 此等各種顏料以二種以上合併使用亦可。例如,在調整 色度之目的下,顏料可合併使用綠色顏料及黃色顏料,或 合併使用藍色顏料及紫色顏料。 又按,此等顏料之平均粒徑通常為1 // m以下,以0 · 5 // m以下較佳,而以〇. 2 5 // m以下進一步較佳。再者,為 可用作色材之染料,可舉出偶氮系染料、蒽醌系染料、酞 菁系染料、醌亞胺系染料、喹啉系染料、硝基系染料、羰 系染料、次曱系染料等。 偶氮系染料例如可舉出C . I .酸性黃1 1、C. I .酸性橙7、 C · I ·酸性紅3 7、C . I .酸性紅1 8 0、C . I.酸性藍2 9、C . I .直 接紅2 8、C . I .直接紅8 3、C . I .直接黃1 2、C . I .直接橙2 6、 C · I ·直接綠2 8、C . I .直接綠5 9、C. I .活性黃2、C · I .活性 75 32<5\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 紅1 7、C . I .活性紅1 2 0、C . I .活性黑5、C . I ·分散橙5、C · I · 分散紅5 8、C . I .分散藍1 6 5、C . I .驗性藍4 1、C . I ·驗性紅 1 8、C . I .媒染紅7、C . I .媒染黃5、C . I .媒染黑7等。 蒽醌系染料例如可舉出C . I .甕藍4 > C . I .酸性藍4 0、C . I · 酸性綠2 5、C. I .活性藍1 9、C. I .活性藍4 9、C. I .分散紅 6 0、C . I ·分散藍5 6、C . I ·分散藍6 0等。 除了上述之外,酞菁系染料例如可舉出C. I .甕藍5等, 醌亞胺系染料例如可舉出C . I .鹼性藍3、C . I .鹼性藍9等, 啥σ林系染料例如可舉出C . I .溶媒黃3 3、C . I .酸性黃3、C . I . 分散黃6 4等,而硝基系染料例如可舉出C . I ·酸性黃1、C . I · 酸性橙3、C. I.分散黃4 2等。 成分(L )之色材在硬化性組成物之全固形分中所佔之比 率係通常相對於硬化性組成物中之全固形分量,可在 卜70wt%之範圍内選擇者。在此範圍内,以 10〜70wt%進一 步較佳,尤以2 0〜6 0 w t %特別合適。色材之比率若太低,對 色濃度之膜厚則變得太大,而對液晶單元化時之間隙控制 等有惡劣影響。反之,若色材之比率太高,則有時無法得 到充分之圖像成形性。又按,本發明硬化性組成物中之全 固形分通常為10wt%以上且80wt%以下。 再者,為了顏料之分散性及分散安定性之提高,添加顏 料衍生物等亦可。顏料衍生物可舉出偶氮系、酞菁系、喹 吖啶酮系、苯并咪唑酮系、喹酞酮系、異吲哚酮系、二呤 °井系、蒽醌系、陰丹士林系、a 1,b 1 -二苯并蒽系、迫立酮 (p e r y η ο n e )系、二酮ϋ比咯并ϋ比咯系、二°等σ井系等各系之顏 76 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 料衍生物,其中以喹酞酮系顏料衍生物較佳。作為顏料衍 生物之取代基,可舉出磺酸基、磺醯胺基及其4級鹽、酞 醯亞胺曱基、二烷基胺烷基、羥基、羧基、醯胺基等之與 顏料骨架直接或藉由烷基、芳基、雜環基等鍵結者,其中 以磺酸基較佳。再者,此等取代基以複數取代於一個顏料 骨架亦可。顏料衍生物之具體例子,可舉出酞菁之磺酸衍 生物、喹酞酮之磺酸衍生物、慧醌之磺酸衍生物、喹吖啶 酮之磺酸衍生物、二酮吡咯并吡咯之磺酸衍生物、二嘮σ井 之磺酸衍生物等。顏料衍生物之添加量係以顏料量為基 準,通常為0 · :!〜3 0 w t %,以0 . 1〜2 0 w t %較佳,又以0 · :!〜1 0 w t % 進一步較佳,而以0.1〜5wt%更進一步較佳。 [:1 - 1 3 ] ( Μ )分散劑及/或分散助劑 在本發明之硬化性組成物被使用於彩色濾光片用途或黑 色基體用途之情形,尤其在使用顏料為前述之成分(L )之色 材之際,為了顏料之分散性及分散安定性之提高,最好能 併用分散劑及/或分散助劑以作為成分(Μ )。尤其若使用高 分子分散劑以充當顏料分散劑,則會顯示優異之經時分散 安定性,因此較佳。高分子分散劑例如可舉出胺基曱酸酯 系分散劑、聚伸乙亞胺系分散劑、聚氧伸乙基烷基醚系分 散劑、聚氧乙二醇二酯系分散劑、山梨糖醇脂肪族酯系分 散劑、脂肪族改質聚酯系分散劑等。為此種分散劑之具體 例子,以商品名可舉出,「EFKA」(FKA CHEMICAL BV所製 造)、「Disperbik」(BigChemirCo.所製造)、r DISPARL0N」 (楠本化成(股)所製造)、「S0LSPERSE」(Zeneka Co.所製 77 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 造)、「ΚΡ」信越化學(股)所製造)、「Polyflow」(共榮社化 學(股)所製造)等。此等分散劑可單獨或2種以上混合使用 之。顏料分散劑在感光性著色組成物之固形分中之含量通 常為5 0 w t %以下,以3 0 w t %以下較佳。 再者,作為分散助劑,從通式(I )所示之化合物、成分(C ) 之乙稀性不飽和化合物、成分(D )之環氧化合物、成分(K ) 之其他鹼可溶性樹脂等任選後,在分散處理之際予以使用 亦可。 [1 - 1 4 ] ( N )其他之添加劑 又按,本發明之硬化性組成物亦可以進一步含有各種添 加劑,例如相對於硬化性組成物,按2 w t %以下之比率含有 熱聚合防止劑(如氫醌、對-曱氧苯酚、2,6 -二第三丁 -對-曱苯酚等),按 2 0 w t %以下之比率含有由有機或無機之染 料、顏料所構成之著色劑,按 4 0 w t %以下之比率含有可塑 劑(如酞酸二辛醋、酞酸二月桂酯、磷酸甲酚酯等),按 1 0 w t %以下之比率含有感度特性改善劑(如 3級胺或硫醇 等),按3 0 w t %以下之比率含有色素前驅物,按1 0 w t %以下 之比率含有矽烷偶合劑。 [1 - 1 5 ]總變形量,負載時之位移及彈性復原率,恢復率 本發明之硬化性組成物係關於使用微小硬度計之負載-除負載測試,可形成一種具有總變形量為1 . 3 5 # m以上及/ 或負載時之位移為〇.25//m時之載重N為0.50gf以下,且 彈性復原率為5 0 %以上及/或恢復率為8 0 %以上之硬化物為 特徵者。 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 78 200530279 例如,對大型液晶晝面電視之液晶顯不裝置(以下’ 稱為「面板」)等供給之間隔物係在該面板之製造過程 於被載重,而有使間隔物之總變形量變大之傾向。再 尤其在大晝面面板易於發生各部分載重之不均勻。本 之硬化性組成物即使在此種情況亦表現高度之硬化米 隔物)之彈性復原率及/或恢復率,即在此點有其價值 又按,使用微小硬度計之負載-除負載測試係如下述 者。 關於藉後述之[2 _ 2 ]或習知方法所形成之間隔物圖 之1個具有上截面積8 0 ± 1 0 μ m2之圖案,使用微小硬 以施行測量。 間隔物圖案之上截面積係指下述之面積而言。 首先,關於1個間隔物圖案,在使用基園斯(股)所 之超深度彩色3 D形狀測量顯微鏡「V K - 9 5 0 0」之下, 一通過間隔物圖案之中軸之縱剖面圖。描繪之位置係 圖1中。 其次,將從所繪之圖形(其示意圖係示於圖2中)之 面至最高位置點Q之高度之9 0 %高度上之與該基板面( 物圖案之圖形内之基板面)平行之直線 AA’之長度予 量。將此直線AA’ 為直徑之圓之面積設定為間隔物圖 上截面積。 微小硬度計,使用島津製作所公司所製造之「S h i Dynamic Super Micro Hardness Tester DUH-W201S」 測試條件為,在2 3 °C測量溫度下,使用直徑5 0 // m 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 79 有時 中易 者, 發明 7 (間 〇 施行 案中 度計 製造 描繪 示於 基板 間隔 以測 案之 m a z u ο 之平 200530279 面壓子,按一定速度(0 . 2 2 g f / s e c )對間隔物施加載重,當 載重達到5 g f時,保持5秒鐘,繼之按該速度施行除負載。 根據由此項測試所求出之載重-位移曲線(在圖3展示其示 意圖),測量最大位移Η [ m a X ],最後位移Η [ L a s t ],負載時 之位移為 0.25/zm 時之過重 N(gf)。將前述之最大位移 Η [ m a X ]作為總變形量。 總變形量係以1 . 4 // m以上較佳,而以1 . 5 // m以上進一 步較佳,且以5 # m以下較佳,而以3 // m以下進一步較佳。 負載時之位移為0 . 2 5 // m時之載重N係以0 · 4 5 g f以下較 佳,且以0 . 1 g f以上較佳。 若總變形量太大及/或前述載重N太小,彈性復原率及/ 或恢復率會惡化。在另一方面,若總變形量太小及/或前述 載重N太大,硬化物則無法適應面板製造時之載重之不均 勻。6GCPC 4 5 1 6 0), Rhodamine B (4 5 1 7 0), safranine OK 7 0: 1 0 0 (5 0 2 4 0) > Eriog1 aucine X (4 2 0 8 0) ^ No. 120 / Liοηo1 Ye11ow (2 1 0 9 0), Liο ηo1 Yellow GR0 (2 1 0 9 0), Simu1 ar First Yellow 8GF (21105), Benzidine Yellow 4T-564D (21095), Simular First Red 4015 (12355), Lionol Red 7B 4401 (15850), Firstgen Blue TGR-L (74160), Lionol Blue SM (26150), Lionol Blue ES (Pigment Blue 15: 6), Lionolgen Red GD (Pigment Red 168), Lionol Green 2YS (Pigment Green 36) Wait. Press again, the number in the above brackets is the color index (C · I ·). In addition, regarding other pigments that may be mixed and used, C.I. is represented by numbers, for example, C.I., yellow pigment 2 0, 2 4, 8 6, 9 3, 1 0 9, 110, 117, 125, 137, 138, 147 '148, 153, 154, 166, C · I · Orange Pigment 3 6, 4 3, 5 1, 5 5, 5 9, 6 1, C · I · Red Pigment 9, 97, 122, 123, 149, 168, 177, 180, 192, 215, 216, 217, 220, 223, 224, 226, 227, 228, 240, CI purple pigment 19, 2 3, 2 9, 3 0, 3 7, 4 0, 50, C · I · blue pigment 15, 15: 1, 15: 4, 2 2, 6 0, 6 4, C · I. Green pigment 7, C · I · brown pigment 2 3, 2, 5, 2 6 and so on. Examples of the black color material that may be used alone include carbon black, acetylene black, lamp black, bone black, graphite, iron black, nigrosine, cyanine black, and titanium black. Among these black color materials, 326 \ patent specification (supplement) \ 94_〇3 \ 93134393 73 200530279 carbon black is preferable from the viewpoints of light shielding rate and image characteristics. Examples of the carbon black include carbon black as described below. MA7, MA8, ΜΗ, MA100, MA100R, MA220, MA230, MA600, # 5, # 10, # 20, # 25, # 30, # 32, # 33, # 40, # 44, # 45, # 47, # 50, # 52, # 55, # 650, # 750, # 850, # 950, # 960, # 970, # 980, # 990, # 1000, # 2200 '# 2300, # 2350, # 2400, # 2600, # 3050, # 3150, # 3250, # 3600, # 3750, # 3950, # 4000, # 4010, OIL7B, OIL9B, OIL11B, OIL30B > OIL31B, Printex3 made by Iron Bone Sand Company, Printex30P, Printex30, Printex30OP, Printex40, Printex45, Printex55, Printex60, Printex75, Printex80, Printex85, Printex90, Printex A, Printex L, Printex G, Printex P, Printex U 'Printex V' PrintexG, Specia 1B1 ack 5 5 0, SpecialBlack , SpecialBlack250, SpecialBlacklOO, SpecialBlack6, SpecialBlack5, SpecialBlack4, Color Black FW1, Color Black FW2, Color Black FW2V > Color Black FW18, Color Black FW18, Color Black FW200, Color Black S160, Color Black S1 70, Monarchl 20, Monarch280, Monarch460, Monarch800, Monarch880, Monarch900, MonarchlOO, MonarchllOO, Monarch 1 3 0 0, Monarchl400, Monarch4630, REGAL99, REGAL99R, REGAL415, REGAL415R, REGAL250, REGAL250R, REGAL250 REGAL400R, REGAL55R0, REGAL660R, BLACK PEARL S480, PEARLS130, VULCAN XC72R > ELFTEX-8, RAVEN11, RAVEN14, RAVEN15, RAVEN16, 326 manufactured by Columbia Carbon Corporation \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 74 200530279 RAVEN22, RAVEN30, RAVEN35, RAVEN40, RAVEN410, RAVEN420, RAVEN450, RAVEN500, RAVEN780, RAVEN850, RAVEN 8 9 0 H, RAVEN 1 0 0 0, RAVEN 1 0 2 0, RAVEN 1 0 4 0, RAVEN 1 0 6 0 U , RAVEN 1 0 8 0 U, RAVEN1 1 70 > RAVEN1190U, RAVEN 1 2 5 0, RAVEN 1 5 0 0, RAVEN 2 0 0 0, RAVEN 2 5 0 0 U, RAVEN3500, RAVEN5000, RAVEN5250, RAVEN5750, RAVEN7000 ° For examples of other black pigments, titanium black, aniline black, iron oxide black And red, green, blue organic pigments of three colors are mixed to be used as a black pigment. Further, as the pigment, barium sulfate, lead sulfate, titanium oxide, yellow lead, iron red, chromium oxide, and the like can be used. These various pigments may be used in combination of two or more kinds. For example, for the purpose of adjusting chromaticity, the pigment may be combined with a green pigment and a yellow pigment, or a combination of a blue pigment and a purple pigment. Furthermore, the average particle diameter of these pigments is usually 1 // m or less, preferably 0 · 5 // m or less, and more preferably 0.2 5 // m or less. Examples of dyes that can be used as color materials include azo dyes, anthraquinone dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, quinimine dyes, quinoline dyes, nitro dyes, carbonyl dyes, Secondary perylene dyes. Examples of the azo dye include C. I. Acid Yellow 11 1, C. I. Acid Orange 7, C · I · Acid Red 3 7, C. I. Acid Red 1 80, C. I. Acid Blue 2 9, C. I. Direct Red 2 8, C. I. Direct Red 8 3, C. I. Direct Yellow 1 2, C. I. Direct Orange 2 6, C · I · Direct Green 2 8, C. I. Direct Green 5 9, C. I. Active Yellow 2, C. I. Active 75 32 < 5 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279 Red 1 7, C. I. Active Red 1 2 0, C. I. Reactive Black 5, C. I. Disperse Orange 5, C. I. Disperse Red 5 8, C. I. Disperse Blue 1 6.5, C. I. Receptive Blue 4 1, C. I · Experimental Red 18, C. I. Mordant Red 7, C. I. Mordant Yellow 5, C. I. Mordant Black 7, etc. Examples of the anthraquinone dye include C. I. osmium blue 4 > C. I. acid blue 40, C. I. acid green 25, C. I. reactive blue 19, and C. I. reactive blue 4 9. C. I. Disperse Red 60, C. I. Disperse Blue 5 6, C. I. Disperse Blue 60 and so on. In addition to the above, examples of phthalocyanine dyes include C.I. osmium blue 5, and examples of quinone imine-based dyes include C. I. basic blue 3, C. I. basic blue 9, and the like. Examples of the sigma forest dyes include C. I. Solvent Yellow 3 3, C. I. Acid Yellow 3, C. I. Disperse Yellow 6 4 and the like, and examples of nitro dyes include C. I. Acid. Yellow 1, C.I. Acid Orange 3, CI Disperse Yellow 4 2 and the like. The proportion of the color material of the component (L) in the total solid content of the hardenable composition is usually relative to the total solid content of the hardenable composition and can be selected within a range of 70 wt%. Within this range, 10 to 70 wt% is further preferred, and 20 to 60 wt% is particularly suitable. If the ratio of the color material is too low, the film thickness of the color density becomes too large, and it has a bad influence on the gap control when the liquid crystal cell is converted. Conversely, if the ratio of the color materials is too high, sufficient image formability may not be obtained in some cases. In addition, the total solid content in the curable composition of the present invention is usually 10% by weight or more and 80% by weight or less. Furthermore, in order to improve the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the pigment, pigment derivatives and the like may be added. Examples of the pigment derivative include azo-based, phthalocyanine-based, quinacridone-based, benzimidazolone-based, quinophthalone-based, isoindolinone-based, dioxin ° well-based, anthraquinone-based, and indanes Yan, Yan, etc. of forest system, a 1, b 1 -dibenzoanthracene system, pery η ne, diketone, pyrene, pyrene and pyrrole, σ well system such as two degrees 76 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279, among which quinophthalone pigment derivatives are preferred. Examples of the substituent of the pigment derivative include pigments such as sulfonic acid group, sulfonamido group and its fourth-order salt, phthaloiminofluorenyl group, dialkylaminoalkyl group, hydroxyl group, carboxyl group, and fluorenylamino group. Those in which the skeleton is bonded directly or through an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group and the like, among which a sulfonic acid group is preferred. Further, these substituents may be substituted in plural in one pigment skeleton. Specific examples of the pigment derivative include sulfonic acid derivatives of phthalocyanine, sulfonic acid derivatives of quinophthalone, sulfonic acid derivatives of quinone, sulfonic acid derivatives of quinacridone, and diketopyrrolopyrrole Sulfonic acid derivatives such as sulfonic acid derivatives of di 唠 σ wells. The amount of pigment derivative added is based on the amount of pigment, usually 0 ·:! ~ 3 0 wt%, preferably 0.1 ~ 2 0 wt%, and 0 ·:! ~ 1 0 wt% is further compared Good, and more preferably 0.1 to 5 wt%. [: 1-1 3] (Μ) Dispersant and / or dispersing aid In the case where the curable composition of the present invention is used for a color filter application or a black matrix application, especially when a pigment is used as the aforementioned component ( In the case of a color material of L), in order to improve the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the pigment, it is preferable to use a dispersant and / or a dispersing aid together as a component (M). In particular, it is preferable to use a high molecular dispersant as a pigment dispersant because it exhibits excellent dispersion stability over time. Examples of the high-molecular dispersant include aminoamidate-based dispersants, polyethyleneimine-based dispersants, polyoxyethyleneethylether-based dispersants, polyoxyethylene glycol diester-based dispersants, and sorbitan. Sugar alcohol aliphatic ester-based dispersant, aliphatic modified polyester-based dispersant, and the like. Specific examples of this kind of dispersant include "EFKA" (manufactured by FKA Chemical BV), "Disperbik" (manufactured by BigChemir Co.), "DISPARL0N" (manufactured by Kusumoto Chemical Co., Ltd.), "S0LSPERSE" (77 326 made by Zeneka Co. \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279), "KP" manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., "Polyflow" (Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd. ) Manufactured) etc. These dispersants can be used alone or in combination of two or more. The content of the pigment dispersant in the solid content of the photosensitive coloring composition is usually 50 wt% or less, and preferably 30 wt% or less. In addition, as the dispersing aid, compounds represented by the general formula (I), ethylenically unsaturated compounds of the component (C), epoxy compounds of the component (D), and other alkali-soluble resins of the component (K), etc. After optional, it can also be used at the time of dispersion processing. [1-1 4] (N) According to other additives, the hardenable composition of the present invention may further contain various additives. For example, the hardenable composition contains a thermal polymerization inhibitor at a ratio of 2 wt% or less ( (Such as hydroquinone, p-fluorenol, 2,6-tert-butyl-p-phenol, etc.), containing a coloring agent composed of organic or inorganic dyes and pigments at a ratio of 20 wt% or less, according to Contains plasticizers (such as dioctyl phthalate, dilauryl phthalate, cresol phosphate, etc.) at a ratio of less than 40 wt%, and sensitivity improving agents (such as a grade 3 amine or Thiol, etc.), the pigment precursor is contained at a ratio of 30 wt% or less, and the silane coupling agent is contained at a ratio of 10 wt% or less. [1-1 5] Total deformation, displacement and elastic recovery rate under load, recovery rate The hardening composition of the present invention is about a load-except load test using a micro hardness tester, which can form a type with a total deformation of 1 . 3 5 # m or more and / or the load when the displacement is 0.25 // m load N is 0.50gf or less, and the elastic recovery rate is 50% or more and / or the recovery rate is 80% or more of the hardening Things are characteristic. 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 78 200530279 For example, the spacers supplied to the LCD display device (hereinafter 'referred to as "panel") of a large LCD daytime television are in the manufacturing process of the panel Due to the load, the total deformation of the spacer tends to increase. Furthermore, unevenness in the load of each part is apt to occur in the large daylight panel. The hardenable composition of this invention also exhibits a high degree of hardening of the rice separator even in this case.) The elastic recovery rate and / or recovery rate, even if it is valuable at this point, press the load-except load test using a micro hardness tester. It is as follows. Regarding a spacer pattern formed by [2_2] described later or a conventional method, a pattern having an upper cross-sectional area of 80 ± 10 μm2 was used, and measurement was performed using a microhardness. The cross-sectional area above the spacer pattern refers to the following area. First, regarding a spacer pattern, a longitudinal cross-section through the center axis of the spacer pattern under the "V K-9500" of the ultra-deep color 3D shape measuring microscope using the Keyence Corporation. The locations depicted are in Figure 1. Secondly, from the surface of the drawn figure (the schematic diagram of which is shown in FIG. 2) to 90% of the height of the highest position point Q is parallel to the substrate surface (the substrate surface in the pattern of the object pattern) The length of the straight line AA '. The area of a circle whose diameter is AA 'is set as the cross-sectional area of the spacer graph. The micro hardness tester uses "Shi Dynamic Super Micro Hardness Tester DUH-W201S" manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation. The test conditions are as follows: at a measuring temperature of 2 3 ° C, a diameter of 50 0 // m 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplementary Documents) ) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 79 Sometimes Zhongyi, Invention 7 (Medium-Operation Moderate Meter Manufacturing and Depicting Mazu ο Measured on the substrate interval to measure the case 200530279 surface pressure, at a certain speed (0.2 2 gf / sec) Apply a load to the spacer. When the load reaches 5 gf, hold it for 5 seconds, and then perform the load removal at this speed. According to the load-displacement curve obtained by this test (shown in Figure 3) (Schematic diagram), measure the maximum displacement Η [ma X], the final displacement Η [L ast], the displacement under load is 0.25 / zm, the excessive weight N (gf). Let the aforementioned maximum displacement Η [ma X] be the total deformation The total amount of deformation is preferably more than 1.4 // m, more preferably more than 1.5 // m, and more preferably 5 # m or less, and more preferably 3 // m or less. The displacement at the load is 0.2 5 // the load N at m is 0 4 5 gf or less Preferably, and more than 0.1 gf. If the total deformation amount is too large and / or the aforementioned load N is too small, the elastic recovery rate and / or recovery rate will deteriorate. On the other hand, if the total deformation amount is too small And / or the load N is too large, the hardened material cannot adapt to the uneven load of the panel during manufacture.

再者,彈性復原率、恢復率係根據前述使用微小硬度計 之負載-除負載測試上所測量之數值,各別如下述計算: 恢復率(% ) = { Η [ 1 a s t ]八測試前之圖案高度)丨X 1 0 0 彈性復原率(%)={(H[max]-H[last])/H[max]}xlOO 恢復率以8 5 %以上較佳,而以9 0 %以上進一步較佳。 彈性復原率以6 0 %以上較佳,而以8 0 %以上進一步較佳。 恢復率及/或彈性復原率若太小,硬化物則無法適應面板 製造時之載重之不均勻。 本發明之硬化性組成物若具有上述特徵,則在其組成上 並未特別受到限制,而尤其可利用(A - 1 )通式(I )所示之化 80 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 合物及/或(A - 2 )具有參苯酚曱烷構造之化合物來達成。 [1 - 1 6 ]底面截面積與彈性復原率、恢復率 再者,本發明之硬化性組成物係可形成底面截面積為 24.5// m2以下,且彈性復原率為 5 0 %以上及/或恢復率為 8 5 %以上之硬化物為特徵者。 例如,對攜帶電話機之晝面用面板等供給之間隔物係由 於其像素小,以未損及晝像之方式設計小底面積。在另一 方面,攜帶電話機等之產品在使用時或其他情況容易受到 衝擊,因此易於被載重。本發明之硬化性組成物即使在此 種情況亦表現高度之硬化物(間隔物)之彈性復原率及/或 恢復率,即在此點有其價值。 又按,底面截面積係指間隔物等之由本發明之硬化性組 成物所形成之硬化物與基板之接觸面積而言,利用光學顯 微鏡來觀察間隔物圖案即可測量者。底面截面積以2 0 // m2 以下較佳,而以1 5 // m2以下進一步較佳,且以1 // m2以上 較佳,而以 5 // m2以上進一步較佳。 底面截面積若太大,則不適於像素小之攜帶電話機等之 面板。另若底面截面積太小,則無法得到充分之彈性復原 率及/或恢復率。 再者,彈性復原率、恢復率係根據前述使用微小硬度計 之負載-除負載測試上所測量之數值,與前述一樣計算者。 恢復率以9 0 %以上較佳。 彈性復原率以6 0 %以上較佳,而以8 0 %以上進一步較佳。 恢復率及/或彈性復原率若太小,硬化物則無法適應面板 81 3 26\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 之衝擊等之載重。 本發明之硬化性組成物若具有上述特徵,則在其組成上 未特別受到限制,而尤其可利用(A - 1 )通式(I )所示之化合 物及/或(A-2)具有參苯酚曱烷構造之化合物來達成。 [2 ]硬化性組成物之使用方法 本發明之硬化性組成物係可藉習知方法使用於各種用途 如印刷佈線板、液晶顯示元件、電漿顯示裝置、大規模積 體電路、薄型電晶體、半導體封裝體、彩色濾光片、有機 電場發光機構等之用途上,以形成阻焊膜、覆面膜、以及 各種電子零件之絕緣被覆層等之硬化物,或形成液晶顯示 裝置等之液晶面板中之彩色濾光片之像素、黑色基體、外 敷層、肋條、以及間隔物等之硬化物等,以下,尤其關於 被用作阻焊層之情形及被用作間隔物之情形加以說明。 [2 - 1 ]充當阻焊層時之使用 通常在藉塗佈等之方法將溶解於或分散於溶劑中之硬化 性組成物以膜狀或圖案狀供給於應設置阻焊層之基板上, 使溶劑乾燥而以膜狀供給之情形,必要時利用施行曝光-顯影之光蝕刻法等之方法來施行圖案之形成。或將預先成 為乾膜光阻材之硬化性組成物依照常法供給於基板上,必 要時利用施行曝光-顯影之光蝕刻法等之方法來施行圖案 之形成。關於如此得到之膜狀或圖案狀硬化性組成物層, 依照需要施行熱硬化處理,藉此在該基板上形成阻焊層。 [2 - 1 - 1 ]基板 該基板係被用以將形成於其上之硬化性組成物利用雷射 82 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93 ] 34393 200530279 光等予以曝光而施行顯影處理,將因此出現之畫像 阻,對此施加焊接加工等,藉此在其表面上形成電 極等之圖案者,其為銅、鋁、金、銀、鉻、鋅、錫 鎳等金屬所製之金屬板本身亦可,不過通常係對於 樹脂[如熱硬化性樹脂(如環氧樹脂、聚醯亞胺樹脂 丁烯二醯亞胺樹脂、不飽和聚酯樹脂、酚樹脂、三 樹脂等)、熱塑性樹脂(如飽和聚酯樹脂、聚碳酸酯 聚砜樹脂、丙烯酸系樹脂、聚醯胺樹脂、聚苯乙烯 聚氯乙烯樹脂、聚烯烴樹脂、氟樹脂等)等]、紙、 無機物(如氧化鋁、二氧化矽、硫酸鋇、碳酸鈣等〕 材料(如玻璃布基材環氧樹脂、玻璃不織布基材環# 紙基材環氧樹脂、紙基材酚樹脂等)等所構成 0 . 0 2〜1 0 m m左右之絕緣性支撐體表面,將前述金屬 氧化物(如氧化銦,氧化錫,摻雜有氧化銦之氧化J 之金屬箔加熱加壓以層合於該表面上,或使金屬藉 蒸鍍、電鍍金屬等之方法在該表面上形成厚度 1〜 左右之導電層,如此得到之金屬層合板被愛好使用 [2 - 1 - 2 ]對基板之供給方法 在溶解於或分散於溶劑中之狀態下供給於基板 形,可利用迄今習知之方法,例如旋轉塗佈、線桿 喷霧塗佈、浸潰塗佈、氣刀塗佈、輥塗佈、刮刀塗 板塗佈、下垂塗佈等。關於塗佈時之塗佈量,若考 述之處理(晝像之形成,繼之施行之焊接加工等)上 性等,乾燥膜厚則以5 // m以上較佳,而以1 0 // m以 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 83 作為光 路、電 、鉛、 例如由 、雙順 聚氰胺 樹脂、 樹脂、 玻璃、 I或複合 ,樹脂、 之厚度 或金屬 易等)等 滅鑛、 1 0 0 // m 〇 上之情 塗佈 、 佈、網 慮到後 之力口工 上進一 200530279 步較佳,另若考慮到感度等,則以2 0 0 // m以下較佳,而以 1 0 0 V m以下進一步較佳。又按,為此際之乾燥溫度,例如 可採取3 0〜1 5 0 °C之程度,以4 0〜1 1 0 °C之程度較佳,而為乾 燥時間,例如可採取5秒鐘〜6 0分鐘之程度,以1 0秒鐘〜3 0 分鐘之程度較佳。 又按,在利用前述硬化性組成物塗佈液之直接塗佈乾燥 以製備硬化性晝像形成材之情形,為了硬化性組成物之氧 所引起之聚合抑制作用之防止等,將聚乙烯醇、聚乙烯吡 咯啶酮、聚環氧乙烷、曱基纖維素、羧曱基纖維素、羥甲 基纖維素等之溶液塗佈於如前所述形成於前述被加工基板 上之前述硬化性組成物層上,並使乾燥,而形成保護層亦 "oj* 〇 在充當乾膜光阻材之目的下,供給於基板上之情形,可 利用迄今習知之方法來進行。具體而言,使前述各成分溶 解於或分散於適當溶劑中,以作為塗佈液塗佈於暫時支撐 膜上,使之乾燥,必要時使用被覆膜以施覆於所形成之硬 化性組成物層表面上,藉此作為所謂之乾膜光阻材等,在 該乾膜光阻材之硬化性組成物層側被覆有該被覆膜之情 形,剝離該被覆膜,藉加熱層合等之方法積層於被加工基 板上,藉此供給於基板上。 在用以充當該乾膜光阻材等之情形,作為所需要之暫時 支撐膜,例如可使用聚對酞酸乙二酯膜、聚醯亞胺膜、聚 醯胺醯亞胺膜、聚丙烯膜、聚苯乙烯膜等之迄今習知之膜。 此際,若此等膜具有乾膜光阻材之製備上所需要之耐溶劑 84 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 性或耐熱性等,則可將硬化性組成物塗佈液直接塗佈 等暫時支撐膜上,以使乾燥而製成乾膜光阻材,再者 使在此等膜具有低度耐溶劑性或耐熱性等之情況,亦 如下述製備乾膜光阻材:例如,首先在聚四氟乙烯膜 模膜等之具有離模性之膜上形成硬化性組成物層後, 有低度耐溶劑性或耐熱性等之暫時支撐膜積層於該層 然後,剝離上述具有離模性之膜,藉此製備乾膜光阻 再者,關於塗佈液用之溶劑,主要對所用之成分具 分之溶解度而可提供良好之塗膜性,則未特別受到限 而為此例如可舉出,溶纖劑系溶劑(如 2 -乙氧乙醇曱 2 -乙氧乙醇乙S旨、2 -曱基乙氧乙醇乙酯、2-乙基乙氧 乙酯等);丙二醇系溶劑(如丙二醇單曱醚、丙二醇單乙 丙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單曱醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙醚 酯、丙二醇單丁醚乙酸酯、二(丙二醇)二甲醚等);酯 劑(如乙酸丁醋、乙酸戊酯、丁酸乙酯、丁酸丁酿、乙 二乙8旨、丙酮酸乙6旨、2-羥丁酸乙酷、乙醯乙酸乙酯 酸曱酯、乳酸乙δ旨、3 -曱氧丙酸甲醋等);醇系溶劑( 醇、己醇、二丙酮醇、糠醇等);酮系溶劑(如環己酮 基戊基酮等);高極性溶劑(如二甲基曱醯胺、二曱基 胺、Ν -曱基吡咯啶酮等),以及此等之混合溶劑,暨進 添加有芳香族烴者。溶劑之使用比率係相對於硬化性 物各成分之總量,按重量比時通常在 1〜2 0倍左右之 内。 [2_1_3]曝光方法 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 85 於該 , 即 可以 或離 使具 上, 材。 有充 制, 酯、 乙醇 &Ι、 乙酸 系溶 二酸 、乳 如庚 、曱 乙醯 一步 組成 範圍 200530279 其次,關於硬化性晝像形成材,在被加工基板上具有硬 化性組成物層者,對該硬化性組成物層施行光照射或加熱 (最好能在雷射光為曝光光源之下施行掃描曝光),藉此予 以曝光。此際,在具有前述保護層等之情形,保持具有該 保護層等之狀態下施行曝光亦可,或予以剝離後施行曝光 亦可。再者,在藉由前述乾膜光阻材形成有硬化性組成物 層之情形,保持具有該暫時支撐膜或剝離後施行曝光均可。 該曝光光源例如可舉出碳弧燈、汞燈、氙燈、金屬i化 物燈、螢光燈、鎢燈、鹵燈以及雷射光源(如H e N e雷射、 氬離子雷射、YAG雷射、HeCd雷射、半導體雷射、紅寶石 雷射等),尤以發出波長域3 5 0〜4 3 0 n m之藍紫色領域之雷射 光之光源較佳,其中心波長為約4 0 5 n m者進一步較佳。具 體可舉出,405nm振盪之氮化銦鎵半導體雷射。 再者,關於利用雷射光源之掃描曝光方法,並未特別受 到限制,而為此例如可舉出平面掃描曝光方式、外面鼓筒 掃描曝光方式、内面鼓筒掃描曝光方式等,掃描曝光條件 最好能將雷射之輸出光強度設定為1〜100mW(以3〜70mW進 一步較佳),最好能將振盪波長設定為 3 9 0〜4 3 0 n m (以 4 0 0〜4 2 0 n m進一步較佳),最好能將光點直徑設定為 2〜3 0 // in (以 4〜2 0 μ m進一步較佳),最好能將掃描速度設定為 5 0〜5 0 0 m /秒鐘(以 1 0 0〜4 0 0 m /秒鐘進一步較佳),最好能將 掃描密度設定為2,000dpi以上(以4,000dpi以上進一步較 佳),以施行掃描曝光。 再者,對本發明之硬化性組成物未施行前述之光硬化, 86 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 但在熱聚合引發劑之存在下予以加熱,藉此亦可以在基板 上形成硬化層。此際之加熱條件可採取通常8 0〜2 5 0 °C,以 1 0 0〜2 0 0 °C較佳之溫度,通常1 0〜1 2 0分鐘,以2 0〜6 0分鐘 較佳之時間。 [2 - 1 - 4 ]顯影方法 再者,前述曝光後之顯影處理係在使用一最好能含有鹼 成分及必要時含有界面活性劑之水性顯影液之下施行者。 該驗成分例如可舉出,無機驗鹽(如碎酸納、碎酸鉀、碎酸 鋰、矽酸銨、偏矽酸鈉、偏矽酸鉀、氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、 氫氧化鋰、碳酸鈉、碳酸氫鈉、碳酸鉀、磷酸氫鈉、磷酸 鈉、磷酸氫銨、磷酸銨、硼酸鈉、硼酸鉀、硼酸銨等)、有 機胺化合物(如單曱胺、二曱胺、三曱胺、單乙胺、二乙胺、 三乙胺、單異丙胺、二異丙胺、單丁胺、單乙醇胺、二乙 醇胺、三乙醇胺、單異丙醇胺、二異丙醇胺等)等,係按其 0 . 1〜5 w t %程度之濃度被使用者。 界面活性劑可舉出與前述硬化性組成物中所舉出者相同 之界面活性劑,其中以非離子性、陰離子性、或兩性界面 活性劑較佳,尤其兩性界面活性劑較佳,而以甜菜纟金型化 合物特別合適。又按,前述界面活性劑最好能按 ◦ · 0 0 0卜2 0 w t % (以 0 . 0 0 0 5〜1 0 w t °/◦進一步較佳,而以 ◦ · 0 0 1〜5 w t %特別合適)之濃度被使用。 此外,顯影液在必要時可含有例如異丙醇、苄醇、2 -乙 氧乙醇乙酯、2 -乙氧乙醇丁酯、2 -乙氧乙醇苯酯、丙二醇、 二丙酮醇等之有機溶劑。再者,顯影液之pH最好能設定為 87 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 9〜14,以11〜14進一步較佳。 又按,顯影處理通常利用使晝像形成材浸潰於上述顯影 液中,或對晝像形成材喷霧上述顯影液等之習知顯影法, 最好能在1 0〜5 0 °C左右,以2 0〜4 0 °C左右進一步較佳之溫度 下,按5秒鐘〜1 0分鐘左右之時間施行之。再者,在顯影 處理後,為了提高以硬化物形成之晝像充當光阻時之耐熱 性或耐藥品性,較佳的是,例如在 1 4 0〜1 6 0 °C左右之溫度 下施行加熱處理。 [2 - 2 ]充當間隔物時之使用 通常在藉塗佈等之方法將溶解於或分散於溶劑中之硬化 性組成物以膜狀或圖案狀供給於應設置間隔物之基板上, 使溶劑乾燥後以膜狀供給之情形,必要時利用施行曝光-顯影之光蝕刻法等之方法來施行圖案之形成。然後依照需 要施行追加曝光處理或熱硬化處理,藉此在該基板上形成 間隔物。 [2 - 2 - 1 ]對基板之供給方法 本發明之硬化性組成物通常係在溶解於或分散於溶劑中 之狀態下供給於基板上者。其供給方法可利用迄今習知之 方法,例如旋塗法、線桿塗法、流動塗法、模塗法、輥塗 法、噴塗法等之方法來施行。尤其依照模塗法時,可大幅 減少塗佈液使用量,並且全然未受到依照旋塗法時會附著 之濕氣等之影響,可抑制異物之產生等,在綜合性觀點上 較佳。塗佈量係以用途而不同,例如在間隔物之情形,其 乾燥膜厚通常在0.5〜10//m之範圍内,以1〜8/zm之範圍内 88 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 較佳,而以1〜7 // m之範圍内特別合適。再者,為乾燥膜厚 或最後形成之間隔物高度,重要的是,在基板全域呈均勻 狀。在變異大之情形,液晶面板則會產生不均勻缺陷。再、 者,利用喷墨法、印刷法等,以圖案狀供給亦可。 [2 - 2 - 2 ]乾燥方法 硬化性組成物供給於基板上之後之乾燥最好能依照使用 熱板、I R烘箱、對流烘箱之乾燥法施行之。再者,與減壓 乾燥法(不提高溫度,在減壓箱内施行乾燥)組合亦可。乾 燥之條件可依溶劑成分之種類、要使用之乾燥機之性能等 適當選擇之。乾燥時間係依溶劑成分之種類、要使用之乾 燥機之性能等,通常按4 0〜1 3 0 °C溫度選在1 5秒鐘〜5分鐘 之範圍内,較佳的是,按5 0〜1 1 0 °C溫度選在3 0秒鐘〜3分 鐘之範圍内。 [2-2-3]曝光方法 關於曝光,將負型光阻圖案重疊在硬化性組成物之塗膜 上,藉由此光阻圖案照射以紫外線或可視光線之光源,以 施行曝光。再者,依照利用雷射光之掃描曝光方式亦可。 此際,在必要時,為了防止氧氣所引起之光聚合性層之感 度降低,在去氧環境下,或在光聚合性層上形成聚乙烯醇 層等之氧氣遮斷層後,施行曝光亦可。使用於上述曝光之 光源並未特別受到限制。光源例如可舉出如氙燈、鹵燈、 鎢燈、高壓汞燈、超高壓汞燈、金屬鹵化物燈、中壓汞燈、 低壓汞燈、碳弧燈、螢光燈等之燈光源;如氬離子雷射、 YAG 雷射、準分子雷射(excimerlaser)、氮雷射、氦編雷 89 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 射、藍紫色半導體雷射、近紅外半導體雷射等之雷射光源 等。在照射特定波長之光以供使用之情形,利用光學濾波 器亦可。 [2 - 2 - 4 ]顯影方法 在施行上述曝光後,可藉一種使用含有鹼性化合物及必 要時所含之界面活性劑之水溶液或有機溶劑所行之顯影, 在基板上形成晝像圖案。此水溶液可進一步含有有機溶 劑、緩衝劑、錯合化劑、染料或顏料。 驗性化合物可舉出如氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、氫氧化經、 碳酸鈉、碳酸鉀、碳酸氫鈉、碳酸氫鉀、矽酸鈉、矽酸鉀、 偏矽酸鈉、磷酸鈉、磷酸鉀、磷酸氫鈉、磷酸氫鉀、磷酸 二氫鈉、磷酸二氫鉀、氫氧化銨等之無機鹼性化合物;如 單乙醇胺、二乙醇胺、三乙醇胺、單甲胺、二甲胺、三曱 胺、單乙胺、二乙胺、三乙胺、單異丙胺、二異丙胺、正 丁胺、單異丙醇胺、二異丙醇胺、三異丙醇胺、伸乙亞胺、 伸乙二亞胺、氫氧化四曱銨(T M A Η )、膽4会等之有機鹼性化 合物。此項驗性化合物為二種以上之混合物亦可。 界面活性劑例如可舉出如聚氧伸乙基烷基醚類、聚氧伸 乙基烷基芳基醚類、聚氧伸乙基烷酯類、山梨糖醇烷酯類、 單甘油酯院酯類等之非離子系界面活性劑;如烧基苯續酸 鹽類、烷基萘磺酸鹽類、烷基硫酸鹽類、烷基磺酸鹽類、 磺酸基丁二酸酯鹽類等之陰離子性界面活性劑;如烷基甜 菜請類、胺基酸類等之兩性界面活性劑。 有機溶劑例如可舉出異丙醇、苄醇、2 -乙氧乙醇乙酯、 90 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 2 -乙氧乙醇丁酯、2 -乙氧乙醇苯酯、丙二醇、二丙酮醇等。 將有機溶劑單獨使用或與水溶液一起使用均可。 [2 - 2 - 5 ]追加曝光及熱硬化處理 對顯影後之基板,依照需要以與前述曝光方法相同之方 法施行追加曝光亦可,或施行熱硬化處理亦可。尤其較佳 的是施行熱硬化處理。為此際之熱硬化處理條件,將溫度 選在1 0 0〜2 8 0 °C之範圍内,以1 5 0〜2 5 0 °C之範圍内較佳,而 將時間選在5〜6 0分鐘之範圍内。 <實施例> 以下,關於本發明之硬化性組成物,舉出針對阻焊層用 途及間隔物用途之具體實施例加以說明,但本發明只要不 超過其要旨,則未受到以下之實施例之限制。 [1 ]阻焊層用之硬化性組成物 實施例1〜3,比較例1〜2 將下述成分(A1)〜(A6)之前述通式(I)所示化合物及其他 化合物、成分(B 1〜B 4 )之光聚合引發劑、成分(C 1 )之乙烯性 不飽和化合物、成分(D 1 )之環氧化合物、成分(E 1 )之環氧 硬化劑、成分(Η 1〜Η 2 )之無機填充劑、成分(J 1〜J 3 )之增感 色素以及成分(X 1 )之其他成分按照表1所示之配合比例加 入丙二醇單曱醚乙酸酯1 〇 〇重量份,在室溫下予以攪拌而 配製一塗佈液。另外,對於重疊黏貼有厚度3 5 // m之銅箔 之聚醯亞胺樹脂之銅敷積層基板(厚度1 . 5 m m,大小2 5 0 m m x200mm),使用一種表面處理材「Scotch-Bright SF」(住 友3 Μ公司所製造)以研磨該基板之銅箔表面,予以水洗, 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 91 200530279 藉空氣流乾燥、整面,其次,在烘箱中預熱至6 0 °C後, 前述所得之塗佈液以乾燥膜厚可成為2 5 // m之方式塗佈 該銅敷積層基板之銅箔上,在熱風循環式乾燥爐以8 0 °C 度下乾燥3 0分鐘而製成一光硬化性畫像形成材。 (A 1 )由以下之製造例所得到之化合物 將 9,9 -雙(4 ’ -羥苯)葬之二環氧化物(環氧當 231)231g、2 -丙烯醯氧乙基丁二酸(酸值260,共榮化學 司產品「Η Ο A - M S」)2 1 6 g、氯化三乙苄銨0 . 4 5 g以及對-氧苯O.lg裝入500ml之四口燒瓶,一邊將空氣按25ml/ 鐘之速度吹入,一邊在9 0〜1 0 0 °C溫度下加熱溶解,然後 溶液呈白濁之狀態下慢慢升溫至 1 2 0 °C ,以使完全溶化 繼之將變成透明黏稠狀之溶液繼續加熱攪拌8小時,以 其酸值達到0 . 8 K 0 Η · m g / g,而得到無色透明之反應產物 繼之,對所得到之反應產物4 4 7 g添加2 -乙基乙氧乙醇 S旨2 0 g以使溶化後,對此添加1 , 2,3,6 -四氫狀酸酐3 8 g 聯苯四羧酸二酐7 3 . 5 g、以及溴化四乙銨1 g,慢慢升溫 在 1 1 0〜1 1 5 °C溫度下進行反應 2 小時,藉此得到化合 (A 1 )。所得化合物之重量平均分子量為 3,5 0 0,雙鍵當 為 5 6 0。 (A 2 )由以下之製造例所得到之化合物 使丁二酸酐200重量份與市面上出售之季戊四醇三丙 酸酯5 9 6重量份在三乙胺2 . 5重量份及氫醌0 . 2 5重量份 存在下且在 1 0 0 °C溫度下進行反應 5小時,而得到一由 分子中具有1個羧基及2個以上之丙烯醯基之多官能丙 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 92 將 於 溫 量 公 曱 分 在 便 〇 乙 而 物 量 烯 之 1 烯 200530279 酸酯 67mol%與季戊四醇四丙烤酸酯 33mol%所構成之具有 酸值9 4之多官能丙烯酸酯混合物。除了使用此多官能丙烯 酸酯混合物 5 9 7 g來代替 2 -丙烯醯氧乙基丁二酸2 1 6 g之 外,均與前述(A 1 )之製造例一樣施行製造而得到化合物 (A 2 )。所得化合物之重量平均分子量為 3,0 0 0,雙鍵當量 為 2 1 0。 (A 3 )由以下之製造例所得到之化合物 在前述(A 1 )之製造例中,除了使用二苯基酮四羧酸二酐 80. 5g來代替聯苯四羧酸二酐73. 5g之外,均與前述(A1) 之製造例一樣施行製造,而得到化合物(A 3 )。所得化合物 之重量平均分子量為3, 500,雙鍵當量為189。 (A 4 )由以下之製造例所得到之化合物 在前述(A 1 )之製造例中,除了使用9,9 -雙(4 ’ -羥-3 ’ - 曱苯)苐之二環氧化物2 3 1 g來代替9,9 -雙(4 ’ -羥苯)荞之 二環氧化物2 3 1 g之外,均與前述(A 1 )之製造例一樣施行製 造,而得到化合物(A 4 )。所得化合物之重量平均分子量為 3, 000,雙鍵當量為187。 (A 5 ;用於比較例)由以下之製造例所得到之化合物 在前述(A1)之製造例中,除了使用丙烯酸72g來代替2-丙烯醯氧乙基丁二酸216g之外,均與前述(A1)之製造例一 樣施行製造,而得到化合物(A 5 )。所得化合物之重量平均 分子量為3, 200,雙鍵當量為416。 (A 6 ;用於比較例)具有下述構成上之重複單元之化合物 (A6)(酸值100mgKOH/g,重量平均分子量5,000,雙鍵當量 93 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 3 9 8,昭和高分子公司所製造「P R - 3 0 0 J」)In addition, the elastic recovery rate and recovery rate are based on the values measured on the load-except load test using the micro hardness tester, and are calculated as follows: Recovery rate (%) = {Η [1 ast] Pattern height) 丨 X 1 0 0 Elastic recovery rate (%) = {(H [max] -H [last]) / H [max]} xlOO The recovery rate is preferably 85% or more, and more than 90% Even better. The elastic recovery rate is preferably 60% or more, and more preferably 80% or more. If the recovery rate and / or elastic recovery rate are too small, the hardened material cannot adapt to the uneven load of the panel during manufacture. If the hardenable composition of the present invention has the above-mentioned characteristics, its composition is not particularly limited, and in particular, it is possible to use the chemical formula 80 326 shown in (A-1) General Formula (I) (Patent Specification) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279 compounds and / or (A-2) compounds with a p-phenol oxane structure. [1-1 6] The cross-sectional area of the bottom surface, the elastic recovery rate, and the recovery rate. Furthermore, the hardening composition of the present invention can form a cross-sectional area of the bottom surface of 24.5 // m2 or less, and an elastic recovery rate of 50% or more and / Or a hardened product with a recovery rate of 85% or more is characterized. For example, a spacer provided for a daytime panel of a mobile phone or the like is designed to have a small bottom area so as not to damage the daytime image because the pixels are small. On the other hand, products such as mobile phones are susceptible to shocks during use or other conditions, and are therefore easily loaded. The hardenable composition of the present invention exhibits a high elastic recovery rate and / or recovery rate of the hardened substance (spacer) even in this case, which is valuable in this regard. In addition, the bottom cross-sectional area refers to the contact area between the hardened object formed by the hardenable composition of the present invention and the substrate such as a spacer, and it can be measured by observing the spacer pattern using an optical microscope. The cross-sectional area of the bottom surface is preferably below 20 // m2, more preferably below 1 5 // m2, more preferably above 1 // m2, and even more preferably above 5 // m2. If the cross-sectional area of the bottom surface is too large, it is not suitable for a panel of a small-sized mobile phone or the like. If the bottom cross-sectional area is too small, a sufficient elastic recovery rate and / or recovery rate cannot be obtained. The elastic recovery rate and recovery rate are calculated in the same manner as described above based on the values measured on the load-except load test using the micro hardness tester. The recovery rate is preferably above 90%. The elastic recovery rate is preferably 60% or more, and more preferably 80% or more. If the recovery rate and / or elastic recovery rate are too small, the hardened material cannot adapt to the load of the panel 81 3 26 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279. If the hardenable composition of the present invention has the above-mentioned characteristics, its composition is not particularly limited, and it is particularly possible to use a compound represented by (A-1) general formula (I) and / or (A-2) having a reference Phenol pinane structure to achieve this. [2] How to use hardenable composition The hardenable composition of the present invention can be used in various applications such as printed wiring boards, liquid crystal display elements, plasma display devices, large-scale integrated circuits, and thin transistors by conventional methods. , Semiconductor packages, color filters, organic electric field light emitting devices, etc., to form hardened products such as solder masks, cover films, and insulation coatings for various electronic parts, or to form liquid crystal panels such as liquid crystal display devices The pixels, black substrates, overcoat layers, ribs, and hardened materials such as spacers of the color filter in the following description will be described in particular regarding the case where it is used as a solder resist layer and the case where it is used as a spacer. [2-1] When used as a solder resist layer, a hardening composition dissolved or dispersed in a solvent is usually applied to the substrate to be provided with a solder resist layer in a film or pattern form by coating or the like. When the solvent is dried and supplied in a film form, the formation of a pattern is performed by a method such as a photo-etching method in which exposure-development is performed, if necessary. Alternatively, a hardening composition previously formed as a dry film photoresist material is supplied to a substrate according to a conventional method, and if necessary, a pattern is formed by a photo-etching method such as exposure-development. The film-like or pattern-like curable composition layer thus obtained is subjected to a heat curing treatment as necessary to form a solder resist layer on the substrate. [2-1-1] Substrate This substrate is used to expose the hardening composition formed thereon using laser 82 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93] 34393 200530279 Those who carry out the development process and apply the image processing to the resulting image resistance, thereby forming patterns such as electrodes on the surface, are made of metals such as copper, aluminum, gold, silver, chromium, zinc, tin and nickel. The metal plate itself can also be used, but it is usually used for resins [such as thermosetting resins (such as epoxy resin, polyimide resin, butene diimide resin, unsaturated polyester resin, phenol resin, tertiary resin, etc. ), Thermoplastic resins (such as saturated polyester resins, polycarbonate polysulfone resins, acrylic resins, polyamide resins, polystyrene polyvinyl chloride resins, polyolefin resins, fluororesins, etc.), paper, inorganic substances ( Such as aluminum oxide, silicon dioxide, barium sulfate, calcium carbonate, etc.] materials (such as glass cloth substrate epoxy resin, glass nonwoven cloth substrate ring # paper substrate epoxy resin, paper substrate phenol resin, etc.) 0 . 0 2 ~ 10 mm insulation support On the surface, the aforementioned metal oxide (such as indium oxide, tin oxide, indium oxide-doped J oxide metal foil is heated and pressurized to be laminated on the surface, or the metal is deposited by evaporation, electroplating, etc. A conductive layer having a thickness of about 1 to about 1 is formed on the surface. The metal laminate thus obtained is used in the form of a substrate supplied in a state of being dissolved or dispersed in a solvent. [2-1-2] Utilizing methods known so far, such as spin coating, wire rod spray coating, dip coating, air knife coating, roll coating, blade coating, droop coating, etc. About the coating amount at the time of coating If the processing (formation of the day image, followed by welding processing, etc.) is considered, the dry film thickness is preferably 5 // m or more, and 1 0 // m is 326 \ Patent Specification ( (Supplements) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 83 As light path, electricity, lead, such as bismuth melamine resin, resin, glass, I or composite, resin, thickness, or metal, etc., etc., 1 0 0 // m 〇 Love on the coating It is better to go to the next step of 200530279. If sensitivity is taken into consideration, it is better to be less than 2 0 // m, and more preferably less than 100 V m. Press again, for this drying temperature, for example, you can It takes about 30 ~ 150 ° C, preferably about 40 ~ 110 ° C, and the drying time is, for example, about 5 seconds ~ 60 minutes, and about 10 seconds ~ The degree is preferably 30 minutes. In addition, in the case of directly coating and drying the hardening composition coating liquid to prepare a hardenable day image forming material, in order to suppress polymerization caused by oxygen of the hardenable composition For the prevention, etc., a solution of polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyethylene oxide, fluorenyl cellulose, carboxyfluorenyl cellulose, hydroxymethyl cellulose, etc. is applied as described above to form the foregoing The above-mentioned hardening composition layer on the substrate to be processed is dried, and a protective layer is formed. "Oj * 〇" For the purpose of serving as a dry film photoresist material, it can be used on the substrate. Method to proceed. Specifically, each of the aforementioned components is dissolved or dispersed in a suitable solvent to be applied as a coating solution on a temporary support film and dried, and a coating film is applied to the formed hardening composition as necessary. On the surface of the material layer, as a so-called dry film photoresist material, etc., when the coating film is coated on the hardening composition layer side of the dry film photoresist material, the coating film is peeled off and laminated by heating. The method is laminated on the substrate to be processed, thereby supplying the substrate. When used as the dry film photoresist, etc., as the temporary support film required, for example, a polyethylene terephthalate film, a polyimide film, a polyimide film, polypropylene can be used. Films, polystyrene films, and the like that have heretofore been known. At this time, if these films have the solvent resistance required for the preparation of the dry film photoresist material 84 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279, the hardening composition can be If the coating solution is directly coated on a temporary support film, such as drying, to make a dry film photoresist, and if these films have a low degree of solvent resistance or heat resistance, the dry film is also prepared as described below. Photoresist: For example, after forming a hardenable composition layer on a release film such as a polytetrafluoroethylene film, a temporary support film with low solvent resistance or heat resistance is laminated on the layer. Then, the above-mentioned film having release properties is peeled off to prepare a dry film photoresist. Furthermore, the solvent for the coating liquid mainly has a solubility for the components used and can provide good coating film properties. For this purpose, for example, a cellosolve solvent (such as 2-ethoxyethanol 氧 2-ethoxyethanol 乙 S, 2-ethylethoxyethanol ethyl, 2-ethylethoxyethyl) Etc.); propylene glycol solvents (such as propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl propylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol Glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, bis (propylene glycol) dimethyl ether, etc.); ester agents (such as butyl acetate, pentyl acetate, ethyl butyrate, butyl ether Succinic acid, ethylene glycol 8 purpose, ethyl pyruvate 6 purpose, ethyl 2-hydroxybutyrate, ethyl acetate ethyl acetate, ethyl δ purpose lactate, methyl 3-acetoxypropionate, etc.); alcohol Series solvents (alcohol, hexanol, diacetone alcohol, furfuryl alcohol, etc.); ketone series solvents (such as cyclohexanonepentyl ketone, etc.); highly polar solvents (such as dimethylfluorenylamine, difluorenylamine, N- Fluorenyl pyrrolidone, etc.), and these mixed solvents, and those containing aromatic hydrocarbons. The use ratio of the solvent is generally within the range of 1 to 20 times by weight based on the total amount of each component of the hardenable material. [2_1_3] Exposure method 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 85 Here, you can leave or remove the fixtures and materials. There are filling, ester, ethanol & I, acetic acid-soluble diacid, milk such as heptamine, acetone, etc. One step composition range 200530279 Second, regarding the hardenable day image forming material, there is a hardenable composition layer on the processed substrate Light exposure or heating (preferably scanning exposure under laser light as an exposure light source) is performed on the hardenable composition layer to expose the hardenable composition layer. In this case, when the protective layer is provided, exposure may be performed while the protective layer is provided, or exposure may be performed after peeling. When a hardening composition layer is formed from the dry film photoresist, the temporary supporting film may be maintained or the exposure may be performed after peeling. Examples of the exposure light source include a carbon arc lamp, a mercury lamp, a xenon lamp, a metal oxide lamp, a fluorescent lamp, a tungsten lamp, a halogen lamp, and a laser light source (such as a HeNe laser, an argon ion laser, and a YAG laser). Laser, HeCd laser, semiconductor laser, ruby laser, etc.), especially a light source that emits laser light in the blue-violet region with a wavelength range of 3 50 ~ 4 3 0 nm, and its center wavelength is about 4 0 5 nm Those are even better. Specific examples include an indium gallium nitride semiconductor laser oscillating at 405 nm. Furthermore, the scanning exposure method using a laser light source is not particularly limited, and for this purpose, for example, a planar scanning exposure method, an outer drum scanning exposure method, an inner drum scanning exposure method, etc., the scanning exposure conditions are the most It is possible to set the output light intensity of the laser to 1 ~ 100mW (more preferably 3 ~ 70mW), it is best to set the oscillation wavelength to 3 9 0 ~ 4 3 0 nm (with 4 0 0 ~ 4 2 0 nm Further preferred), it is best to set the spot diameter to 2 ~ 3 0 // in (4 to 2 0 μm is more preferred), and it is best to set the scanning speed to 50 to 50 0 m / Seconds (more preferably from 100 to 400 m / s), it is best to set the scan density to 2,000 dpi or more (more preferably 4,000 dpi or more) to perform scan exposure. In addition, the hardening composition of the present invention is not subjected to the aforementioned light hardening. 86 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279 However, it can also be heated in the presence of a thermal polymerization initiator. A hardened layer is formed on the substrate. In this case, the heating conditions can be usually 80 ~ 250 ° C, preferably 100 ~ 200 ° C, usually 10 ~ 120 minutes, preferably 20 ~ 60 minutes. . [2-1-4] Development method Further, the aforementioned post-exposure development treatment is performed using an aqueous developing solution which preferably contains an alkali component and, if necessary, a surfactant. Examples of the test ingredient include inorganic test salts (such as sodium salt, potassium salt, lithium salt, ammonium silicate, sodium metasilicate, potassium metasilicate, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and lithium hydroxide). , Sodium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydrogen phosphate, sodium phosphate, ammonium hydrogen phosphate, ammonium phosphate, sodium borate, potassium borate, ammonium borate, etc.), organic amine compounds (such as monoamine, diamine, triamine Amine, monoethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, monoisopropylamine, diisopropylamine, monobutylamine, monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, monoisopropanolamine, diisopropanolamine, etc.) It is used by the user at a concentration of about 0.1 to 5 wt%. Examples of the surfactant include the same surfactants as those exemplified in the aforementioned hardening composition. Among them, nonionic, anionic, or amphoteric surfactants are preferred, and amphoteric surfactants are preferred. Beet tincture type compounds are particularly suitable. According to the above, it is preferable that the aforementioned surfactant can be ◦ · 0 0 0 2 20 wt% (with 0. 0 0 5 ~ 1 0 wt ° / ◦ more preferably, and ◦ · 0 0 1 ~ 5 wt. % Is particularly suitable). In addition, the developing solution may contain organic solvents such as isopropyl alcohol, benzyl alcohol, 2-ethoxyethanol ethyl ester, 2-ethoxyethanol butyl ester, 2-ethoxyethanol phenyl ester, propylene glycol, diacetone alcohol, and the like, as necessary. . Furthermore, the pH of the developing solution is preferably set to 87 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279 9 ~ 14, and 11 ~ 14 is more preferable. Further, the development process generally uses a conventional development method in which a day image forming material is immersed in the above-mentioned developing solution, or a day image forming material is sprayed with the above-mentioned developing solution, etc., preferably at a temperature of about 10 to 50 ° C. At a temperature of about 20 to 40 ° C, it is performed at a temperature of about 5 seconds to 10 minutes. Furthermore, after the development process, in order to improve the heat resistance or chemical resistance of a day image formed by a hardened material as a photoresist, it is preferably performed at a temperature of about 140 to 160 ° C, for example. Heat treatment. [2-2] When used as a spacer, a hardening composition dissolved or dispersed in a solvent is usually applied by a method such as coating to a film or a pattern on a substrate on which a spacer is to be provided, and the solvent is used. When it is supplied in a film form after drying, if necessary, the formation of a pattern is performed by a photo-etching method such as exposure-development. Then, if necessary, an additional exposure process or a thermal curing process is performed to form a spacer on the substrate. [2-2-1] Supply method to substrate The curable composition of the present invention is usually supplied to a substrate in a state of being dissolved or dispersed in a solvent. The supply method can be performed by a conventionally known method such as a spin coating method, a wire rod coating method, a flow coating method, a die coating method, a roll coating method, a spray coating method, or the like. In particular, according to the die coating method, the amount of coating liquid used can be greatly reduced, and it is completely unaffected by the moisture and the like that adhere to the spin coating method, and the generation of foreign matter can be suppressed. The coating amount varies depending on the application. For example, in the case of spacers, the dry film thickness is usually in the range of 0.5 to 10 // m, and in the range of 1 to 8 / zm. 88 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279 is better, and it is particularly suitable in the range of 1 ~ 7 // m. In addition, in order to dry the film thickness or the height of the spacer formed at the end, it is important that it is uniform over the entire area of the substrate. When the variation is large, the LCD panel may have uneven defects. In addition, it may be supplied in a pattern by using an inkjet method, a printing method, or the like. [2-2-2] Drying method After the hardening composition is supplied onto the substrate, it is best to perform drying according to a drying method using a hot plate, an IR oven, or a convection oven. Furthermore, it may be combined with a reduced-pressure drying method (drying in a decompression box without increasing the temperature). The drying conditions can be appropriately selected according to the type of the solvent component and the performance of the dryer to be used. The drying time depends on the type of solvent composition and the performance of the dryer to be used. Usually, the temperature is selected within the range of 15 seconds to 5 minutes at a temperature of 40 ~ 130 ° C. Preferably, it is The temperature of ~ 110 ° C is selected from 30 seconds to 3 minutes. [2-2-3] Exposure method For exposure, a negative photoresist pattern is superimposed on a coating film of a curable composition, and the photoresist pattern is irradiated with a light source irradiated with ultraviolet rays or visible light to perform exposure. Furthermore, a scanning exposure method using laser light may be used. In this case, if necessary, in order to prevent the sensitivity of the photopolymerizable layer from being reduced by oxygen, exposure may be performed in a deoxidizing environment or after forming an oxygen blocking layer such as a polyvinyl alcohol layer on the photopolymerizable layer. . The light source used for the above exposure is not particularly limited. Examples of the light source include lamp light sources such as xenon lamps, halogen lamps, tungsten lamps, high-pressure mercury lamps, ultra-high-pressure mercury lamps, metal halide lamps, medium-pressure mercury lamps, low-pressure mercury lamps, carbon arc lamps, and fluorescent lamps; Argon ion laser, YAG laser, excimer laser, nitrogen laser, helium-based laser 89 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279, blue-violet semiconductor laser, near infrared Laser light sources such as semiconductor lasers. In the case where light of a specific wavelength is irradiated for use, an optical filter may be used. [2-2-4] Development method After performing the above exposure, a day image pattern can be formed on a substrate by developing using an aqueous solution or an organic solvent containing a basic compound and, if necessary, a surfactant. This aqueous solution may further contain an organic solvent, a buffering agent, a complexing agent, a dye or a pigment. Examples of test compounds include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, potassium bicarbonate, sodium silicate, potassium silicate, sodium metasilicate, sodium phosphate, and phosphoric acid. Potassium, sodium hydrogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen phosphate, sodium dihydrogen phosphate, potassium dihydrogen phosphate, ammonium hydroxide and other inorganic basic compounds; such as monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, monomethylamine, dimethylamine, triamidine Amine, monoethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, monoisopropylamine, diisopropylamine, n-butylamine, monoisopropanolamine, diisopropanolamine, triisopropanolamine, ethyleneimine, ethylenediamine Organic basic compounds such as ethylenediimide, tetraammonium hydroxide (TMA Η), gallbladder 4 etc. The test compound may be a mixture of two or more kinds. Examples of the surfactant include polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers, polyoxyethyl alkyl aryl ethers, polyoxyethyl alkyl esters, sorbitan alkyl esters, and monoglycerides. Non-ionic surfactants such as esters; such as alkylbenzenenaphthenates, alkylnaphthalenesulfonates, alkylsulfates, alkylsulfonates, sulfosuccinates And other anionic surfactants; such as alkyl beets, amino acids and other amphoteric surfactants. Examples of the organic solvent include isopropanol, benzyl alcohol, 2-ethoxyethanol ethyl ester, 90 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279 2-ethoxyethanol butyl ester, 2-ethoxyethanol Phenyl ester, propylene glycol, diacetone alcohol, etc. The organic solvent may be used alone or in combination with an aqueous solution. [2-2-5] Additional exposure and thermal curing treatment The substrate after development may be subjected to additional exposure in the same manner as the aforementioned exposure method as required, or thermal curing treatment may be performed. It is particularly preferable to perform a heat hardening treatment. For this heat curing treatment condition, the temperature is selected in the range of 100 to 28 ° C, preferably in the range of 150 to 250 ° C, and the time is selected to be 5 to 6. Within 0 minutes. < Examples > Hereinafter, the hardenable composition of the present invention will be described with reference to specific examples of solder mask use and spacer use. However, the present invention is not subject to the following implementations as long as the gist is not exceeded. Restrictions. [1] Examples 1 to 3 and Comparative Examples 1 to 2 of hardenable compositions for solder resist. Compounds represented by the aforementioned general formula (I) and other compounds and components ( B 1 ~ B 4) photopolymerization initiator, ethylenically unsaturated compound of component (C 1), epoxy compound of component (D 1), epoxy hardener of component (E 1), component (Η 1 ~ Η 2) Inorganic filler, component (J 1 ~ J 3), sensitizing pigment and other components of component (X 1) propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate is added in a proportion of 1000 parts by weight , Stirring at room temperature to prepare a coating solution. In addition, for a copper-clad laminate substrate (thickness 1.5 mm, size 250 mm x 200 mm) with a polyimide resin with a copper foil thickness of 3 5 // m, a surface treatment material "Scotch-Bright SF "(manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Co., Ltd.) to polish the copper foil surface of the substrate and wash it with water. 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 91 200530279 Dry by air flow, the whole surface, and then in the oven After preheating to 60 ° C, the coating solution obtained above is coated on the copper foil of the copper-clad substrate in such a manner that the dry film thickness can be 2 5 // m. Dry at 30 ° C for 30 minutes to produce a photocurable image forming material. (A 1) 231 g of 9,9-bis (4′-hydroxybenzene) bisepoxide (epoxy 231) and 2-propenyloxyethyl succinic acid obtained from the compound obtained in the following production example (Acid value 260, product of Gong Rong Chemical Co., Ltd. "Η Ο A-MS") 2 16 g, triethylbenzyl ammonium chloride 0.45 g and p-oxybenzene O.lg into a 500 ml four-necked flask, While blowing in air at a rate of 25ml / min, heat and dissolve it at a temperature of 90 ~ 100 ° C, and then slowly raise the temperature to 120 ° C when the solution is cloudy, so that complete dissolution will follow. The transparent and viscous solution was continuously heated and stirred for 8 hours, and its acid value reached 0.8 K 0 Η · mg / g to obtain a colorless and transparent reaction product. Next, 4 4 7 g of the obtained reaction product was added. After 20 g of 2-ethylethoxyethanol S was dissolved, 1,2,3,6-tetrahydroacid anhydride 3 8 g of biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride 7 3.5 g, and bromine were added thereto. Tetraethylammonium (1 g) was reacted at a temperature of 110 to 115 ° C. for 2 hours to obtain a compound (A 1). The weight average molecular weight of the obtained compound was 3,500, and the double bond was 5,600. (A 2) From the compounds obtained in the following production examples, 200 parts by weight of succinic anhydride and 5 9 6 parts by weight of pentaerythritol tripropionate commercially available at 2.5 parts by weight of triethylamine and 0.2 of hydroquinone. In the presence of 5 parts by weight and at a temperature of 100 ° C for 5 hours, a multifunctional propylene with a carboxyl group and 2 or more acryl groups in the molecule is obtained. 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 92 A polyfunctional acrylate having an acid value of 9 4 consisting of 67 mol% of ethylenene and 30 mol of ethylene and 30 mol of pentaerythritol tetrapropionate, which will be divided into two parts: temperature and temperature. mixture. Except using 5 9 7 g of this polyfunctional acrylate mixture instead of 2 1 6 g of 2-propenyloxyethylsuccinic acid, production was performed in the same manner as in the production example of (A 1) to obtain the compound (A 2 ). The obtained compound had a weight-average molecular weight of 3,000 and a double bond equivalent of 211. (A 3) The compound obtained from the following production example In the production example of the aforementioned (A 1), in addition to using 80.5 g of diphenyl ketone tetracarboxylic dianhydride instead of 73.5 g of biphenyl tetracarboxylic dianhydride Except for this, production was carried out in the same manner as in the production example of (A1) above, and a compound (A 3) was obtained. The obtained compound had a weight average molecular weight of 3,500 and a double bond equivalent weight of 189. (A 4) Compounds obtained from the following production examples In the production examples of (A 1) above, except for the use of 9,9-bis (4′-hydroxy-3′-benzene) fluorene diepoxide 2 3 1 g was used instead of 9, 9-bis (4′-hydroxybenzene) buckwheat bis-epoxide 2 3 1 g, and the production was carried out in the same manner as in the production example of (A 1), to obtain compound (A 4 ). The obtained compound had a weight average molecular weight of 3,000 and a double bond equivalent weight of 187. (A 5; for comparative example) The compounds obtained in the following production examples were the same as those in the production example of (A1) except that 72 g of acrylic acid was used instead of 216 g of 2-propenyloxyethylsuccinic acid. Production was carried out in the same manner as in the production example of (A1) above to obtain compound (A 5). The obtained compound had a weight average molecular weight of 3,200 and a double bond equivalent weight of 416. (A 6; for comparative example) Compound (A6) having repeating units of the following constitution (acid value 100 mgKOH / g, weight average molecular weight 5,000, double bond equivalent 93 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279 3 9 8, "PR-3 0 0 J" manufactured by Showa Polymer Co., Ltd.)

H〇CC OOC 〇CHiCHCHi〇〇CCH*CHiH〇CC OOC 〇CHiCHCHi〇〇CCH * CHi

(Bl)l-(4-曱硫苯)-2-嗎啉-2-曱基丙烷-1-酮 (B 2 ) 2,4 -二乙硫σ山酮 (Β3)2 -經-4-正辛酸二苯基酮 (Β 4 ) 2,2 ’ -雙(鄰-氯苯)-4,4 ’ ,5,5 ’ -四苯聯咪唑 (C1)二(季戊四醇)六丙烯酸酯 (D 1 )鄰-曱苯酚系酚醛樹脂型環氧樹脂(環氧值 2 JAPAN EPOXY RESIN C0.所製造「EPICOAT180S70」) (E 1 )氰胍 (Η 1 )硫酸鋇 (Η 2 )滑石 (J 1 )下述之增感色素 (J2)下述之增感色素 (J3)下述之增感色素 3 26\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 94 200530279 αΐ)(Bl) l- (4-fluoranthiobenzene) -2-morpholin-2-fluorenylpropan-1-one (B 2) 2,4-diethylthiosigmaxanone (B3) 2 -trans-4- N-octanoic acid diphenyl ketone (B 4) 2,2'-bis (o-chlorobenzene) -4,4 ', 5,5'-tetrabenzimidazole (C1) di (pentaerythritol) hexaacrylate (D 1 ) O-pyrene phenol-based phenolic resin epoxy resin (epoxy value 2 "EPICOAT180S70" manufactured by JAPAN EPOXY RESIN C0.) (E 1) cyanoguanidine (钡 1) barium sulfate (Η 2) talc (J 1) The sensitizing pigment described (J2) The sensitizing pigment described below (J3) The sensitizing pigment 3 described below 26 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 94 200530279 αΐ)

CHa (X 1 )酞菁綠 [1 - 1 ]高壓汞燈曝光感度 關於前述所得之光硬化性晝像形成材,按以下所示方法 測量曝光感度,而將結果示於表1中。 對所得晝像形成材之光硬化性組成物層照射以1 k W超高 壓汞燈,而求出在使用1 w t %碳酸鈉水溶液之下且在3 0 °C溫 度下顯影8 0秒鐘時之階調晝像再現之最小曝光量(m J / c m2) 以作為感度。 [1 - 2 ]對基板之密合性 其次,對所得之光硬化性晝像形成材,按以下所示方法 評估硬化層對被加工基板之密合性及其耐熱性,而將結果 示於表1中。CHa (X 1) phthalocyanine green [1-1] exposure sensitivity of high pressure mercury lamp About the photocurable day image forming material obtained above, the exposure sensitivity was measured by the following method, and the results are shown in Table 1. The photocurable composition layer of the obtained day image forming material was irradiated with a 1 kW ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, and it was determined that it was developed at 30 ° C for 80 seconds using a 1 wt% aqueous sodium carbonate solution. The minimum exposure (m J / c m2) for the reproduction of the gradation day image is used as the sensitivity. [1-2] Adhesion to substrate Secondly, for the obtained photocurable day image forming material, the adhesion of the hardened layer to the substrate to be processed and its heat resistance were evaluated as shown below, and the results are shown in in FIG. 1.

對所得之晝像形成材之光硬化性組成物層,在使用 1 k W 95 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 超高壓汞燈之下,按前述所求出之最小曝光量予以照射以 使形成全面硬化層後,對所得之硬化層在 1 5 0 °C溫度下施 行加熱處理6 0分鐘,然後根據J I S D 0 2 0 2,使用切割機具 以按1 m m間隔可成為1 0 0個方格之方式對硬化層上施加切 痕,而將NichibanCo.所製造之賽D各凡(cellophane)膠帶 貼在該硬化層上,以測量該膠帶剝離時之硬化層之剝離方 格數,而按下述基準予以評估。 A :在1 0 0個方格中,硬化層之剝離方格數為0。 B :在1 0 0個方格中,硬化層之剝離方格數為1個以上, 小於5個。 C :在1 0 0個方袼中,硬化層之剝離方格數為5個以上, 小於1 0個。 D :在1 0 0個方格中,硬化層之剝離方格數為1 0個以上。 [1 - 3 ]密合性之财熱性 與前述一樣,使用切割機具以可成為1 〇 〇個方格之方式 施加切痕後,將F L U X ( T A M U R A K A K E N C 0 .所製造)塗佈於表 面上,其次,將一項在2 9 0 °C之焊劑浴中浸潰3 0秒鐘後恢 復室溫之操作反覆施行6次。然後,將赛珞凡膠帶貼在硬 化層上,與前述一樣,測量該膠帶剝離時之硬化層之剝離 方格數,而按相同基準予以評估。 [1-4]雷射曝光感度 實施例4 (阻焊層用硬化性組成物:雷射曝光) 關於與實施例1〜3 —樣製成之光硬化性畫像形成材,在 使用雷射光為曝光光源之下,按下述方法測量雷射曝光感 96 326\專利說明書(補件)\9‘03\93134393 200530279 度,然後,除了將曝光光源改為雷射光之外,均與前述一 樣施行對基板之密合性及其耐熱性之評估,而將結果示於 表1中。 將所得之晝像形成材之光硬化性組成物層固定於直徑 7 c m之鋁製圓筒上,按每分鐘1 0〜1 0 0轉,在改變轉數之下, 使用一具有中心波長4 0 5 n m及雷射輸出5 m W之雷射光源(曰 亞化學工業公司所製造「N L Η V 5 0 0 C」),按像面照度 2 m W 及光點直徑2 0 // m且在改變光束掃描間隔及掃描速度之下 施行掃描曝光,其次,在使用3 0 °C之1 w t %礙酸納水溶液為 顯影液之下,以成為0 . 1 5 Μ P a之方式予以喷灑,而按最小 顯影時間之1 . 5倍時間施行噴霧顯影,藉此使畫像出現。 關於所得之晝像,求出2 0 μ οι線寬之再現所需曝光量,以 作為對藍紫色雷射之感度。 [2 ]阻焊層用之硬化性組成物:乾膜光阻 實施例5〜7 將光硬化性組成物使用敷料器以按乾燥膜厚可成為 25 # m之量塗佈於充當暫時支撐膜之聚對酞酸乙二酯膜(厚 度1 9 // m )上,在9 0 °C之烘箱内乾燥5分鐘,而在所形成之 光硬化性組成物層上積層一充當被覆膜之聚乙烯膜(厚度 2 5 μ m),予以放置1日,而製成乾膜光阻材。其次,將所 得之乾膜光阻材一邊剝離該聚乙烯膜,一邊以其剝離面在 使用手動式輥層合機之下,按輥溫度1 0 0 °C,輥壓0 . 3 Μ P a, 層合速度1 . 5 m /分鐘予以層壓於與實施例1〜3所用者相同 之銅敷積層基板之銅箔上,而製備一由光硬化性組成物層 97 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 形成於銅敷積層基板上而成之光硬化性畫像形成材。 關於所得之光硬化性晝像形成材之光硬化性組成物層, 以與實施例4相同之方法測量雷射曝光感度,然後施行對 基板之密合性及其而ί熱性之評估,而將結果示於表1中。 98 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 I < ^ ss - ss ^ ^ sf ^ ^ ^ ^ gFor the light-curable composition layer of the obtained day image forming material, under the use of a 1 k W 95 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279 ultrahigh-pressure mercury lamp, the minimum value obtained according to the foregoing is obtained. After the exposure amount is irradiated to form a comprehensive hardened layer, the obtained hardened layer is heat-treated at 150 ° C for 60 minutes, and then a cutting machine can be used at 1 mm intervals in accordance with JISD 0 2 02. 100 squares were applied to the hardened layer, and a cellophane tape made by Nichiban Co. was attached to the hardened layer to measure the peeling method of the hardened layer when the tape was peeled off. The number of divisions is evaluated on the basis of the following. A: In 100 squares, the number of peeled squares of the hardened layer is 0. B: In 100 squares, the number of peeled squares of the hardened layer is 1 or more and less than 5. C: In 100 squares, the number of peeling squares of the hardened layer is 5 or more, and less than 10. D: Among 100 squares, the number of peeled squares of the hardened layer is 10 or more. [1-3] Adhesive property and thermal properties are the same as above. After applying a cutting mark using a cutting machine so that it can be 1,000 squares, FLUX (manufactured by Tamurakaken Co.) is applied to the surface, followed by , Repeatedly perform an operation of immersing in a solder bath at 290 ° C for 30 seconds and then returning to room temperature 6 times. Then, the Saifan tape was affixed to the hardened layer, and the number of peeling squares of the hardened layer when the tape was peeled off was measured in the same manner as described above, and evaluated on the same basis. [1-4] Laser Exposure Sensitivity Example 4 (Curable composition for solder resist layer: Laser exposure) Regarding the photocurable image forming material prepared in the same manner as in Examples 1 to 3, the laser light was used as Under the exposure light source, the laser exposure was measured as follows: 96 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 9'03 \ 93134393 200530279 degrees. Then, except that the exposure light source was changed to laser light, it was performed as before. The evaluation of the adhesion of the substrate and its heat resistance are shown in Table 1. The obtained photocurable composition layer of the daytime image forming material was fixed on an aluminum cylinder with a diameter of 7 cm, and the rotation speed was changed from 10 to 100 revolutions per minute using a center wavelength of 4 0 5 nm and a laser light source with a laser output of 5 m W ("NL Η V 5 0 0 C" manufactured by Ya Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), according to the image plane illumination 2 m W and the spot diameter 2 0 // m and Scanning exposure was performed while changing the beam scanning interval and scanning speed. Secondly, it was sprayed under the condition of using 0.1 wt. , And spray development at 1.5 times the minimum development time to make the image appear. Regarding the obtained day image, an exposure amount required for reproduction with a line width of 20 μm was obtained as a sensitivity to a blue-violet laser. [2] Curable composition for solder mask layer: dry film photoresist Examples 5 to 7 The photocurable composition was applied with an applicator to a dry film thickness of 25 # m to serve as a temporary support film. On a polyethylene terephthalate film (thickness 19 // m), dried in an oven at 90 ° C for 5 minutes, and a photo-curable composition layer was formed as a coating film A polyethylene film (thickness: 25 μm) was left to stand for 1 day to make a dry film photoresist. Next, the obtained dry film photoresist material was peeled from the polyethylene film, and the peeling surface was under a manual roll laminator using a roll temperature of 100 ° C and a roll pressure of 0.3 MPa. At a lamination speed of 1.5 m / min, it was laminated on the copper foil of the same copper-clad substrate as used in Examples 1 to 3 to prepare a photocurable composition layer 97 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplementary Pieces) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279 A photocurable image forming material formed on a copper-clad substrate. Regarding the photocurable composition layer of the obtained photocurable day image forming material, the laser exposure sensitivity was measured in the same manner as in Example 4, and then the adhesion of the substrate and its thermal properties were evaluated, and The results are shown in Table 1. 98 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279 I < ^ ss-ss ^ ^ sf ^ ^ ^ ^ g

OCNI ςι oco 9Α·0 009OCNI ς oco 9Α · 0 009

a CQ CNI ^ (N1 ^ 03 ^ ^ " (NI ^ 2 5a CQ CNI ^ (N1 ^ 03 ^ ^ " (NI ^ 2 5

OLO 09OLO 09

OLOOLO

OLOOLO

OLO sOLO s

OLO g oz oz oz 9.0 si oc LOI oco LOI oco 9卜·0 009 ao 『0 LO卜.0 col v v 9.0OLO g oz oz oz 9.0 si oc LOI oco LOI oco 9 Bu · 0 009 ao 『0 LO Bu. 0 col v v 9.0

Lo卜·0Lo Bu 0

卜I v v oz oz ozI v v oz oz oz

OCNIOCNI

OCNI 91 oco 91 oco LOI oco 91 oco LOI ocoOCNI 91 oco 91 oco LOI oco 91 oco LOI oco

Lo卜·0 91 v v 9.0Lo Bu 0 91 v v 9.0

Lo卜·0Lo Bu 0

Si/OSi / O

Lo卜·0Lo Bu 0

Lo卜·0 0000Lo Bu 0 0000

SI oocoSI ooco

LnI v v v v v v v v 66 /^N >^N /^N /^N /^N /^N r-H CNI CO ^st* LO CO << β e c S^/ \s^ v^/LnI v v v v v v v v 66 / ^ N > ^ N / ^ N / ^ N / ^ N / ^ N r-H CNI CO ^ st * LO CO < < β e c S ^ / \ s ^ v ^ /

/^\ /^N 1—H CNI CO ^ CO CO CQ PQ (G)荽^JJT^r^K-si^oG) (le f ^ (13) § § Φ * ¥ S) (S (5 αχ) 莩砘(X) $s^ e6e 寸 ei e6\s46\ff}s)_^MVK-w\9ze 200530279 [3 ]間隔物用硬化組成物 實施例8〜1 4、比較例3〜4 將成分(A2)、(A5)以下述成分(A8)〜(A12)之通式(I)所示 之化合物及其他化合物、成分(B 1 )之聚合引發劑、成分(C 1 ) 及(C 2 )之乙烯性不飽和化合物、成分(F 1 )之胺化合物、成 分(I 1 )之界面活性劑以及成分(N 1 )之添加劑按表2所示之 配合比例加入丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯1 0 0重量份,在室溫下 予以攪拌而配製一塗佈液。關於所得之塗佈液,依照下述 方法施行保存安定性之評估,而將結果示於表2中。 [3 - 1 ]保存安定性 關於將塗佈溶液密封於試樣瓶中而在3 5 °C溫度下保管7 曰之情形,測量保管前後之黏度及最小顯影時間之變化, 而按以下之基準予以評估。 〇:黏度變化在± 3 °/〇範圍内且最小顯影時間之變化在± 3 %範 圍内。 △:黏度變化在± 3 %範圍外,但最小顯影時間之變化在± 3 % 範圍内。 X ··黏度變化在± 3 %範圍内,但最小顯影時間之變化在± 3 % 範圍外。 (A 8 )由以下之製造例得到之化合物 除了使用1,2, 3,6 -四氫酞酸酐137g來代替1,2,3,6 -四 氫Si;酸酐38g及聯苯四叛酸二酐73. 5g之外,均與前述(A2) 之製造例一樣施行製造,而得到化合物(A 8 )。所得化合物 之酸值為5 6,重量平均分子量為2,6 2 0,雙鍵當量為2 1 6。 100 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 (A 9 )由以下之製造例得到之化合物 將 9,9 -雙(4 ’ -羥苯)第之二縮水甘油醚化物(環氧當量 2 3 1 ) 1 0 0份、丁二酸酐與季戊四醇三丙烯酸酯之反應混合 物(與前述(A 2 )之製造例所用者相同,酸值 9 0 · 5 ) 2 7 3 · 2 份、對-曱氧苯酚0 . 1 9份、三苯膦7. 4份以及丙二醇單曱 醚乙酸酯3 6 8份裝入反應容器,在9 0 °C溫度下攪拌至酸值 達到5 m g - K 0 H / g以下為止。為了酸值達到目標,花1 0小時 (酸值1 . 0 )。其次,對上述反應所得之反應液8 0份,添加 丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯6份,對此添加六亞甲二異氰酸酯1 . 9 份及二月桂酸二丁錫 0 . 0 1份,在 9 0 °C溫度下進行反應 3 小時,然後添加偏苯三甲酸酐3 . 8份,在9 0 °C溫度下進行 反應3小時,而得到一具有酸值5 2,藉G P C所測之聚苯乙 烯換算之重量平均分子量3,1 0 0,以及雙鍵當量1 9 9之化 合物(A 9 )溶液。 (A 1 0 )具有參苯酚曱烷構造之樹脂(日本化藥公司產品 「TCR1286」,其酸值為10卜雙鍵當量為315,二(乙二醇) 單乙醚乙酸酯溶液) (A 1 1 )由以下之製造例得到之化合物(關於日本專利特開 平Π - 1 3 3 6 0 0號公報中之合成例3所載述之丙烯酸系樹脂 之追加試驗) 將2, 2’ -偶氮雙(2,4 -二曱戊腈)7重量份及二(乙二醇) 二甲醚2 0 0重量份裝入一具備冷卻管及攪拌機之燒瓶。繼 之添加苯乙烯10重量份、曱基丙烯酸20重量份、曱基丙 烯酸縮水甘油酯4 5重量份以及二環戊基甲基丙烯酸酯2 5 101 326\專利說明書(補件)\94·03\93134393 200530279 重量份,而用氮氣予以換氣後,慢慢開始攪拌。 溫度上升至7 0 °C,保持此一溫度5小時而得到一 物(A 1 1 )之聚合物溶液。所得聚合物溶液之固形 3 3 %,聚合物之重量平均分子量為1 8,0 0 0。 (A 1 2 )由以下之製造例得到之化合物 除了使用屬於四羧酸二酐之「RIKACIDBT-100 理化公司產品)5 7 . 5 g及1,2,3,6 -四氫酞酸酐4 3 . 1,2, 3, 6-四氫酞酸酐38g及聯苯四羧酸二酐73. 均與(A 2 )之製造例一樣施行製造,而得到化合物 得化合物之酸值為5 5,重量平均分子量為4 4 5 0, 為 2 0 8。 :(C2)前述通式(VIIIc)所示之含有(甲基)丙烯 磷酸S旨類(日本化藥公司產品「K A Y A R A D P Μ 2 1」: (F 1 )三聚氰胺樹脂及其改質樹脂(三和化學 r NIKALACK Ε-2151」) (、Π )氟系界面活性劑(大曰本油墨化學工業 r MEGAFAX F- 4 7 5」) (Ν1)石夕烧偶合劑(Toray Dow Corning Co.產品Γ 繼之,使用旋塗器以將前述塗佈液塗佈於一在 有ΙΤ0膜之玻璃基板之該ΙΤ0膜上,在熱板上在 下加熱乾燥3分鐘以形成塗膜。對所得之塗膜, 具有9個各具直徑5〜2 0 // Hi之圓形開口部以及每 上之方形開口部之圖案光罩之下,利用曝光間隙 3 6 5 η ηι之強度為 3 2 m W / c m 2 之紫外線以曝光 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 102 使溶液之 含有共聚 物濃度為 」(新日本 8g以代替 5 g之外, (A 1 2 ) ° 所 雙鍵當量 醯氧基之 ) 公司產品 公司產品 SH 6 0 4 0」) 表面形成 8 0 °C溫度 在使用一 邊5 m m以 1 5 0 // m, 量可成為 200530279 6 0 m J / c m 2之方式施行曝光。此際之紫外線照射係在空氣下 施行者。其次,使用2 3 °C之0 . 1 %氫氧化钟水溶液,按最小 顯影時間之2倍時間施行噴霧顯影後,用純水予以洗滌1 分鐘。在此,最小顯影時間之意義為,在相同之顯影條件 下,未曝光部完全溶化之時間。將藉此等操作除去不需要 之部分而形成有間隔物圖案之基板在烘箱内 2 3 0 °C溫度下 加熱硬化3 0分鐘,而得到複數之具有不同底面積之間隔物 圖案,其膜部分(形成於每邊5 m m以上之方形開口部者)之 高度為約4 // m。關於所得到之間隔物圖案,依照下述方法 施行密合性及壓縮特性之評估,而將結果示於表2中。 [3 - 2 ]密合性 密合性評估係關於實施例8〜1 1暨比較例3及4施行者。 關於由光罩開口直徑不同之圖案光罩膜所得之具有不同 底面積之間隔物圖案,以具有圖案高度為 3//m以上之 9 個同一大小之間隔物圖案中形成有8個以上之圖案(即,應 當形成之9個圖案中缺少1個以下之圖案)之最小圖案大小 規定密合性,而以底面積示於表2中。 [3 - 3 ]壓縮特性:使用微小硬度計之負載-除負載測試 關於上述所得之間隔物圖案,在使用基園斯(股)所製造 之超深度彩色3 D形狀測量顯微鏡「V K - 9 5 0 0」之下,描繪 一通過間隔物圖案之中軸之縱剖面圖。將高度(從所繪之圖 形如圖2之示意圖所示之基板面至最高位置點Q )之9 0 %高 度上之與該基板面(間隔物圖案之圖形内之基板面)平行之 直線A A ’ 之長度予以測量。其次,將此直線A A ’ 為直徑之 103 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 圓之面積設定為間隔物圖案之上截面積。 在其中,關於具有上截面積80±10//m2之1個圖案,施 4亍矛1J 用「Shimazu Dynamic Super Micro Hardness Tester D U H _ W 2 0 1 S」之負載-除負載測試,以評估壓縮特性。測試 條件設定在 2 3 °C測量溫度下,使用直徑 5 0 // m之平面壓 子,按一定速度(0 . 2 2 g f / s e c )對間隔物施加載重,當載重 達到5 g f時,保持5秒鐘,繼之按該速度施行除負載之方 法。根據由此項測試所求出之載重-位移曲線(在圖3展示 其示意圖),求出最大位移Η [ m a X ],最後位移Η [ L a s t ],恢 復率(% ) = { Η [ 1 a s t ] M測試前之圖案高度)丨x 1 0 0,彈性復原 率(%)={(H[max]-H[last])/H[max]}xlOO,負載時之位移為 0.25//m時之過重N(gf),而示於表2中。 [3 - 4 ]間隔物特性之評估(面板之評估) 依照下述方法製備液晶單元,以施行間隔物特性之評 估。準備一電極基板A,係在2 . 5 c m平方之無鹼玻璃基板(旭 硝子(股)製品「A N - 1 0 0」)之單面上全面形成有I T 0膜者’ 以及一電極基板B,係在2 . 5 c m平方之相同玻璃基板之單 面中央部上形成有lcm平方之ΙΤ0膜,在此連接有2mm寬 度之輸出電極者。 將各實施例所示之硬化性組成物藉旋塗法塗佈於電極基 板A上,在熱板上在8 0 °C溫度下加熱3分鐘,使用一種為 中央部 lcm平方之部分以底面積 80//m2之圓形圖案可按 3 0個/ c m X 3 0個/ c m = 9 0 0個等間隔排歹於格子上之方式設計 之曝光光罩,以按曝光間隙1 5 0 // m施行曝光。照射能量為 104 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 6 0 m J / c m 2。繼之,使用氫氧化鉀水溶液以施行顯影後,用 純水洗滌,而在熱風循環爐内2 3 0 °C溫度下施行燒製3 0分 鐘。以燒製後之間隔物之高度可成為4 // m之方式調整塗佈 條件。如此準備一在中央部形成有間隔物之試驗圖案之電 極基板A。 繼之,將配向膜劑(日產化學(股)產品「S u n e v e r 7 4 9 2」) 藉旋塗法塗佈於電極基板A及B上之後,在熱板上施行1 1 0 °C 1分鐘之乾燥,然後在熱風循環爐内2 0 0 °C溫度下加熱1 小時,以形成膜厚7 0 n m之塗膜。使用摩擦機以施加配向處 理後,將含有直徑4 # m之二氧化矽珠之環氧樹脂系密封劑 在使用分配器之下塗佈於塗有配向膜之電極基板B之面的 外周上,使之與電極基板A之形成有間隔物試驗圖案之面 以外緣部可偏移3mm之方式相對配置,而在保持加壓之狀 態下,在熱風循環爐内1 8 0 °C溫度下加熱2小時。 對如此得到之空單元,將液晶(美爾克公司產品 Z L I - 4 7 9 2 )注入其内,用U V硬化型密封劑封閉其周邊部而 製備一試驗用液晶單元。 對如此得到之液晶單元施加5 V、6 0 Η z之交流電壓,用目 視及顯微鏡來觀察電極形成部分之電光學回應之面内不均 勻。在目視及顯微鏡均未發現面内不均勻之情形予以評定 為〇,在目視未能確認面内不均勻但在顯微鏡確認面内不 均勻之情形予以評定為△,在目視確認面内不均勻之情形 予以評定為X ,而將結果示於表2中。 3 26\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 105 200530279 比較例4 46.95 CO 46.95 r-H CD CO X 寸 LO oo LO οα 1.26 o- CD CD CO oo 0.56 < 比較例3 1 46.95 CO 46.95 CO r—H 〇· < CO 寸· CD 1 1 16.9 1.30 0. 75 OO (Nl 寸 0. 60 1 X 實施例14 1 46.95 CO 46. 95 CO r—H ◦· < I 138.5 I 1 LO CJD 1—H 0.80 oo 0. 38 〇 實施例13 46.95 CO 46. 95 CO r—H cd 〇 ymmmi i LO LO τ—Η 1 1.58 0. 74 ss 次 CO LO 1—H ◦· 〇 實施例12 ! 46.95 CO 46. 95 CO CD 〇 1 136.6 1 1 1.40 0.59 次 LO OO 次 oo LO ◦ CD ◦· 〇 i實施例111 46.95 CO 46.95 t—H CD τ—H < r-H CJ5 CO r-H οά (ΝΙ 1.38 LO LO CD 次 CO oo g CO CO CO ◦· 〇 實施例10 46. 95 CO 46.95 ◦’ CO 〇 [141.9 | 1 19.6 1 1.39 i_ 0.54 oo 2 CO (Nl CO ◦· 〇 實施例9 46.95 CO 46. 95 CO r-H d 〇 1 140.1 1 1 13.8 1 1.42 卜 LO CD oo g CO ◦ CO CD 〇 I實施例8 | 46.95 CO 46.95 CO r—H CD < 1 139.0 I Γ 12.6 1 1.35 0. 55 1_ CO oo cn> LO CO CO CD 〇 (A2) (A8) < (A10) (A12) (A5) (All) (Bl) (Cl) ! (C2) (FI) ! (ID (Nl) 保存安定性 組成物全體之雙鍵當量 ε 您 vfi 最大位移 (總變形量) H[max]( /zm) 最後位移 H[last]( //m) 恢復率00 彈性復原率(°/o) e h-h 5 U) LO ^ ^ Jmii 5气 5 ^ 面板之評估 化合物 (B)聚合引發劑 (C)乙烯性不飽 和化合物 (F)界面活性劑 (I)胺化合物 (N)添加劑 ±i 傑 壓縮特性 彆¥趄屑噠荽(侧♦! ^ ) 凜嘀荽W袭尝/ ^ \ / ^ N 1—H CNI CO ^ CO CO CQ PQ (G) 荽 ^ JJT ^ r ^ K-si ^ oG) (le f ^ (13) § § Φ * ¥ S) (S (5 αχ ) X (X) $ s ^ e6e inch ei e6 \ s46 \ ff} s) _ ^ MVK-w \ 9ze 200530279 [3] Hardened composition for spacer Examples 8 ~ 1 4, Comparative Examples 3 ~ 4 The components (A2) and (A5) are compounds represented by the following general formula (I) and other compounds (A8) to (A12), polymerization initiators for the component (B1), components (C1), and (C 2) The ethylenically unsaturated compound, the amine compound of the component (F 1), the surfactant of the component (I 1), and the additive of the component (N 1) are added with propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetic acid according to the mixing ratio shown in Table 2. 100 parts by weight of the ester was stirred at room temperature to prepare a coating solution. The obtained coating liquid was evaluated for storage stability according to the following method, and the results are shown in Table 2. [3-1] Storage stability Regarding the case where the coating solution is sealed in a sample bottle and stored at a temperature of 35 ° C for 7 days, the changes in viscosity and minimum development time before and after storage are measured, and the following standards are used Be evaluated. 〇: The change in viscosity is within the range of ± 3 ° / 〇 and the change in the minimum development time is within the range of ± 3%. △: The viscosity change is outside the range of ± 3%, but the change of the minimum development time is within the range of ± 3%. X · · Viscosity change is within ± 3%, but the minimum development time change is outside ± 3%. (A 8) Compounds obtained from the following production examples except for the use of 137 g of 1,2,3,6-tetrahydrophthalic anhydride instead of 1,2,3,6-tetrahydro Si; 38 g of anhydride and biphenyltetracarboxylic acid di Except for 73.5 g of anhydride, production was performed in the same manner as in the production example of (A2) described above to obtain compound (A 8). The obtained compound had an acid value of 5 6, a weight average molecular weight of 2, 6 2 0 and a double bond equivalent of 2 1 6. 100 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279 (A 9) The compound obtained from the following production example is a 9,9-bis (4'-hydroxybenzene) diglycidyl etherate (ring Oxygen equivalent 2 3 1) 100 parts, reaction mixture of succinic anhydride and pentaerythritol triacrylate (same as used in the above-mentioned production example (A 2), acid value 9 0 · 5) 2 7 3 · 2 parts, 0.19 parts of p-fluorenol, 7.4 parts of triphenylphosphine, and 3.8 parts of propylene glycol monofluorenyl acetate were charged into the reaction vessel, and stirred at 90 ° C until the acid value reached 5 mg- Up to K 0 H / g. In order to reach the goal of acid value, it takes 10 hours (acid value 1.0). Next, to 80 parts of the reaction solution obtained by the above reaction, 6 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was added, and 1.9 parts of hexamethylene diisocyanate and 0.01 part of dibutyltin dilaurate were added thereto. The reaction was carried out at 90 ° C for 3 hours, and then 3.8 parts of trimellitic anhydride was added. The reaction was carried out at 90 ° C for 3 hours, and a polybenzene having an acid value of 52 was measured by GPC. A compound (A 9) solution having an ethylene-equivalent weight average molecular weight of 3,100 and a double bond equivalent of 199. (A 1 0) Resin with p-phenol-pentane structure (product of Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. "TCR1286", its acid value is 10 bp, double bond equivalent is 315, bis (ethylene glycol) monoethyl ether acetate solution) (A 1 1 ) Compounds obtained from the following production examples (additional test of the acrylic resin described in Synthesis Example 3 in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 13-600): 2, 2'-azobis 7 parts by weight of (2,4-dioxovaleronitrile) and 200 parts by weight of bis (ethylene glycol) dimethyl ether were charged into a flask equipped with a cooling tube and a stirrer. Next, 10 parts by weight of styrene, 20 parts by weight of methacrylic acid, 4 parts by weight of glycidyl methacrylate, and dicyclopentyl methacrylate 2 5 101 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94 · 03 \ 93134393 200530279 parts by weight, and after aeration with nitrogen, slowly start stirring. The temperature was raised to 70 ° C, and this temperature was maintained for 5 hours to obtain a polymer solution of (A 1 1). The solid solution of the obtained polymer solution was 33%, and the weight average molecular weight of the polymer was 18,000. (A 1 2) Compounds obtained from the following production examples except for the use of "RIKACIDBT-100 Physicochemical Product" which is a tetracarboxylic dianhydride 5 7. 5 g and 1,2,3,6-tetrahydrophthalic anhydride 4 3 1,2,3,6-tetrahydrophthalic anhydride 38 g and biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride 73. Both were produced in the same manner as in the production example of (A 2), and the compound had an acid value of 5 and the weight of the compound. The average molecular weight is 4 4 50, which is 2 0.: (C2) The (meth) acrylic acid S-containing moieties represented by the aforementioned general formula (VIIIc) (Nippon Kayakusho Co., Ltd. product "KAYARADP M 2 1"): ( F 1) Melamine resin and its modified resin (Sanwa Chemical r NIKALACK Ε-2151 ″) (, Π) Fluorine surfactant (Da Yueben Ink Chemical Industry r MEGAFAX F- 4 7 5 ″) (N1) stone Yuyao coupling agent (product of Toray Dow Corning Co. Γ) Then, a spin coater was used to coat the aforementioned coating solution on an ITO film on a glass substrate with ITO film, and heated and dried on a hot plate 3 Minutes to form a coating film. The obtained coating film has 9 circular openings each having a diameter of 5 to 2 0 // Hi and each of the square openings Under the pattern mask, the exposure gap 3 6 5 η η with ultraviolet light intensity of 3 2 m W / cm 2 is used to expose 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 102 to make the solution contain copolymer concentration For "(new Japan 8g instead of 5g, (A 1 2) ° of double bond equivalent of fluorinated oxygen group) company product company product SH 6 0 4 0") surface formation 8 0 ° C temperature on the side of use 5 mm at 1 5 0 // m, the amount of exposure can be 200530279 6 0 m J / cm 2. The ultraviolet irradiation at this time is performed in the air. Second, use 0.1% hydrogen at 2 3 ° C The oxidized bell aqueous solution is spray-developed at twice the minimum development time, and then washed with pure water for 1 minute. Here, the meaning of the minimum development time is the time under which the unexposed portion is completely dissolved under the same development conditions. The substrate with a spacer pattern formed by removing unnecessary parts by such operations is heated and hardened at 230 ° C for 30 minutes in an oven to obtain a plurality of spacer patterns with different bottom areas, and the film portion thereof. (Formed in a square of 5 mm or more on each side The height of the opening) is about 4 // m. The obtained spacer pattern was evaluated for adhesion and compression characteristics in accordance with the following method, and the results are shown in Table 2. [3-2] 密The tightness and tightness evaluation is performed on the subjects of Examples 8 to 11 and Comparative Examples 3 and 4. Regarding spacer patterns with different bottom areas obtained from patterned mask films with different aperture diameters, more than 8 patterns were formed in 9 spacer patterns of the same size having a pattern height of 3 // m or more The minimum pattern size (that is, less than one of the nine patterns to be formed) specifies the adhesion, and is shown in Table 2 as the bottom area. [3-3] Compression characteristics: Load-except load test using micro hardness tester For the spacer pattern obtained above, the ultra-deep color 3D shape measuring microscope manufactured by Keyence Corporation was used "VK-9 5 Below "0 0", a longitudinal cross-section through the middle axis of the spacer pattern is depicted. AA parallel to the substrate surface (substrate surface in the pattern of the spacer pattern) at 90% of the height (from the substrate surface shown in the schematic diagram of the figure 2 to the highest position Q) 'Is measured. Next, the area of this circle A A ′ is 103 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279 diameter of the circle as the cross-sectional area above the spacer pattern. Among them, regarding a pattern having an upper cross-sectional area of 80 ± 10 // m2, Shi 4 Spear 1J used a load-removal load test of "Shimazu Dynamic Super Micro Hardness Tester DUH_W 2 0 1 S" to evaluate compression characteristic. The test conditions are set at a measurement temperature of 2 3 ° C, using a flat indenter with a diameter of 50 / m, and applying a load to the spacer at a certain speed (0.22 gf / sec). When the load reaches 5 gf, the load is maintained. After 5 seconds, the method of removing load is performed at this speed. Based on the load-displacement curve obtained from this test (the schematic is shown in Figure 3), the maximum displacement Η [ma X], the final displacement Η [L ast], and the recovery rate (%) = {Η [1 ast] Pattern height before M test) 丨 x 1 0 0, elastic recovery rate (%) = {(H [max] -H [last]) / H [max]} x100, the displacement under load is 0.25 // The excessive weight N (gf) at m is shown in Table 2. [3-4] Evaluation of Spacer Characteristics (Evaluation of Panel) A liquid crystal cell was prepared according to the following method to evaluate the characteristics of the spacer. An electrode substrate A was prepared, and an IT 0 film was formed on one side of a 2.5 cm square alkali-free glass substrate (Asahi Glass Products "AN-100") and an electrode substrate B. It is a 1 cm square ITO film formed on the central part of one side of the same glass substrate of 2.5 cm square, and an output electrode with a width of 2 mm is connected here. The hardening composition shown in each example was applied to the electrode substrate A by a spin coating method, and heated on a hot plate at 80 ° C for 3 minutes. A bottom area of 1 cm square at the center was used. The circular pattern of 80 // m2 can be designed as an exposure mask with 30 / cm X 3 // cm = 9 0 0 arranged on a grid at regular intervals, with an exposure gap of 1 5 0 // m performs exposure. The irradiation energy is 104 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279 6 0 m J / c m 2. Next, a potassium hydroxide aqueous solution was used for development, followed by washing with pure water, and firing was performed at 230 ° C in a hot-air circulation furnace for 30 minutes. Adjust the coating conditions so that the height of the spacer after firing can be 4 // m. In this manner, an electrode substrate A having a test pattern in which a spacer was formed in the center was prepared. Next, an alignment film (Nissan Chemical Co., Ltd. product "Severever 7 4 9 2") was applied to the electrode substrates A and B by spin coating, and then applied on a hot plate at 110 ° C for 1 minute. It was dried and then heated at 200 ° C for 1 hour in a hot air circulation furnace to form a coating film with a film thickness of 70 nm. After applying an alignment treatment using a friction machine, an epoxy-based sealant containing silica beads of 4 # m in diameter was coated on the outer periphery of the surface of the electrode substrate B coated with the alignment film under a dispenser, It can be placed opposite to the outer edge of the surface on which the spacer test pattern is formed on the electrode substrate A so that it can be shifted by 3 mm, and it is heated at 180 ° C in a hot air circulation furnace while maintaining pressure. 2 hour. A liquid crystal cell (Melk Corporation product Z L I-4 7 9 2) was injected into the empty cell thus obtained, and the peripheral portion was sealed with a UV curing sealant to prepare a test liquid crystal cell. An AC voltage of 5 V, 60 Η z was applied to the liquid crystal cell thus obtained, and the in-plane unevenness of the electro-optical response of the electrode forming portion was observed with eyes and a microscope. In the case where no in-plane unevenness was found by visual inspection and the microscope, it was evaluated as 0. In the case where in-plane unevenness was not confirmed by visual inspection, but the in-plane unevenness was confirmed by the microscope, it was evaluated as △. The situation was evaluated as X, and the results are shown in Table 2. 3 26 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 105 200530279 Comparative Example 4 46.95 CO 46.95 rH CD CO X inch LO oo LO οα 1.26 o- CD CD CO oo 0.56 < Comparative Example 3 1 46.95 CO 46.95 CO r-H 〇 < CO inch CD 1 1 16.9 1.30 0. 75 OO (Nl inch 0.60 1 X Example 14 1 46.95 CO 46. 95 CO r-H ◦ < I 138.5 I 1 LO CJD 1—H 0.80 oo 0. 38 〇 Example 13 46.95 CO 46. 95 CO r—H cd 〇ymmmi i LO LO τ—Η 1 1.58 0. 74 ss times CO LO 1—H ◦ Example 12! 46.95 CO 46. 95 CO CD 〇1 136.6 1 1 1.40 0.59 times LO OO times oo LO ◦ CD ◦ 〇i Example 111 46.95 CO 46.95 t—H CD τ—H < rH CJ5 CO rH οά (ΝΙ 1.38 LO LO CD secondary CO oo g CO CO CO ◦ Example 10 46. 95 CO 46.95 ◦ 'CO 〇 [141.9 | 1 19.6 1 1.39 i_ 0.54 oo 2 CO (Nl CO ◦ 〇 Example 9 46.95 CO 46. 95 CO rH d 〇1 140.1 1 1 13.8 1 1.42 LO CD oo g CO ◦ CO CD 〇I Example 8 | 46.95 CO 46.95 CO r—H CD < 1 139.0 I 12.6 1 1.35 0. 55 1_ CO oo en > LO CO CO CD 〇 (A2) (A8) < (A10) (A12) (A5) (All) (Bl) (Cl)! (C2) (FI)! (ID (Nl) holds the double bond equivalent of the entire stable composition ε your vfi maximum displacement (total deformation) H [max] (/ zm) last displacement H [last] (// m) recovery rate 00 elastic recovery rate (° / o) e hh 5 U) LO ^ ^ Jmii 5 gas 5 ^ panel evaluation compound (B) polymerization initiator (C) ethylenically unsaturated compound (F) surfactant (I) amine compound (N) Additives ± i Jie compression special sex ¥ 趄 filings 荽 (side ♦! ^) 凛 嘀 荽 W attack taste

9〇i ^ro6e寸ei e6\eb46\ff}r)_^^fji*\9rsle 200530279 雖使用特定態樣詳細說明本發明,所屬領域者應知可不 超出本發明之主旨與範圍而加以各種變換及變化。 又,本案係基於2 0 0 3年1 1月1 1日所申請之曰本專利申 請(特願2 0 0 3 - 3 8 0 6 6 6 ),其整體均引用上者而使用。 <產業上之可利用性> 本發明之硬化性組成物係有用於印刷佈線板、液晶顯示 元件、電漿顯示裝置、大規模積體電路、薄型電晶體、半 導體封裝體、彩色濾光片、有機電場發光機構等領域之阻 焊膜、覆面膜、以及各種電子零件之絕緣被覆層之形成, 尤其適於使用於利用雷射光之直接描畫者。 再者,本發明硬化性組成物係被使用於液晶顯示裝置等 之液晶面板中,充當彩色濾光片、黑色基體、外敷層、肋 條、以及間隔物用之硬化性組成物有用者。 【圖式簡單說明】 圖1為展示從上方看到間隔物圖案時之描繪位置之示意 圖。 圖2為展示間隔物圖案之縱剖圖輪廓之示意圖。 圖3為展示間隔物之負載_除負載測試上之載重-位移曲 線之示意圖。 【主要元件符號說明】 1 間隔物圖案 2 間隔物圖案之中軸 3 描繪位置 4 間隔物圖案之縱剖圖輪廓 107 3 26\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 5 從基板面至最高位置之高度 6 從基板面至最高位置之高度之9 0 %之高度 7 上剖面之直徑AA’9〇i ^ ro6einchei e6 \ eb46 \ ff} r) _ ^^ fji * \ 9rsle 200530279 Although the present invention is described in detail using specific aspects, those skilled in the art should know that various modifications can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the present invention. And change. In addition, this case is based on the Japanese patent application (Japanese Patent Application No. 2003- 3 8 0 6 6 6), which was filed on November 11, 2003, and the entirety thereof is cited and used. < Industrial availability > The curable composition of the present invention is used in printed wiring boards, liquid crystal display elements, plasma display devices, large scale integrated circuits, thin transistors, semiconductor packages, and color filters. The formation of solder masks, cover films, and insulation coatings for various electronic parts in fields such as wafers, organic electric field light emitting mechanisms, etc., is particularly suitable for direct drawing by laser light. Furthermore, the curable composition of the present invention is used in a liquid crystal panel such as a liquid crystal display device, and is useful as a curable composition for a color filter, a black substrate, an overcoat layer, a rib, and a spacer. [Brief description of the drawings] FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram showing a drawing position when a spacer pattern is viewed from above. FIG. 2 is a schematic view showing a profile of a longitudinal section of a spacer pattern. Figure 3 is a schematic diagram showing the load-displacement curve of the spacer load-removal load test. [Description of main component symbols] 1 Spacer pattern 2 Center axis 3 of the spacer pattern 4 Position of the spacer pattern 107 3 26 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279 5 From the substrate surface to Height at highest position 6 Height from substrate surface to 90% of height at highest position 7 Diameter AA 'of upper section

326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 108326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 108

Claims (1)

200530279 十、申請專利範圍: 1 . 一種硬化性組成物,其特徵為,含有下述通式(I )200530279 10. Scope of patent application: 1. A hardenable composition characterized by containing the following general formula (I) [在式(I)中,R1表示可具有取代基之伸烷基,或可具有取 代基之伸芳(arylene)基;R2表示可具有取代基之碳原子 數5以上之含乙烯性不飽和基之羰氧基;R3、R4各自獨立 表示任選之取代基;η為0〜1 0之整數;4個苯環亦可進一 步具有取代基]所示之化合物者。 2.如申請專利範圍第1項之硬化性組成物,其中R2為下 述通式(I I )[In formula (I), R1 represents an alkylene group which may have a substituent, or an arylene group which may have a substituent; R2 represents an ethylenic unsaturated group which may have a substituent having 5 or more carbon atoms Carbonyloxy group; R3 and R4 each independently represent an optional substituent; η is an integer of 0 to 10; 4 benzene rings may further have a compound as shown in []. 2. The hardenable composition according to item 1 of the patent application, wherein R2 is the following general formula (I I) [在式(II)中,R7、R8、R9各自獨立表示氫原子或曱基,Υ1 為任選之 2價基,式中*表示通式(I)所示化合物之-CH2-與R2之鍵結]所示之碳原子數5以上之含乙烯性不飽和基 之羰氧基者。 3.如申請專利範圍第1或2項之硬化性組成物,其中R3 為從氫原子;下述式(Ilia) 109 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 〇 II (in a ) 一 C — R51 [在式(Ilia)中,R51表示可具有取代基之烷基、7 代基之烯基、可具有取代基之環烷基、可具有取β 烯基、或可具有取代基之芳基]所示之取代基;以石 (I I lb) 〇 || H (rab) 一 C 一N —R52 [在式(Illb)中,R52表示可具有取代基之烷基、' 代基之烯基、可具有取代基之環烷基、可具有取β 烯基、或可具有取代基之芳基]所示之取代基中選 4 .如申請專利範圍第1或2項之硬化性組成物, 為下述通式(I V ) R2 — ch2 — ch — ch2— (OR1) η一氺 I 〇 (IV) I R3 [在式(IV)中,R1、R2、R3、以及 n之定義係與通 界定者相同,式(IV)中之*表示通式(I)所示化合 與R4之鍵結]所示之取代基者。 5 .如申請專利範圍第1或2項之硬化性組成物, 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 110 具有取 基之環 下述式 _具有取 ,基之壤 出者。 其中R4 式⑴所 物之- 0 - 其中通 200530279 式(I )所示之化合物為由雙(羥苯)苐型環氧化合物所得之 化合物者。 6 .如申請專利範圍第1或2項之硬化性組成物,其中通 式(I )所示之化合物係於雙(羥苯)葬型環氧化合物上形成 碳原子數5以上之含乙烯性不飽和基之羰氧基,並進一步 使選自多元羧酸暨其酸酐以及含異氰酸酯基化合物之一種 以上之化合物進行反應所得者。 7. 如申請專利範圍第1或2項之硬化性組成物,其中進 一步含有下述(B)成分: (B )光聚合引發劑及/或熱聚合引發劑 者。 8. 如申請專利範圍第1或2項之硬化性組成物,其中進 一步含有下述(C)成分: (C )乙婦性不飽和化合物 者。 9 .如申請專利範圍第1或2項之硬化性組成物,其中進 一步含有下述(J)成分: (J )增感色素 者。 1 0 . —種硬化性組成物,其特徵為,於使用微小硬度計之 負載-除負載測試中,可形成總變形量為1 . 3 5 // m以上及/ 或負載時之位移為〇.25//m時之載重N為0.50gf以下,且 彈性復原率為 5 0 %以上及/或恢復率為 8 0 %以上之硬化物 者0 111 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 200530279 1 1 . 一種硬化性組成物,其特徵為,可形成底面截面積 為2 5 // ΙΏ 2以下且彈性復原率為5 0 %以上及/或恢復率為8 5 % 以上之硬化物者。 1 2 .如申請專利範圍第1 0或1 1項之硬化性組成物,其 中進一步含有具有參苯酚曱烷構造之化合物者。 1 3 .如申請專利範圍第1或2項之硬化性組成物,其中, 於使用微小硬度計之負載-除負載測試中,可形成總變形量 為1.35//m以上及/或負載時之位移為0.25/zm時之載重N 為 0 . 5 0 g f以下,且彈性復原率為5 0 %以上及/或恢復率為 8 0 %以上之硬化物者。 1 4 .如申請專利範圍第1、2及 1 0項中任一項之硬化性 組成物,其中,可形成底面截面積為2 5 // m2以下且彈性復 原率為5 0 %以上及/或恢復率為8 5 %以上之硬化物者。 1 5 . —種硬化物,其特徵為,係使用如申請專利範圍第 1、2、1 0及1 1項中任一項之硬化性組成物而形成。 1 6 . —種彩色濾光片,其特徵為,具有申請專利範圍第 1 5項之硬化物。 1 7 . —種液晶顯示裝置,其特徵為,具有申請專利範圍 第1 5項之硬化物。 112 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393[In the formula (II), R7, R8, and R9 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a fluorenyl group, Υ1 is an optional divalent group, where * represents -CH2- and R2 of the compound represented by the general formula (I) [Bonding] and a carbonyloxy group containing an ethylenically unsaturated group having 5 or more carbon atoms. 3. If the hardenable composition of the scope of application for item 1 or 2, wherein R3 is a hydrogen atom; the following formula (Ilia) 109 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 200530279 〇II (in a)-C — R51 [In the formula (Ilia), R51 represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an alkenyl group of 7-generation group, a cycloalkyl group which may have a substituent, may have a β-alkenyl group, or may have Substituent represented by aryl]; with stone (II lb) 〇 || H (rab) -C -N -R52 [In the formula (Illb), R52 represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent, ' Alkenyl, which may have a substituent, cycloalkyl which may have a substituent, may have a β-alkenyl group, or an aryl group which may have a substituent]. Among the substituents, 4 is selected. The curable composition is represented by the following general formula (IV) R2 — ch2 — ch — ch2 — (OR1) η— 氺 I 〇 (IV) I R3 [In formula (IV), R1, R2, R3, and n The definition is the same as the general definition, and * in the formula (IV) represents a substituent represented by the compound represented by the general formula (I) and the bond of R4]. 5. If the hardenable composition in the scope of application for item 1 or 2, 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393 110 Rings with bases The following formula _ has bases and bases. Among them, R4 is represented by formula--0-where the compound represented by formula (I) is a compound obtained from a bis (hydroxybenzene) 苐 -type epoxy compound. 6. The hardenable composition according to item 1 or 2 of the scope of patent application, wherein the compound represented by the general formula (I) forms an ethylene-containing compound having a carbon number of 5 or more on a bis (hydroxybenzene) -type epoxy compound. The carbonyloxy group of an unsaturated group is obtained by further reacting one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of a polycarboxylic acid, its anhydride, and an isocyanate group-containing compound. 7. The hardenable composition according to item 1 or 2 of the patent application scope, which further contains the following (B) component: (B) Photopolymerization initiator and / or thermal polymerization initiator. 8. The hardenable composition according to item 1 or 2 of the patent application scope, which further contains the following (C) component: (C) Ethyl-unsaturated compound. 9. The hardenable composition according to item 1 or 2 of the scope of patent application, which further contains the following (J) ingredients: (J) Those who are sensitized with pigments. 1 0. A kind of hardening composition, characterized in that in the load-removal test using a micro hardness tester, a total deformation amount of 1.3 5 / m or more and / or a displacement under load can be formed. .25 // m Hardened product with load N of 0.50gf or less and elastic recovery rate of 50% or more and / or recovery rate of 80% or more 0 111 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94- 03 \ 93134393 200530279 1 1. A hardening composition characterized in that it can form a bottom cross-sectional area of 2 5 // Ι // 2 and an elastic recovery rate of 50% or more and / or a recovery rate of 85% or more Hardened person. 1 2. The hardenable composition according to item 10 or 11 of the scope of application for a patent, which further contains a compound having a p-phenol oxane structure. 1 3. The hardenable composition according to item 1 or 2 of the scope of patent application, wherein, in the load-except load test using a micro hardness tester, a total deformation amount of 1.35 // m or more and / or load can be formed. A hardened product having a load N at a displacement of 0.25 / zm of 0.5 gf or less and an elastic recovery rate of 50% or more and / or a recovery rate of 80% or more. 14. The hardenable composition according to any one of items 1, 2, and 10 of the scope of application for a patent, wherein the bottom surface cross-sectional area is 2 5 // m2 or less and the elastic recovery rate is 50% or more and / Or those with a recovery rate of more than 85%. 15. A hardened product, which is formed by using a hardenable composition according to any one of claims 1, 2, 10 and 11 in the scope of patent application. 16. A color filter, which is characterized by having a hardened product under the scope of patent application No. 15. 17. A liquid crystal display device, characterized in that it has a hardened product according to item 15 of the scope of patent application. 112 326 \ Patent Specification (Supplement) \ 94-03 \ 93134393
TW93134393A 2003-11-11 2004-11-11 Curable composition, cured product, color filter and liquid crystal display device TWI297694B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2003380666 2003-11-11

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW200530279A true TW200530279A (en) 2005-09-16
TWI297694B TWI297694B (en) 2008-06-11

Family

ID=34567249

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW93134393A TWI297694B (en) 2003-11-11 2004-11-11 Curable composition, cured product, color filter and liquid crystal display device

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (2) JP3912405B2 (en)
KR (3) KR100750840B1 (en)
CN (1) CN1717628A (en)
TW (1) TWI297694B (en)
WO (1) WO2005045526A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI396492B (en) * 2007-09-25 2013-05-11 Ngk Spark Plug Co Method for manufacturing wire substrate
TWI420244B (en) * 2011-04-08 2013-12-21 Chi Mei Corp Photosensitive resin composition, and color filter and liquid crystal display device made by using the composition

Families Citing this family (55)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP3912405B2 (en) * 2003-11-11 2007-05-09 三菱化学株式会社 Curable composition, cured product, color filter, and liquid crystal display device
JP4599484B2 (en) * 2004-05-31 2010-12-15 凸版印刷株式会社 Curable resin composition and color filter having photospacer formed using the same
WO2006006671A1 (en) * 2004-07-14 2006-01-19 Fujifilm Corporation Photosensitive composition, pattern forming material, photosensitive laminate, pattern forming apparatus and method of pattern formation
JP4645245B2 (en) * 2005-03-16 2011-03-09 凸版印刷株式会社 PHOTOSENSITIVE RESIN COMPOSITION FOR PROJECT FOR LIQUID CRYSTAL ORIENTATION CONTROL, COLOR FILTER WITH PROJECT FOR LIQUID CRYSTAL Alignment CONTROL FORMED USING SAME
JP2007047451A (en) * 2005-08-10 2007-02-22 Hitachi High-Technologies Corp Method for manufacturing liquid crystal display cell, and liquid crystal display cell
JP4849860B2 (en) * 2005-10-04 2012-01-11 太陽ホールディングス株式会社 Photocurable / thermosetting resin composition, cured product thereof, and printed wiring board obtained using the same
JP2007156011A (en) * 2005-12-02 2007-06-21 Fujifilm Corp Photosensitive resin composition for photo spacer, substrate with spacer, method for producing the same and liquid crystal display device
JP2007156139A (en) * 2005-12-06 2007-06-21 Toppan Printing Co Ltd Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing substrate with photo spacer, substrate with photo spacer and liquid crystal display device
JP2007219302A (en) * 2006-02-17 2007-08-30 Fujifilm Electronic Materials Co Ltd Thermosetting ink composition for color filter, and color filter, and its manufacturing method
KR20090010158A (en) * 2006-05-18 2009-01-29 미쓰비시 가가꾸 가부시키가이샤 Curable composition, cured product, color filter, and liquid crystal display device
JP2007334324A (en) * 2006-05-18 2007-12-27 Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp Curable composition, cured product, color filter and liquid crystal display device
WO2008013031A1 (en) * 2006-07-27 2008-01-31 Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation Curable composition, cured object, color filter, and liquid-crystal display
CN101114123B (en) * 2006-07-28 2011-11-02 富士胶片株式会社 Photo-setting property composition and color filter using the composition
JP2008040109A (en) * 2006-08-04 2008-02-21 Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp Colored composition, color filter and liquid crystal display device
JP4935980B2 (en) * 2006-08-29 2012-05-23 Jsr株式会社 Pigment resin composition, ink jet color filter resin composition, color filter, and liquid crystal display device
JP4805077B2 (en) * 2006-09-26 2011-11-02 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive composition for color filter, color filter, and method for producing the same
KR100725023B1 (en) 2006-10-16 2007-06-07 제일모직주식회사 Cardo type resin-containing resist composition and method for preparing a pattern by the same and a color filter using the same
JP5227567B2 (en) * 2006-11-08 2013-07-03 富士フイルム株式会社 Color filter and liquid crystal display device using the same
JP2008152142A (en) * 2006-12-19 2008-07-03 Toppan Printing Co Ltd Color filter substrate having photo-spacer, and liquid crystal display device
KR101224261B1 (en) * 2007-01-31 2013-01-18 주식회사 엘지화학 Thermosetting ink composition for color filter, color filter using the composition and lcd comprising the color filter
JP4663679B2 (en) * 2007-05-08 2011-04-06 太陽ホールディングス株式会社 Photocurable resin composition, dry film, cured product, and printed wiring board
JP2009031778A (en) * 2007-06-27 2009-02-12 Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp Photosensitive composition, method, cured product, and liquid crystal display device
KR100965189B1 (en) * 2007-10-11 2010-06-24 주식회사 엘지화학 Fluorene-based polymer having urethane group and preparation method thereof, and negative photosensitive resin composition containing the fluorene-based polymer
CN101681102B (en) * 2007-12-19 2014-04-02 东洋油墨制造株式会社 Color composition, method for producing color filter, and color filter
JP2009151026A (en) * 2007-12-19 2009-07-09 Toppan Printing Co Ltd Colored composition, method of manufacturing color filter, and color filter
JP5124027B2 (en) * 2008-01-18 2013-01-23 エルジー・ケム・リミテッド Optical film, method for producing the same, and liquid crystal display device including the same
JP5109678B2 (en) * 2008-01-23 2012-12-26 Jsr株式会社 Radiation-sensitive composition for forming colored layer, color filter, and color liquid crystal display element
JP5279423B2 (en) * 2008-05-19 2013-09-04 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive composition, photosensitive film, photosensitive laminate, permanent pattern forming method, and printed circuit board
KR101056683B1 (en) * 2009-01-19 2011-08-12 주식회사 엘지화학 Optical film, manufacturing method thereof, and liquid crystal display device comprising the same
JP5719831B2 (en) * 2010-03-18 2015-05-20 新日鉄住金化学株式会社 Epoxy acrylate, acrylic composition, cured product and method for producing the same
JP5416725B2 (en) 2010-09-24 2014-02-12 積水化学工業株式会社 Curable composition for inkjet and method for producing printed wiring board
JP2012087284A (en) * 2010-09-24 2012-05-10 Sekisui Chem Co Ltd Curable composition for inkjet and method for producing printed wiring board
CN102436142B (en) 2010-09-29 2013-11-06 第一毛织株式会社 Black photosensitive resin composition and light blocking layer using the same
KR101367253B1 (en) 2010-10-13 2014-03-13 제일모직 주식회사 Photosensitive resin composition and black matrix using the same
KR101486560B1 (en) 2010-12-10 2015-01-27 제일모직 주식회사 Photosensitive resin composition and black matrix using the same
KR101453769B1 (en) 2010-12-24 2014-10-22 제일모직 주식회사 Photosensitive resin composition and color filter using the same
KR101271172B1 (en) * 2011-07-26 2013-06-04 주식회사 휘닉스소재 Conductive composition and electrode for touch panel
KR20140076320A (en) 2012-12-12 2014-06-20 제일모직주식회사 Photosensitive resin composition and black spacer using the same
JP6006631B2 (en) * 2012-12-17 2016-10-12 新日鉄住金化学株式会社 Curable resin composition and cured product containing bis (meth) acryloyl-terminated benzyl ether compound
CN105309053B (en) * 2013-06-14 2018-03-09 三菱制纸株式会社 The manufacture method of circuit board
KR102028580B1 (en) * 2013-08-30 2019-10-04 동우 화인켐 주식회사 Colored photosensitive resin composition for forming column spacer
KR102077126B1 (en) * 2013-12-19 2020-02-13 제일모직 주식회사 Photosensitive resin composition and light blocking layer using the same
JP6822758B2 (en) * 2014-09-30 2021-01-27 日鉄ケミカル&マテリアル株式会社 A photosensitive resin composition for a touch panel, a cured film thereof, and a touch panel having the cured film.
KR20170102307A (en) * 2015-01-28 2017-09-08 고오 가가쿠고교 가부시키가이샤 A photosensitive resin composition, a dry film, and a printed wiring board
JP6391121B2 (en) * 2016-01-20 2018-09-19 互応化学工業株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, dry film, printed wiring board, and method for producing photosensitive resin composition
KR102371057B1 (en) * 2015-02-26 2022-03-07 디아이씨 가부시끼가이샤 Alkali-developable resins containing unsaturated groups and resin materials for solder resists
JP2017083682A (en) * 2015-10-29 2017-05-18 三洋化成工業株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition
JP2017156590A (en) * 2016-03-02 2017-09-07 太陽インキ製造株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, dry film, cured product and printed wiring board prepared therewith
KR20180111067A (en) * 2017-03-31 2018-10-11 동우 화인켐 주식회사 Blue photosensitive resin composition, color filter and image display device produced using the same
CN110268328B (en) * 2017-03-31 2022-02-08 东友精细化工有限公司 Blue photosensitive resin composition, color filter and image display device manufactured by using the same
KR101840984B1 (en) * 2017-11-10 2018-03-21 동우 화인켐 주식회사 A photo sensitive resin composition, a color filter comprising a black metrics, a column spacer or black column spacer prepared by using the composition, and a display device comprising the color filter
JP6689308B2 (en) * 2018-03-23 2020-04-28 株式会社タムラ製作所 Curable resin composition for inkjet
JP6944012B2 (en) * 2018-03-23 2021-10-06 株式会社タムラ製作所 Curable resin composition for inkjet
KR20210105876A (en) 2018-12-18 2021-08-27 미쯔비시 케미컬 주식회사 Photosensitive coloring composition, cured product, colored spacer, and image display device
US11639398B2 (en) 2019-12-30 2023-05-02 Rohm And Haas Electronic Materials Llc Photosensitive bismaleimide composition

Family Cites Families (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP3293924B2 (en) * 1993-01-19 2002-06-17 日本化薬株式会社 Radiation-curable resin composition, resin composition for optical material, and cured product thereof
JPH06220131A (en) * 1993-01-22 1994-08-09 Nippon Kayaku Co Ltd Radiation-setting resin composition, resin composition for optical material and cured product therefrom
JPH11242330A (en) * 1998-02-24 1999-09-07 Nippon Steel Chem Co Ltd Photosensitive resin composition, multilayered printed circuit board using that, and its production
JP3981968B2 (en) * 1998-03-11 2007-09-26 Jsr株式会社 Radiation sensitive resin composition
JP3386113B2 (en) * 1999-06-17 2003-03-17 日本電気株式会社 Optical waveguide and method of manufacturing the same
JP2001069754A (en) * 1999-08-27 2001-03-16 Fujitsu Ltd Synchronous rectifier circuit
JP2001166468A (en) * 1999-12-07 2001-06-22 Nippon Steel Chem Co Ltd Photosensitive resin composition and multilayer printed wiring board
JP2001166469A (en) * 1999-12-07 2001-06-22 Nippon Steel Chem Co Ltd Heat or photo-curable heat resistant resin composition
JP4839525B2 (en) * 2000-09-29 2011-12-21 大日本印刷株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition and color filter for liquid crystal display
JP2002265840A (en) * 2001-03-12 2002-09-18 Nippon Steel Chem Co Ltd Red color-resist ink and color filter
JP2003156841A (en) * 2001-11-21 2003-05-30 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Photosensitive transfer material, photomask material, photomask, and method for producing photomask
JP2003176343A (en) * 2001-12-11 2003-06-24 Nagase Chemtex Corp Photopolymerizable unsaturated resin, method for producing the same and alkali-soluble radiation- sensitive resin composition produced by using the resin
JP2004069754A (en) * 2002-08-01 2004-03-04 Tokyo Ohka Kogyo Co Ltd Photopolymerizable black composition and black pattern forming method
JP3912405B2 (en) * 2003-11-11 2007-05-09 三菱化学株式会社 Curable composition, cured product, color filter, and liquid crystal display device

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI396492B (en) * 2007-09-25 2013-05-11 Ngk Spark Plug Co Method for manufacturing wire substrate
TWI420244B (en) * 2011-04-08 2013-12-21 Chi Mei Corp Photosensitive resin composition, and color filter and liquid crystal display device made by using the composition

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2005165294A (en) 2005-06-23
CN1717628A (en) 2006-01-04
JP3912405B2 (en) 2007-05-09
KR100856367B1 (en) 2008-09-04
WO2005045526A1 (en) 2005-05-19
KR20060041154A (en) 2006-05-11
KR20080034216A (en) 2008-04-18
TWI297694B (en) 2008-06-11
KR20070024744A (en) 2007-03-02
JP2007108758A (en) 2007-04-26
KR100750840B1 (en) 2007-08-22

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW200530279A (en) Curable composition, cured product, color filter and liquid crystal display device
TWI612385B (en) Photosensitive composition, solder resist composition and coated printed wiring board
TWI584070B (en) Photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive film, permanent mask resist and method for manufacturing permanent mask resist
TWI704169B (en) Curable resin composition, dry film, cured product and printed circuit board
TWI621914B (en) Solder resist composition and coated printed wiring board
JP5941180B1 (en) Curable resin composition, dry film, cured product and printed wiring board
TWI634386B (en) Radiation-sensitive resin composition, resin film, and electronic component
TW202116568A (en) Photosensitive element, laminate, permanent mask resist, method for producing same, and method for producing semiconductor package
JP2007041493A (en) Photosensitive composition, photosensitive composition for blue-violet laser, image-forming base material using the same, image-forming material and image-forming method
JP4367075B2 (en) Photocurable composition, and photocurable image forming material, photocurable image forming material, and image forming method using the same
JP5109246B2 (en) Curable composition, cured product, color filter, and liquid crystal display device
JP4501402B2 (en) Photocurable composition, photocurable image forming material using the same, photocurable image forming material, and image forming method
TW200839443A (en) Image forming material having bluish-violet laser-photosensitive resist material layer and resist image forming method therefor
JP7187538B2 (en) Alkali developable photocurable thermosetting resin composition
TWI596429B (en) Solder resist composition and coated printed wiring board
TW201514239A (en) Resin composition, resin film, and electronic component
TWI598692B (en) Liquid solder resist composition and coated printed wiring board (3)
KR20160038777A (en) Curable resin composition, dry film, cured product and printed wiring board
TWI656163B (en) Liquid solder resist composition and coated printed wiring board (2)
JP2007199135A (en) Photosensitive composition, photosensitive composition for blue-violet laser, image-forming base material using the same, image-forming material and image-forming method
TW201418880A (en) Light-shielding composition for touch panel and touch panel
JP2005043580A (en) Thermosetting photosensitive composition and image forming material using the same, imaging material and method for forming image
WO2020202690A1 (en) Curable resin composition, dry film, cured product, and electronic component
JP2008247794A (en) Polymerizable compound, polymer compound produced by using the same, resin composition and article